Mercurial > vim
annotate src/screen.c @ 6524:8ff2d1b611bf v7.4.589
updated for version 7.4.589
Problem: In the MS-Windows console Vim can't handle greek characters when
encoding is utf-8.
Solution: Escape K_NUL. (Yasuhiro Matsumoto)
author | Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org> |
---|---|
date | Tue, 20 Jan 2015 19:39:35 +0100 |
parents | 70793fedd25a |
children | 0c8738124a7b |
rev | line source |
---|---|
7 | 1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4: |
2 * | |
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar | |
4 * | |
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. | |
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. | |
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. | |
8 */ | |
9 | |
10 /* | |
11 * screen.c: code for displaying on the screen | |
12 * | |
13 * Output to the screen (console, terminal emulator or GUI window) is minimized | |
14 * by remembering what is already on the screen, and only updating the parts | |
15 * that changed. | |
16 * | |
17 * ScreenLines[off] Contains a copy of the whole screen, as it is currently | |
18 * displayed (excluding text written by external commands). | |
19 * ScreenAttrs[off] Contains the associated attributes. | |
20 * LineOffset[row] Contains the offset into ScreenLines*[] and ScreenAttrs[] | |
21 * for each line. | |
22 * LineWraps[row] Flag for each line whether it wraps to the next line. | |
23 * | |
24 * For double-byte characters, two consecutive bytes in ScreenLines[] can form | |
25 * one character which occupies two display cells. | |
26 * For UTF-8 a multi-byte character is converted to Unicode and stored in | |
27 * ScreenLinesUC[]. ScreenLines[] contains the first byte only. For an ASCII | |
2124
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
28 * character without composing chars ScreenLinesUC[] will be 0 and |
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
29 * ScreenLinesC[][] is not used. When the character occupies two display |
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
30 * cells the next byte in ScreenLines[] is 0. |
714 | 31 * ScreenLinesC[][] contain up to 'maxcombine' composing characters |
2124
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
32 * (drawn on top of the first character). There is 0 after the last one used. |
7 | 33 * ScreenLines2[] is only used for euc-jp to store the second byte if the |
34 * first byte is 0x8e (single-width character). | |
35 * | |
36 * The screen_*() functions write to the screen and handle updating | |
37 * ScreenLines[]. | |
38 * | |
39 * update_screen() is the function that updates all windows and status lines. | |
40 * It is called form the main loop when must_redraw is non-zero. It may be | |
1213 | 41 * called from other places when an immediate screen update is needed. |
7 | 42 * |
43 * The part of the buffer that is displayed in a window is set with: | |
44 * - w_topline (first buffer line in window) | |
5946 | 45 * - w_topfill (filler lines above the first line) |
7 | 46 * - w_leftcol (leftmost window cell in window), |
47 * - w_skipcol (skipped window cells of first line) | |
48 * | |
49 * Commands that only move the cursor around in a window, do not need to take | |
50 * action to update the display. The main loop will check if w_topline is | |
51 * valid and update it (scroll the window) when needed. | |
52 * | |
53 * Commands that scroll a window change w_topline and must call | |
54 * check_cursor() to move the cursor into the visible part of the window, and | |
55 * call redraw_later(VALID) to have the window displayed by update_screen() | |
56 * later. | |
57 * | |
58 * Commands that change text in the buffer must call changed_bytes() or | |
59 * changed_lines() to mark the area that changed and will require updating | |
60 * later. The main loop will call update_screen(), which will update each | |
61 * window that shows the changed buffer. This assumes text above the change | |
62 * can remain displayed as it is. Text after the change may need updating for | |
63 * scrolling, folding and syntax highlighting. | |
64 * | |
65 * Commands that change how a window is displayed (e.g., setting 'list') or | |
66 * invalidate the contents of a window in another way (e.g., change fold | |
67 * settings), must call redraw_later(NOT_VALID) to have the whole window | |
68 * redisplayed by update_screen() later. | |
69 * | |
70 * Commands that change how a buffer is displayed (e.g., setting 'tabstop') | |
71 * must call redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID) to have all the windows for the | |
72 * buffer redisplayed by update_screen() later. | |
73 * | |
743 | 74 * Commands that change highlighting and possibly cause a scroll too must call |
75 * redraw_later(SOME_VALID) to update the whole window but still use scrolling | |
76 * to avoid redrawing everything. But the length of displayed lines must not | |
77 * change, use NOT_VALID then. | |
78 * | |
7 | 79 * Commands that move the window position must call redraw_later(NOT_VALID). |
80 * TODO: should minimize redrawing by scrolling when possible. | |
81 * | |
82 * Commands that change everything (e.g., resizing the screen) must call | |
83 * redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID) or redraw_all_later(CLEAR). | |
84 * | |
85 * Things that are handled indirectly: | |
86 * - When messages scroll the screen up, msg_scrolled will be set and | |
87 * update_screen() called to redraw. | |
88 */ | |
89 | |
90 #include "vim.h" | |
91 | |
3586 | 92 #define MB_FILLER_CHAR '<' /* character used when a double-width character |
93 * doesn't fit. */ | |
94 | |
7 | 95 /* |
96 * The attributes that are actually active for writing to the screen. | |
97 */ | |
98 static int screen_attr = 0; | |
99 | |
100 /* | |
101 * Positioning the cursor is reduced by remembering the last position. | |
102 * Mostly used by windgoto() and screen_char(). | |
103 */ | |
104 static int screen_cur_row, screen_cur_col; /* last known cursor position */ | |
105 | |
106 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
107 static match_T search_hl; /* used for 'hlsearch' highlight matching */ | |
108 #endif | |
109 | |
110 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
111 static foldinfo_T win_foldinfo; /* info for 'foldcolumn' */ | |
112 #endif | |
113 | |
114 /* | |
115 * Buffer for one screen line (characters and attributes). | |
116 */ | |
117 static schar_T *current_ScreenLine; | |
118 | |
119 static void win_update __ARGS((win_T *wp)); | |
534 | 120 static void win_draw_end __ARGS((win_T *wp, int c1, int c2, int row, int endrow, hlf_T hl)); |
7 | 121 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING |
122 static void fold_line __ARGS((win_T *wp, long fold_count, foldinfo_T *foldinfo, linenr_T lnum, int row)); | |
123 static void fill_foldcolumn __ARGS((char_u *p, win_T *wp, int closed, linenr_T lnum)); | |
124 static void copy_text_attr __ARGS((int off, char_u *buf, int len, int attr)); | |
125 #endif | |
625 | 126 static int win_line __ARGS((win_T *, linenr_T, int, int, int nochange)); |
7 | 127 static int char_needs_redraw __ARGS((int off_from, int off_to, int cols)); |
128 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
129 static void screen_line __ARGS((int row, int coloff, int endcol, int clear_width, int rlflag)); | |
130 # define SCREEN_LINE(r, o, e, c, rl) screen_line((r), (o), (e), (c), (rl)) | |
131 #else | |
132 static void screen_line __ARGS((int row, int coloff, int endcol, int clear_width)); | |
133 # define SCREEN_LINE(r, o, e, c, rl) screen_line((r), (o), (e), (c)) | |
134 #endif | |
135 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
136 static void draw_vsep_win __ARGS((win_T *wp, int row)); | |
137 #endif | |
680 | 138 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT |
1983 | 139 static void redraw_custom_statusline __ARGS((win_T *wp)); |
680 | 140 #endif |
7 | 141 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA |
5985 | 142 # define SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY 0 |
7 | 143 static void start_search_hl __ARGS((void)); |
144 static void end_search_hl __ARGS((void)); | |
2284
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
145 static void init_search_hl __ARGS((win_T *wp)); |
7 | 146 static void prepare_search_hl __ARGS((win_T *wp, linenr_T lnum)); |
5979 | 147 static void next_search_hl __ARGS((win_T *win, match_T *shl, linenr_T lnum, colnr_T mincol, matchitem_T *cur)); |
148 static int next_search_hl_pos __ARGS((match_T *shl, linenr_T lnum, posmatch_T *pos, colnr_T mincol)); | |
7 | 149 #endif |
150 static void screen_start_highlight __ARGS((int attr)); | |
151 static void screen_char __ARGS((unsigned off, int row, int col)); | |
152 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
153 static void screen_char_2 __ARGS((unsigned off, int row, int col)); | |
154 #endif | |
155 static void screenclear2 __ARGS((void)); | |
156 static void lineclear __ARGS((unsigned off, int width)); | |
157 static void lineinvalid __ARGS((unsigned off, int width)); | |
158 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
159 static void linecopy __ARGS((int to, int from, win_T *wp)); | |
160 static void redraw_block __ARGS((int row, int end, win_T *wp)); | |
161 #endif | |
162 static int win_do_lines __ARGS((win_T *wp, int row, int line_count, int mayclear, int del)); | |
163 static void win_rest_invalid __ARGS((win_T *wp)); | |
164 static void msg_pos_mode __ARGS((void)); | |
667 | 165 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) |
677 | 166 static void draw_tabline __ARGS((void)); |
667 | 167 #endif |
7 | 168 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_WILDMENU) || defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) |
169 static int fillchar_status __ARGS((int *attr, int is_curwin)); | |
170 #endif | |
171 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
172 static int fillchar_vsep __ARGS((int *attr)); | |
173 #endif | |
174 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT | |
574 | 175 static void win_redr_custom __ARGS((win_T *wp, int draw_ruler)); |
7 | 176 #endif |
177 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
178 static void win_redr_ruler __ARGS((win_T *wp, int always)); | |
179 #endif | |
180 | |
181 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT) | |
182 /* Ugly global: overrule attribute used by screen_char() */ | |
183 static int screen_char_attr = 0; | |
184 #endif | |
185 | |
186 /* | |
187 * Redraw the current window later, with update_screen(type). | |
188 * Set must_redraw only if not already set to a higher value. | |
189 * e.g. if must_redraw is CLEAR, type NOT_VALID will do nothing. | |
190 */ | |
191 void | |
192 redraw_later(type) | |
193 int type; | |
194 { | |
195 redraw_win_later(curwin, type); | |
196 } | |
197 | |
198 void | |
199 redraw_win_later(wp, type) | |
200 win_T *wp; | |
201 int type; | |
202 { | |
203 if (wp->w_redr_type < type) | |
204 { | |
205 wp->w_redr_type = type; | |
206 if (type >= NOT_VALID) | |
207 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; | |
208 if (must_redraw < type) /* must_redraw is the maximum of all windows */ | |
209 must_redraw = type; | |
210 } | |
211 } | |
212 | |
213 /* | |
214 * Force a complete redraw later. Also resets the highlighting. To be used | |
215 * after executing a shell command that messes up the screen. | |
216 */ | |
217 void | |
218 redraw_later_clear() | |
219 { | |
220 redraw_all_later(CLEAR); | |
826 | 221 #ifdef FEAT_GUI |
222 if (gui.in_use) | |
223 /* Use a code that will reset gui.highlight_mask in | |
224 * gui_stop_highlight(). */ | |
225 screen_attr = HL_ALL + 1; | |
226 else | |
227 #endif | |
228 /* Use attributes that is very unlikely to appear in text. */ | |
229 screen_attr = HL_BOLD | HL_UNDERLINE | HL_INVERSE; | |
7 | 230 } |
231 | |
232 /* | |
233 * Mark all windows to be redrawn later. | |
234 */ | |
235 void | |
236 redraw_all_later(type) | |
237 int type; | |
238 { | |
239 win_T *wp; | |
240 | |
241 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) | |
242 { | |
243 redraw_win_later(wp, type); | |
244 } | |
245 } | |
246 | |
247 /* | |
301 | 248 * Mark all windows that are editing the current buffer to be updated later. |
7 | 249 */ |
250 void | |
251 redraw_curbuf_later(type) | |
252 int type; | |
253 { | |
254 redraw_buf_later(curbuf, type); | |
255 } | |
256 | |
257 void | |
258 redraw_buf_later(buf, type) | |
259 buf_T *buf; | |
260 int type; | |
261 { | |
262 win_T *wp; | |
263 | |
264 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) | |
265 { | |
266 if (wp->w_buffer == buf) | |
267 redraw_win_later(wp, type); | |
268 } | |
269 } | |
270 | |
271 /* | |
5090
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
272 * Redraw as soon as possible. When the command line is not scrolled redraw |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
273 * right away and restore what was on the command line. |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
274 * Return a code indicating what happened. |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
275 */ |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
276 int |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
277 redraw_asap(type) |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
278 int type; |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
279 { |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
280 int rows; |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
281 int r; |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
282 int ret = 0; |
5096
a6ddcab6a240
updated for version 7.3.1291
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5090
diff
changeset
|
283 schar_T *screenline; /* copy from ScreenLines[] */ |
a6ddcab6a240
updated for version 7.3.1291
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5090
diff
changeset
|
284 sattr_T *screenattr; /* copy from ScreenAttrs[] */ |
5090
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
285 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
286 int i; |
5096
a6ddcab6a240
updated for version 7.3.1291
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5090
diff
changeset
|
287 u8char_T *screenlineUC = NULL; /* copy from ScreenLinesUC[] */ |
5090
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
288 u8char_T *screenlineC[MAX_MCO]; /* copy from ScreenLinesC[][] */ |
5096
a6ddcab6a240
updated for version 7.3.1291
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5090
diff
changeset
|
289 schar_T *screenline2 = NULL; /* copy from ScreenLines2[] */ |
5090
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
290 #endif |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
291 |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
292 redraw_later(type); |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
293 if (msg_scrolled || (State != NORMAL && State != NORMAL_BUSY)) |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
294 return ret; |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
295 |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
296 /* Allocate space to save the text displayed in the command line area. */ |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
297 rows = Rows - cmdline_row; |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
298 screenline = (schar_T *)lalloc( |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
299 (long_u)(rows * Columns * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE); |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
300 screenattr = (sattr_T *)lalloc( |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
301 (long_u)(rows * Columns * sizeof(sattr_T)), FALSE); |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
302 if (screenline == NULL || screenattr == NULL) |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
303 ret = 2; |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
304 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
305 if (enc_utf8) |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
306 { |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
307 screenlineUC = (u8char_T *)lalloc( |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
308 (long_u)(rows * Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE); |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
309 if (screenlineUC == NULL) |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
310 ret = 2; |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
311 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
312 { |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
313 screenlineC[i] = (u8char_T *)lalloc( |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
314 (long_u)(rows * Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE); |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
315 if (screenlineC[i] == NULL) |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
316 ret = 2; |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
317 } |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
318 } |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
319 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
320 { |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
321 screenline2 = (schar_T *)lalloc( |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
322 (long_u)(rows * Columns * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE); |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
323 if (screenline2 == NULL) |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
324 ret = 2; |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
325 } |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
326 #endif |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
327 |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
328 if (ret != 2) |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
329 { |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
330 /* Save the text displayed in the command line area. */ |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
331 for (r = 0; r < rows; ++r) |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
332 { |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
333 mch_memmove(screenline + r * Columns, |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
334 ScreenLines + LineOffset[cmdline_row + r], |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
335 (size_t)Columns * sizeof(schar_T)); |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
336 mch_memmove(screenattr + r * Columns, |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
337 ScreenAttrs + LineOffset[cmdline_row + r], |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
338 (size_t)Columns * sizeof(sattr_T)); |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
339 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
340 if (enc_utf8) |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
341 { |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
342 mch_memmove(screenlineUC + r * Columns, |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
343 ScreenLinesUC + LineOffset[cmdline_row + r], |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
344 (size_t)Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)); |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
345 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
346 mch_memmove(screenlineC[i] + r * Columns, |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
347 ScreenLinesC[r] + LineOffset[cmdline_row + r], |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
348 (size_t)Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)); |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
349 } |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
350 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
351 mch_memmove(screenline2 + r * Columns, |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
352 ScreenLines2 + LineOffset[cmdline_row + r], |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
353 (size_t)Columns * sizeof(schar_T)); |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
354 #endif |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
355 } |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
356 |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
357 update_screen(0); |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
358 ret = 3; |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
359 |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
360 if (must_redraw == 0) |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
361 { |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
362 int off = (int)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
363 |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
364 /* Restore the text displayed in the command line area. */ |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
365 for (r = 0; r < rows; ++r) |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
366 { |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
367 mch_memmove(current_ScreenLine, |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
368 screenline + r * Columns, |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
369 (size_t)Columns * sizeof(schar_T)); |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
370 mch_memmove(ScreenAttrs + off, |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
371 screenattr + r * Columns, |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
372 (size_t)Columns * sizeof(sattr_T)); |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
373 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
374 if (enc_utf8) |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
375 { |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
376 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesUC + off, |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
377 screenlineUC + r * Columns, |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
378 (size_t)Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)); |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
379 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
380 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesC[i] + off, |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
381 screenlineC[i] + r * Columns, |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
382 (size_t)Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)); |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
383 } |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
384 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
385 mch_memmove(ScreenLines2 + off, |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
386 screenline2 + r * Columns, |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
387 (size_t)Columns * sizeof(schar_T)); |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
388 #endif |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
389 SCREEN_LINE(cmdline_row + r, 0, Columns, Columns, FALSE); |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
390 } |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
391 ret = 4; |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
392 } |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
393 } |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
394 |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
395 vim_free(screenline); |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
396 vim_free(screenattr); |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
397 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
398 if (enc_utf8) |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
399 { |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
400 vim_free(screenlineUC); |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
401 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
402 vim_free(screenlineC[i]); |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
403 } |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
404 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
405 vim_free(screenline2); |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
406 #endif |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
407 |
5126
71859e71b1f9
updated for version 7.3.1306
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5096
diff
changeset
|
408 /* Show the intro message when appropriate. */ |
71859e71b1f9
updated for version 7.3.1306
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5096
diff
changeset
|
409 maybe_intro_message(); |
71859e71b1f9
updated for version 7.3.1306
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5096
diff
changeset
|
410 |
71859e71b1f9
updated for version 7.3.1306
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5096
diff
changeset
|
411 setcursor(); |
71859e71b1f9
updated for version 7.3.1306
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5096
diff
changeset
|
412 |
5090
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
413 return ret; |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
414 } |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
415 |
8b7baf39a345
updated for version 7.3.1288
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5078
diff
changeset
|
416 /* |
7 | 417 * Changed something in the current window, at buffer line "lnum", that |
418 * requires that line and possibly other lines to be redrawn. | |
419 * Used when entering/leaving Insert mode with the cursor on a folded line. | |
420 * Used to remove the "$" from a change command. | |
421 * Note that when also inserting/deleting lines w_redraw_top and w_redraw_bot | |
422 * may become invalid and the whole window will have to be redrawn. | |
423 */ | |
424 void | |
425 redrawWinline(lnum, invalid) | |
426 linenr_T lnum; | |
1883 | 427 int invalid UNUSED; /* window line height is invalid now */ |
7 | 428 { |
429 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
430 int i; | |
431 #endif | |
432 | |
433 if (curwin->w_redraw_top == 0 || curwin->w_redraw_top > lnum) | |
434 curwin->w_redraw_top = lnum; | |
435 if (curwin->w_redraw_bot == 0 || curwin->w_redraw_bot < lnum) | |
436 curwin->w_redraw_bot = lnum; | |
437 redraw_later(VALID); | |
438 | |
439 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
440 if (invalid) | |
441 { | |
442 /* A w_lines[] entry for this lnum has become invalid. */ | |
443 i = find_wl_entry(curwin, lnum); | |
444 if (i >= 0) | |
445 curwin->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE; | |
446 } | |
447 #endif | |
448 } | |
449 | |
450 /* | |
451 * update all windows that are editing the current buffer | |
452 */ | |
453 void | |
454 update_curbuf(type) | |
455 int type; | |
456 { | |
457 redraw_curbuf_later(type); | |
458 update_screen(type); | |
459 } | |
460 | |
461 /* | |
462 * update_screen() | |
463 * | |
464 * Based on the current value of curwin->w_topline, transfer a screenfull | |
465 * of stuff from Filemem to ScreenLines[], and update curwin->w_botline. | |
466 */ | |
467 void | |
468 update_screen(type) | |
469 int type; | |
470 { | |
471 win_T *wp; | |
472 static int did_intro = FALSE; | |
473 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) | |
474 int did_one; | |
475 #endif | |
476 | |
2008 | 477 /* Don't do anything if the screen structures are (not yet) valid. */ |
7 | 478 if (!screen_valid(TRUE)) |
479 return; | |
480 | |
481 if (must_redraw) | |
482 { | |
483 if (type < must_redraw) /* use maximal type */ | |
484 type = must_redraw; | |
1331 | 485 |
486 /* must_redraw is reset here, so that when we run into some weird | |
487 * reason to redraw while busy redrawing (e.g., asynchronous | |
488 * scrolling), or update_topline() in win_update() will cause a | |
489 * scroll, the screen will be redrawn later or in win_update(). */ | |
7 | 490 must_redraw = 0; |
491 } | |
492 | |
493 /* Need to update w_lines[]. */ | |
494 if (curwin->w_lines_valid == 0 && type < NOT_VALID) | |
495 type = NOT_VALID; | |
496 | |
2008 | 497 /* Postpone the redrawing when it's not needed and when being called |
498 * recursively. */ | |
499 if (!redrawing() || updating_screen) | |
7 | 500 { |
501 redraw_later(type); /* remember type for next time */ | |
502 must_redraw = type; | |
503 if (type > INVERTED_ALL) | |
504 curwin->w_lines_valid = 0; /* don't use w_lines[].wl_size now */ | |
505 return; | |
506 } | |
507 | |
508 updating_screen = TRUE; | |
509 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
510 ++display_tick; /* let syntax code know we're in a next round of | |
511 * display updating */ | |
512 #endif | |
513 | |
514 /* | |
515 * if the screen was scrolled up when displaying a message, scroll it down | |
516 */ | |
517 if (msg_scrolled) | |
518 { | |
519 clear_cmdline = TRUE; | |
520 if (msg_scrolled > Rows - 5) /* clearing is faster */ | |
521 type = CLEAR; | |
522 else if (type != CLEAR) | |
523 { | |
524 check_for_delay(FALSE); | |
525 if (screen_ins_lines(0, 0, msg_scrolled, (int)Rows, NULL) == FAIL) | |
526 type = CLEAR; | |
527 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) | |
528 { | |
529 if (W_WINROW(wp) < msg_scrolled) | |
530 { | |
531 if (W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height > msg_scrolled | |
532 && wp->w_redr_type < REDRAW_TOP | |
533 && wp->w_lines_valid > 0 | |
534 && wp->w_topline == wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum) | |
535 { | |
536 wp->w_upd_rows = msg_scrolled - W_WINROW(wp); | |
537 wp->w_redr_type = REDRAW_TOP; | |
538 } | |
539 else | |
540 { | |
541 wp->w_redr_type = NOT_VALID; | |
542 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
543 if (W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height + W_STATUS_HEIGHT(wp) | |
544 <= msg_scrolled) | |
545 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
546 #endif | |
547 } | |
548 } | |
549 } | |
550 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; | |
667 | 551 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
673 | 552 redraw_tabline = TRUE; |
667 | 553 #endif |
7 | 554 } |
555 msg_scrolled = 0; | |
556 need_wait_return = FALSE; | |
557 } | |
558 | |
559 /* reset cmdline_row now (may have been changed temporarily) */ | |
560 compute_cmdrow(); | |
561 | |
562 /* Check for changed highlighting */ | |
563 if (need_highlight_changed) | |
564 highlight_changed(); | |
565 | |
566 if (type == CLEAR) /* first clear screen */ | |
567 { | |
568 screenclear(); /* will reset clear_cmdline */ | |
569 type = NOT_VALID; | |
570 } | |
571 | |
572 if (clear_cmdline) /* going to clear cmdline (done below) */ | |
573 check_for_delay(FALSE); | |
574 | |
13 | 575 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK |
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
576 /* Force redraw when width of 'number' or 'relativenumber' column |
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
577 * changes. */ |
13 | 578 if (curwin->w_redr_type < NOT_VALID |
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
579 && curwin->w_nrwidth != ((curwin->w_p_nu || curwin->w_p_rnu) |
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
580 ? number_width(curwin) : 0)) |
13 | 581 curwin->w_redr_type = NOT_VALID; |
582 #endif | |
583 | |
7 | 584 /* |
585 * Only start redrawing if there is really something to do. | |
586 */ | |
587 if (type == INVERTED) | |
588 update_curswant(); | |
589 if (curwin->w_redr_type < type | |
590 && !((type == VALID | |
591 && curwin->w_lines[0].wl_valid | |
592 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
593 && curwin->w_topfill == curwin->w_old_topfill | |
594 && curwin->w_botfill == curwin->w_old_botfill | |
595 #endif | |
596 && curwin->w_topline == curwin->w_lines[0].wl_lnum) | |
597 || (type == INVERTED | |
1043 | 598 && VIsual_active |
7 | 599 && curwin->w_old_cursor_lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum |
600 && curwin->w_old_visual_mode == VIsual_mode | |
601 && (curwin->w_valid & VALID_VIRTCOL) | |
602 && curwin->w_old_curswant == curwin->w_curswant) | |
603 )) | |
604 curwin->w_redr_type = type; | |
605 | |
849 | 606 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
607 /* Redraw the tab pages line if needed. */ | |
608 if (redraw_tabline || type >= NOT_VALID) | |
609 draw_tabline(); | |
610 #endif | |
611 | |
7 | 612 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
613 /* | |
614 * Correct stored syntax highlighting info for changes in each displayed | |
615 * buffer. Each buffer must only be done once. | |
616 */ | |
617 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) | |
618 { | |
619 if (wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set) | |
620 { | |
621 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
622 win_T *wwp; | |
623 | |
624 /* Check if we already did this buffer. */ | |
625 for (wwp = firstwin; wwp != wp; wwp = wwp->w_next) | |
626 if (wwp->w_buffer == wp->w_buffer) | |
627 break; | |
628 # endif | |
629 if ( | |
630 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
631 wwp == wp && | |
632 # endif | |
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
633 syntax_present(wp)) |
7 | 634 syn_stack_apply_changes(wp->w_buffer); |
635 } | |
636 } | |
637 #endif | |
638 | |
639 /* | |
640 * Go from top to bottom through the windows, redrawing the ones that need | |
641 * it. | |
642 */ | |
643 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) | |
644 did_one = FALSE; | |
645 #endif | |
646 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
647 search_hl.rm.regprog = NULL; | |
648 #endif | |
649 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) | |
650 { | |
651 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0) | |
652 { | |
653 cursor_off(); | |
654 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) | |
655 if (!did_one) | |
656 { | |
657 did_one = TRUE; | |
658 # ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
659 start_search_hl(); | |
660 # endif | |
661 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
662 /* When Visual area changed, may have to update selection. */ | |
3674 | 663 if (clip_star.available && clip_isautosel_star()) |
664 clip_update_selection(&clip_star); | |
665 if (clip_plus.available && clip_isautosel_plus()) | |
666 clip_update_selection(&clip_plus); | |
7 | 667 # endif |
668 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
669 /* Remove the cursor before starting to do anything, because | |
670 * scrolling may make it difficult to redraw the text under | |
671 * it. */ | |
672 if (gui.in_use) | |
673 gui_undraw_cursor(); | |
674 #endif | |
675 } | |
676 #endif | |
677 win_update(wp); | |
678 } | |
679 | |
680 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
681 /* redraw status line after the window to minimize cursor movement */ | |
682 if (wp->w_redr_status) | |
683 { | |
684 cursor_off(); | |
685 win_redr_status(wp); | |
686 } | |
687 #endif | |
688 } | |
689 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) | |
690 end_search_hl(); | |
691 #endif | |
4107 | 692 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
693 /* May need to redraw the popup menu. */ | |
694 if (pum_visible()) | |
695 pum_redraw(); | |
696 #endif | |
7 | 697 |
698 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
699 /* Reset b_mod_set flags. Going through all windows is probably faster | |
700 * than going through all buffers (there could be many buffers). */ | |
701 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next) | |
702 wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set = FALSE; | |
703 #else | |
704 curbuf->b_mod_set = FALSE; | |
705 #endif | |
706 | |
707 updating_screen = FALSE; | |
708 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
709 gui_may_resize_shell(); | |
710 #endif | |
711 | |
712 /* Clear or redraw the command line. Done last, because scrolling may | |
713 * mess up the command line. */ | |
714 if (clear_cmdline || redraw_cmdline) | |
715 showmode(); | |
716 | |
717 /* May put up an introductory message when not editing a file */ | |
5126
71859e71b1f9
updated for version 7.3.1306
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5096
diff
changeset
|
718 if (!did_intro) |
71859e71b1f9
updated for version 7.3.1306
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5096
diff
changeset
|
719 maybe_intro_message(); |
7 | 720 did_intro = TRUE; |
721 | |
722 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
723 /* Redraw the cursor and update the scrollbars when all screen updating is | |
724 * done. */ | |
725 if (gui.in_use) | |
726 { | |
727 out_flush(); /* required before updating the cursor */ | |
728 if (did_one) | |
729 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); | |
730 gui_update_scrollbars(FALSE); | |
731 } | |
732 #endif | |
733 } | |
734 | |
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
735 #if defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) || defined(PROTO) |
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
736 /* |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
737 * Return TRUE if the cursor line in window "wp" may be concealed, according |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
738 * to the 'concealcursor' option. |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
739 */ |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
740 int |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
741 conceal_cursor_line(wp) |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
742 win_T *wp; |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
743 { |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
744 int c; |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
745 |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
746 if (*wp->w_p_cocu == NUL) |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
747 return FALSE; |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
748 if (get_real_state() & VISUAL) |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
749 c = 'v'; |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
750 else if (State & INSERT) |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
751 c = 'i'; |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
752 else if (State & NORMAL) |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
753 c = 'n'; |
2382
3a5ededa240a
Add the 'c' flag to 'concealcursor'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2381
diff
changeset
|
754 else if (State & CMDLINE) |
3a5ededa240a
Add the 'c' flag to 'concealcursor'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2381
diff
changeset
|
755 c = 'c'; |
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
756 else |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
757 return FALSE; |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
758 return vim_strchr(wp->w_p_cocu, c) != NULL; |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
759 } |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
760 |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
761 /* |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
762 * Check if the cursor line needs to be redrawn because of 'concealcursor'. |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
763 */ |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
764 void |
2428
33148c37f3c9
Changes for VMS. Mostly by Zoltan Arpadffy.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
765 conceal_check_cursur_line() |
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
766 { |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
767 if (curwin->w_p_cole > 0 && conceal_cursor_line(curwin)) |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
768 { |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
769 need_cursor_line_redraw = TRUE; |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
770 /* Need to recompute cursor column, e.g., when starting Visual mode |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
771 * without concealing. */ |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
772 curs_columns(TRUE); |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
773 } |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
774 } |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
775 |
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
776 void |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
777 update_single_line(wp, lnum) |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
778 win_T *wp; |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
779 linenr_T lnum; |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
780 { |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
781 int row; |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
782 int j; |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
783 |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
784 if (lnum >= wp->w_topline && lnum < wp->w_botline |
2269
fb627e94e6c6
Couple of small fixes for conceal feature. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2255
diff
changeset
|
785 && foldedCount(wp, lnum, &win_foldinfo) == 0) |
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
786 { |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
787 # ifdef FEAT_GUI |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
788 /* Remove the cursor before starting to do anything, because scrolling |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
789 * may make it difficult to redraw the text under it. */ |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
790 if (gui.in_use) |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
791 gui_undraw_cursor(); |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
792 # endif |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
793 row = 0; |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
794 for (j = 0; j < wp->w_lines_valid; ++j) |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
795 { |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
796 if (lnum == wp->w_lines[j].wl_lnum) |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
797 { |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
798 screen_start(); /* not sure of screen cursor */ |
2284
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
799 # ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA |
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
800 init_search_hl(wp); |
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
801 start_search_hl(); |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
802 prepare_search_hl(wp, lnum); |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
803 # endif |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
804 win_line(wp, lnum, row, row + wp->w_lines[j].wl_size, FALSE); |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
805 # if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
806 end_search_hl(); |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
807 # endif |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
808 break; |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
809 } |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
810 row += wp->w_lines[j].wl_size; |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
811 } |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
812 # ifdef FEAT_GUI |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
813 /* Redraw the cursor */ |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
814 if (gui.in_use) |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
815 { |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
816 out_flush(); /* required before updating the cursor */ |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
817 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
818 } |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
819 # endif |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
820 } |
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
821 need_cursor_line_redraw = FALSE; |
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
822 } |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
823 #endif |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
824 |
7 | 825 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(FEAT_GUI) |
826 static void update_prepare __ARGS((void)); | |
827 static void update_finish __ARGS((void)); | |
828 | |
829 /* | |
830 * Prepare for updating one or more windows. | |
2008 | 831 * Caller must check for "updating_screen" already set to avoid recursiveness. |
7 | 832 */ |
833 static void | |
834 update_prepare() | |
835 { | |
836 cursor_off(); | |
837 updating_screen = TRUE; | |
838 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
839 /* Remove the cursor before starting to do anything, because scrolling may | |
840 * make it difficult to redraw the text under it. */ | |
841 if (gui.in_use) | |
842 gui_undraw_cursor(); | |
843 #endif | |
844 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
845 start_search_hl(); | |
846 #endif | |
847 } | |
848 | |
849 /* | |
850 * Finish updating one or more windows. | |
851 */ | |
852 static void | |
853 update_finish() | |
854 { | |
855 if (redraw_cmdline) | |
856 showmode(); | |
857 | |
858 # ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
859 end_search_hl(); | |
860 # endif | |
861 | |
862 updating_screen = FALSE; | |
863 | |
864 # ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
865 gui_may_resize_shell(); | |
866 | |
867 /* Redraw the cursor and update the scrollbars when all screen updating is | |
868 * done. */ | |
869 if (gui.in_use) | |
870 { | |
871 out_flush(); /* required before updating the cursor */ | |
872 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); | |
873 gui_update_scrollbars(FALSE); | |
874 } | |
875 # endif | |
876 } | |
877 #endif | |
878 | |
879 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(PROTO) | |
880 void | |
881 update_debug_sign(buf, lnum) | |
882 buf_T *buf; | |
883 linenr_T lnum; | |
884 { | |
885 win_T *wp; | |
886 int doit = FALSE; | |
887 | |
888 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
889 win_foldinfo.fi_level = 0; | |
890 # endif | |
891 | |
892 /* update/delete a specific mark */ | |
893 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) | |
894 { | |
895 if (buf != NULL && lnum > 0) | |
896 { | |
897 if (wp->w_buffer == buf && lnum >= wp->w_topline | |
898 && lnum < wp->w_botline) | |
899 { | |
900 if (wp->w_redraw_top == 0 || wp->w_redraw_top > lnum) | |
901 wp->w_redraw_top = lnum; | |
902 if (wp->w_redraw_bot == 0 || wp->w_redraw_bot < lnum) | |
903 wp->w_redraw_bot = lnum; | |
904 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID); | |
905 } | |
906 } | |
907 else | |
908 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID); | |
909 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0) | |
910 doit = TRUE; | |
911 } | |
912 | |
3250 | 913 /* Return when there is nothing to do, screen updating is already |
914 * happening (recursive call) or still starting up. */ | |
915 if (!doit || updating_screen | |
916 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
917 || gui.starting | |
918 #endif | |
919 || starting) | |
7 | 920 return; |
921 | |
922 /* update all windows that need updating */ | |
923 update_prepare(); | |
924 | |
925 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
926 for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next) | |
927 { | |
928 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0) | |
929 win_update(wp); | |
930 if (wp->w_redr_status) | |
931 win_redr_status(wp); | |
932 } | |
933 # else | |
934 if (curwin->w_redr_type != 0) | |
935 win_update(curwin); | |
936 # endif | |
937 | |
938 update_finish(); | |
939 } | |
940 #endif | |
941 | |
942 | |
943 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO) | |
944 /* | |
945 * Update a single window, its status line and maybe the command line msg. | |
946 * Used for the GUI scrollbar. | |
947 */ | |
948 void | |
949 updateWindow(wp) | |
950 win_T *wp; | |
951 { | |
2008 | 952 /* return if already busy updating */ |
953 if (updating_screen) | |
954 return; | |
955 | |
7 | 956 update_prepare(); |
957 | |
958 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
959 /* When Visual area changed, may have to update selection. */ | |
3674 | 960 if (clip_star.available && clip_isautosel_star()) |
961 clip_update_selection(&clip_star); | |
962 if (clip_plus.available && clip_isautosel_plus()) | |
963 clip_update_selection(&clip_plus); | |
7 | 964 #endif |
670 | 965 |
7 | 966 win_update(wp); |
670 | 967 |
7 | 968 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
670 | 969 /* When the screen was cleared redraw the tab pages line. */ |
673 | 970 if (redraw_tabline) |
677 | 971 draw_tabline(); |
670 | 972 |
7 | 973 if (wp->w_redr_status |
974 # ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
975 || p_ru | |
976 # endif | |
977 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT | |
40 | 978 || *p_stl != NUL || *wp->w_p_stl != NUL |
7 | 979 # endif |
980 ) | |
981 win_redr_status(wp); | |
982 #endif | |
983 | |
984 update_finish(); | |
985 } | |
986 #endif | |
987 | |
988 /* | |
989 * Update a single window. | |
990 * | |
991 * This may cause the windows below it also to be redrawn (when clearing the | |
992 * screen or scrolling lines). | |
993 * | |
994 * How the window is redrawn depends on wp->w_redr_type. Each type also | |
995 * implies the one below it. | |
996 * NOT_VALID redraw the whole window | |
743 | 997 * SOME_VALID redraw the whole window but do scroll when possible |
7 | 998 * REDRAW_TOP redraw the top w_upd_rows window lines, otherwise like VALID |
999 * INVERTED redraw the changed part of the Visual area | |
1000 * INVERTED_ALL redraw the whole Visual area | |
1001 * VALID 1. scroll up/down to adjust for a changed w_topline | |
1002 * 2. update lines at the top when scrolled down | |
1003 * 3. redraw changed text: | |
301 | 1004 * - if wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set set, update lines between |
7 | 1005 * b_mod_top and b_mod_bot. |
1006 * - if wp->w_redraw_top non-zero, redraw lines between | |
1007 * wp->w_redraw_top and wp->w_redr_bot. | |
1008 * - continue redrawing when syntax status is invalid. | |
1009 * 4. if scrolled up, update lines at the bottom. | |
1010 * This results in three areas that may need updating: | |
1011 * top: from first row to top_end (when scrolled down) | |
1012 * mid: from mid_start to mid_end (update inversion or changed text) | |
1013 * bot: from bot_start to last row (when scrolled up) | |
1014 */ | |
1015 static void | |
1016 win_update(wp) | |
1017 win_T *wp; | |
1018 { | |
1019 buf_T *buf = wp->w_buffer; | |
1020 int type; | |
1021 int top_end = 0; /* Below last row of the top area that needs | |
1022 updating. 0 when no top area updating. */ | |
1023 int mid_start = 999;/* first row of the mid area that needs | |
1024 updating. 999 when no mid area updating. */ | |
1025 int mid_end = 0; /* Below last row of the mid area that needs | |
1026 updating. 0 when no mid area updating. */ | |
1027 int bot_start = 999;/* first row of the bot area that needs | |
1028 updating. 999 when no bot area updating */ | |
1029 int scrolled_down = FALSE; /* TRUE when scrolled down when | |
1030 w_topline got smaller a bit */ | |
1031 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
1326 | 1032 matchitem_T *cur; /* points to the match list */ |
7 | 1033 int top_to_mod = FALSE; /* redraw above mod_top */ |
1034 #endif | |
1035 | |
1036 int row; /* current window row to display */ | |
1037 linenr_T lnum; /* current buffer lnum to display */ | |
1038 int idx; /* current index in w_lines[] */ | |
1039 int srow; /* starting row of the current line */ | |
1040 | |
1041 int eof = FALSE; /* if TRUE, we hit the end of the file */ | |
1042 int didline = FALSE; /* if TRUE, we finished the last line */ | |
1043 int i; | |
1044 long j; | |
1045 static int recursive = FALSE; /* being called recursively */ | |
1046 int old_botline = wp->w_botline; | |
1047 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
1048 long fold_count; | |
1049 #endif | |
1050 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
1051 /* remember what happened to the previous line, to know if | |
1052 * check_visual_highlight() can be used */ | |
1053 #define DID_NONE 1 /* didn't update a line */ | |
1054 #define DID_LINE 2 /* updated a normal line */ | |
1055 #define DID_FOLD 3 /* updated a folded line */ | |
1056 int did_update = DID_NONE; | |
1057 linenr_T syntax_last_parsed = 0; /* last parsed text line */ | |
1058 #endif | |
1059 linenr_T mod_top = 0; | |
1060 linenr_T mod_bot = 0; | |
1061 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) | |
1062 int save_got_int; | |
1063 #endif | |
1064 | |
1065 type = wp->w_redr_type; | |
1066 | |
1067 if (type == NOT_VALID) | |
1068 { | |
1069 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
1070 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
1071 #endif | |
1072 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; | |
1073 } | |
1074 | |
1075 /* Window is zero-height: nothing to draw. */ | |
1076 if (wp->w_height == 0) | |
1077 { | |
1078 wp->w_redr_type = 0; | |
1079 return; | |
1080 } | |
1081 | |
1082 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
1083 /* Window is zero-width: Only need to draw the separator. */ | |
1084 if (wp->w_width == 0) | |
1085 { | |
1086 /* draw the vertical separator right of this window */ | |
1087 draw_vsep_win(wp, 0); | |
1088 wp->w_redr_type = 0; | |
1089 return; | |
1090 } | |
1091 #endif | |
1092 | |
1093 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
2284
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
1094 init_search_hl(wp); |
7 | 1095 #endif |
1096 | |
13 | 1097 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK |
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
1098 /* Force redraw when width of 'number' or 'relativenumber' column |
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
1099 * changes. */ |
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
1100 i = (wp->w_p_nu || wp->w_p_rnu) ? number_width(wp) : 0; |
677 | 1101 if (wp->w_nrwidth != i) |
13 | 1102 { |
1103 type = NOT_VALID; | |
677 | 1104 wp->w_nrwidth = i; |
13 | 1105 } |
1106 else | |
1107 #endif | |
1108 | |
7 | 1109 if (buf->b_mod_set && buf->b_mod_xlines != 0 && wp->w_redraw_top != 0) |
1110 { | |
1111 /* | |
1112 * When there are both inserted/deleted lines and specific lines to be | |
1113 * redrawn, w_redraw_top and w_redraw_bot may be invalid, just redraw | |
1114 * everything (only happens when redrawing is off for while). | |
1115 */ | |
1116 type = NOT_VALID; | |
1117 } | |
1118 else | |
1119 { | |
1120 /* | |
1121 * Set mod_top to the first line that needs displaying because of | |
1122 * changes. Set mod_bot to the first line after the changes. | |
1123 */ | |
1124 mod_top = wp->w_redraw_top; | |
1125 if (wp->w_redraw_bot != 0) | |
1126 mod_bot = wp->w_redraw_bot + 1; | |
1127 else | |
1128 mod_bot = 0; | |
1129 wp->w_redraw_top = 0; /* reset for next time */ | |
1130 wp->w_redraw_bot = 0; | |
1131 if (buf->b_mod_set) | |
1132 { | |
1133 if (mod_top == 0 || mod_top > buf->b_mod_top) | |
1134 { | |
1135 mod_top = buf->b_mod_top; | |
1136 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
1137 /* Need to redraw lines above the change that may be included | |
1138 * in a pattern match. */ | |
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
1139 if (syntax_present(wp)) |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
1140 { |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
1141 mod_top -= buf->b_s.b_syn_sync_linebreaks; |
7 | 1142 if (mod_top < 1) |
1143 mod_top = 1; | |
1144 } | |
1145 #endif | |
1146 } | |
1147 if (mod_bot == 0 || mod_bot < buf->b_mod_bot) | |
1148 mod_bot = buf->b_mod_bot; | |
1149 | |
1150 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
1151 /* When 'hlsearch' is on and using a multi-line search pattern, a | |
1152 * change in one line may make the Search highlighting in a | |
1153 * previous line invalid. Simple solution: redraw all visible | |
1154 * lines above the change. | |
1326 | 1155 * Same for a match pattern. |
7 | 1156 */ |
699 | 1157 if (search_hl.rm.regprog != NULL |
1158 && re_multiline(search_hl.rm.regprog)) | |
7 | 1159 top_to_mod = TRUE; |
699 | 1160 else |
1326 | 1161 { |
1162 cur = wp->w_match_head; | |
1163 while (cur != NULL) | |
1164 { | |
1165 if (cur->match.regprog != NULL | |
1166 && re_multiline(cur->match.regprog)) | |
699 | 1167 { |
1168 top_to_mod = TRUE; | |
1169 break; | |
1170 } | |
1326 | 1171 cur = cur->next; |
1172 } | |
1173 } | |
7 | 1174 #endif |
1175 } | |
1176 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
1177 if (mod_top != 0 && hasAnyFolding(wp)) | |
1178 { | |
1179 linenr_T lnumt, lnumb; | |
1180 | |
1181 /* | |
1182 * A change in a line can cause lines above it to become folded or | |
1183 * unfolded. Find the top most buffer line that may be affected. | |
1184 * If the line was previously folded and displayed, get the first | |
1185 * line of that fold. If the line is folded now, get the first | |
1186 * folded line. Use the minimum of these two. | |
1187 */ | |
1188 | |
1189 /* Find last valid w_lines[] entry above mod_top. Set lnumt to | |
1190 * the line below it. If there is no valid entry, use w_topline. | |
1191 * Find the first valid w_lines[] entry below mod_bot. Set lnumb | |
1192 * to this line. If there is no valid entry, use MAXLNUM. */ | |
1193 lnumt = wp->w_topline; | |
1194 lnumb = MAXLNUM; | |
1195 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i) | |
1196 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid) | |
1197 { | |
1198 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum < mod_top) | |
1199 lnumt = wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum + 1; | |
1200 if (lnumb == MAXLNUM && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum >= mod_bot) | |
1201 { | |
1202 lnumb = wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum; | |
1203 /* When there is a fold column it might need updating | |
1204 * in the next line ("J" just above an open fold). */ | |
1205 if (wp->w_p_fdc > 0) | |
1206 ++lnumb; | |
1207 } | |
1208 } | |
1209 | |
1210 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, mod_top, &mod_top, NULL, TRUE, NULL); | |
1211 if (mod_top > lnumt) | |
1212 mod_top = lnumt; | |
1213 | |
1214 /* Now do the same for the bottom line (one above mod_bot). */ | |
1215 --mod_bot; | |
1216 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, mod_bot, NULL, &mod_bot, TRUE, NULL); | |
1217 ++mod_bot; | |
1218 if (mod_bot < lnumb) | |
1219 mod_bot = lnumb; | |
1220 } | |
1221 #endif | |
1222 | |
1223 /* When a change starts above w_topline and the end is below | |
1224 * w_topline, start redrawing at w_topline. | |
36 | 1225 * If the end of the change is above w_topline: do like no change was |
1226 * made, but redraw the first line to find changes in syntax. */ | |
7 | 1227 if (mod_top != 0 && mod_top < wp->w_topline) |
1228 { | |
1229 if (mod_bot > wp->w_topline) | |
1230 mod_top = wp->w_topline; | |
1231 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
1232 else if (syntax_present(wp)) |
7 | 1233 top_end = 1; |
1234 #endif | |
1235 } | |
36 | 1236 |
1237 /* When line numbers are displayed need to redraw all lines below | |
1238 * inserted/deleted lines. */ | |
1239 if (mod_top != 0 && buf->b_mod_xlines != 0 && wp->w_p_nu) | |
1240 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; | |
7 | 1241 } |
1242 | |
1243 /* | |
1244 * When only displaying the lines at the top, set top_end. Used when | |
1245 * window has scrolled down for msg_scrolled. | |
1246 */ | |
1247 if (type == REDRAW_TOP) | |
1248 { | |
1249 j = 0; | |
1250 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i) | |
1251 { | |
1252 j += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size; | |
1253 if (j >= wp->w_upd_rows) | |
1254 { | |
1255 top_end = j; | |
1256 break; | |
1257 } | |
1258 } | |
1259 if (top_end == 0) | |
1260 /* not found (cannot happen?): redraw everything */ | |
1261 type = NOT_VALID; | |
1262 else | |
1263 /* top area defined, the rest is VALID */ | |
1264 type = VALID; | |
1265 } | |
1266 | |
1378 | 1267 /* Trick: we want to avoid clearing the screen twice. screenclear() will |
1331 | 1268 * set "screen_cleared" to TRUE. The special value MAYBE (which is still |
1269 * non-zero and thus not FALSE) will indicate that screenclear() was not | |
1270 * called. */ | |
1271 if (screen_cleared) | |
1272 screen_cleared = MAYBE; | |
1273 | |
7 | 1274 /* |
1275 * If there are no changes on the screen that require a complete redraw, | |
1276 * handle three cases: | |
1277 * 1: we are off the top of the screen by a few lines: scroll down | |
1278 * 2: wp->w_topline is below wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum: may scroll up | |
1279 * 3: wp->w_topline is wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum: find first entry in | |
1280 * w_lines[] that needs updating. | |
1281 */ | |
743 | 1282 if ((type == VALID || type == SOME_VALID |
1283 || type == INVERTED || type == INVERTED_ALL) | |
7 | 1284 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF |
1285 && !wp->w_botfill && !wp->w_old_botfill | |
1286 #endif | |
1287 ) | |
1288 { | |
1289 if (mod_top != 0 && wp->w_topline == mod_top) | |
1290 { | |
1291 /* | |
1292 * w_topline is the first changed line, the scrolling will be done | |
1293 * further down. | |
1294 */ | |
1295 } | |
1296 else if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_valid | |
1297 && (wp->w_topline < wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum | |
1298 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
1299 || (wp->w_topline == wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum | |
1300 && wp->w_topfill > wp->w_old_topfill) | |
1301 #endif | |
1302 )) | |
1303 { | |
1304 /* | |
1305 * New topline is above old topline: May scroll down. | |
1306 */ | |
1307 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
1308 if (hasAnyFolding(wp)) | |
1309 { | |
1310 linenr_T ln; | |
1311 | |
1312 /* count the number of lines we are off, counting a sequence | |
1313 * of folded lines as one */ | |
1314 j = 0; | |
1315 for (ln = wp->w_topline; ln < wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum; ++ln) | |
1316 { | |
1317 ++j; | |
1318 if (j >= wp->w_height - 2) | |
1319 break; | |
1320 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, ln, NULL, &ln, TRUE, NULL); | |
1321 } | |
1322 } | |
1323 else | |
1324 #endif | |
1325 j = wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum - wp->w_topline; | |
1326 if (j < wp->w_height - 2) /* not too far off */ | |
1327 { | |
1328 i = plines_m_win(wp, wp->w_topline, wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum - 1); | |
1329 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
1330 /* insert extra lines for previously invisible filler lines */ | |
1331 if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum != wp->w_topline) | |
1332 i += diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum) | |
1333 - wp->w_old_topfill; | |
1334 #endif | |
1335 if (i < wp->w_height - 2) /* less than a screen off */ | |
1336 { | |
1337 /* | |
1338 * Try to insert the correct number of lines. | |
1339 * If not the last window, delete the lines at the bottom. | |
1340 * win_ins_lines may fail when the terminal can't do it. | |
1341 */ | |
1342 if (i > 0) | |
1343 check_for_delay(FALSE); | |
1344 if (win_ins_lines(wp, 0, i, FALSE, wp == firstwin) == OK) | |
1345 { | |
1346 if (wp->w_lines_valid != 0) | |
1347 { | |
1348 /* Need to update rows that are new, stop at the | |
1349 * first one that scrolled down. */ | |
1350 top_end = i; | |
1351 scrolled_down = TRUE; | |
1352 | |
1353 /* Move the entries that were scrolled, disable | |
1354 * the entries for the lines to be redrawn. */ | |
1355 if ((wp->w_lines_valid += j) > wp->w_height) | |
1356 wp->w_lines_valid = wp->w_height; | |
1357 for (idx = wp->w_lines_valid; idx - j >= 0; idx--) | |
1358 wp->w_lines[idx] = wp->w_lines[idx - j]; | |
1359 while (idx >= 0) | |
1360 wp->w_lines[idx--].wl_valid = FALSE; | |
1361 } | |
1362 } | |
1363 else | |
1364 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ | |
1365 } | |
1366 else | |
1367 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ | |
1368 } | |
1369 else | |
1370 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ | |
1371 } | |
1372 else | |
1373 { | |
1374 /* | |
1375 * New topline is at or below old topline: May scroll up. | |
1376 * When topline didn't change, find first entry in w_lines[] that | |
1377 * needs updating. | |
1378 */ | |
1379 | |
1380 /* try to find wp->w_topline in wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum */ | |
1381 j = -1; | |
1382 row = 0; | |
1383 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; i++) | |
1384 { | |
1385 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid | |
1386 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum == wp->w_topline) | |
1387 { | |
1388 j = i; | |
1389 break; | |
1390 } | |
1391 row += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size; | |
1392 } | |
1393 if (j == -1) | |
1394 { | |
1395 /* if wp->w_topline is not in wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum redraw all | |
1396 * lines */ | |
1397 mid_start = 0; | |
1398 } | |
1399 else | |
1400 { | |
1401 /* | |
1402 * Try to delete the correct number of lines. | |
1403 * wp->w_topline is at wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum. | |
1404 */ | |
1405 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
1406 /* If the topline didn't change, delete old filler lines, | |
1407 * otherwise delete filler lines of the new topline... */ | |
1408 if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum == wp->w_topline) | |
1409 row += wp->w_old_topfill; | |
1410 else | |
1411 row += diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_topline); | |
1412 /* ... but don't delete new filler lines. */ | |
1413 row -= wp->w_topfill; | |
1414 #endif | |
1415 if (row > 0) | |
1416 { | |
1417 check_for_delay(FALSE); | |
1418 if (win_del_lines(wp, 0, row, FALSE, wp == firstwin) == OK) | |
1419 bot_start = wp->w_height - row; | |
1420 else | |
1421 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ | |
1422 } | |
1423 if ((row == 0 || bot_start < 999) && wp->w_lines_valid != 0) | |
1424 { | |
1425 /* | |
1426 * Skip the lines (below the deleted lines) that are still | |
1427 * valid and don't need redrawing. Copy their info | |
1428 * upwards, to compensate for the deleted lines. Set | |
1429 * bot_start to the first row that needs redrawing. | |
1430 */ | |
1431 bot_start = 0; | |
1432 idx = 0; | |
1433 for (;;) | |
1434 { | |
1435 wp->w_lines[idx] = wp->w_lines[j]; | |
1436 /* stop at line that didn't fit, unless it is still | |
1437 * valid (no lines deleted) */ | |
1438 if (row > 0 && bot_start + row | |
1439 + (int)wp->w_lines[j].wl_size > wp->w_height) | |
1440 { | |
1441 wp->w_lines_valid = idx + 1; | |
1442 break; | |
1443 } | |
1444 bot_start += wp->w_lines[idx++].wl_size; | |
1445 | |
1446 /* stop at the last valid entry in w_lines[].wl_size */ | |
1447 if (++j >= wp->w_lines_valid) | |
1448 { | |
1449 wp->w_lines_valid = idx; | |
1450 break; | |
1451 } | |
1452 } | |
1453 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
1454 /* Correct the first entry for filler lines at the top | |
1455 * when it won't get updated below. */ | |
1456 if (wp->w_p_diff && bot_start > 0) | |
1457 wp->w_lines[0].wl_size = | |
1458 plines_win_nofill(wp, wp->w_topline, TRUE) | |
1459 + wp->w_topfill; | |
1460 #endif | |
1461 } | |
1462 } | |
1463 } | |
1464 | |
1465 /* When starting redraw in the first line, redraw all lines. When | |
1466 * there is only one window it's probably faster to clear the screen | |
1467 * first. */ | |
1468 if (mid_start == 0) | |
1469 { | |
1470 mid_end = wp->w_height; | |
1471 if (lastwin == firstwin) | |
981 | 1472 { |
1331 | 1473 /* Clear the screen when it was not done by win_del_lines() or |
1474 * win_ins_lines() above, "screen_cleared" is FALSE or MAYBE | |
1475 * then. */ | |
1476 if (screen_cleared != TRUE) | |
1477 screenclear(); | |
981 | 1478 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
1479 /* The screen was cleared, redraw the tab pages line. */ | |
1480 if (redraw_tabline) | |
1481 draw_tabline(); | |
1482 #endif | |
1483 } | |
7 | 1484 } |
1331 | 1485 |
1486 /* When win_del_lines() or win_ins_lines() caused the screen to be | |
1487 * cleared (only happens for the first window) or when screenclear() | |
1488 * was called directly above, "must_redraw" will have been set to | |
1489 * NOT_VALID, need to reset it here to avoid redrawing twice. */ | |
1490 if (screen_cleared == TRUE) | |
1491 must_redraw = 0; | |
7 | 1492 } |
1493 else | |
1494 { | |
1495 /* Not VALID or INVERTED: redraw all lines. */ | |
1496 mid_start = 0; | |
1497 mid_end = wp->w_height; | |
1498 } | |
1499 | |
743 | 1500 if (type == SOME_VALID) |
1501 { | |
1502 /* SOME_VALID: redraw all lines. */ | |
1503 mid_start = 0; | |
1504 mid_end = wp->w_height; | |
1505 type = NOT_VALID; | |
1506 } | |
1507 | |
7 | 1508 /* check if we are updating or removing the inverted part */ |
1509 if ((VIsual_active && buf == curwin->w_buffer) | |
1510 || (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum != 0 && type != NOT_VALID)) | |
1511 { | |
1512 linenr_T from, to; | |
1513 | |
1514 if (VIsual_active) | |
1515 { | |
1516 if (VIsual_active | |
1517 && (VIsual_mode != wp->w_old_visual_mode | |
1518 || type == INVERTED_ALL)) | |
1519 { | |
1520 /* | |
1521 * If the type of Visual selection changed, redraw the whole | |
1522 * selection. Also when the ownership of the X selection is | |
1523 * gained or lost. | |
1524 */ | |
1525 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < VIsual.lnum) | |
1526 { | |
1527 from = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
1528 to = VIsual.lnum; | |
1529 } | |
1530 else | |
1531 { | |
1532 from = VIsual.lnum; | |
1533 to = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
1534 } | |
1535 /* redraw more when the cursor moved as well */ | |
1536 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum < from) | |
1537 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; | |
1538 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum > to) | |
1539 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; | |
1540 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum < from) | |
1541 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; | |
1542 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum > to) | |
1543 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; | |
1544 } | |
1545 else | |
1546 { | |
1547 /* | |
1548 * Find the line numbers that need to be updated: The lines | |
1549 * between the old cursor position and the current cursor | |
1550 * position. Also check if the Visual position changed. | |
1551 */ | |
1552 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < wp->w_old_cursor_lnum) | |
1553 { | |
1554 from = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
1555 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; | |
1556 } | |
1557 else | |
1558 { | |
1559 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; | |
1560 to = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
1561 if (from == 0) /* Visual mode just started */ | |
1562 from = to; | |
1563 } | |
1564 | |
422 | 1565 if (VIsual.lnum != wp->w_old_visual_lnum |
1566 || VIsual.col != wp->w_old_visual_col) | |
7 | 1567 { |
1568 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum < from | |
1569 && wp->w_old_visual_lnum != 0) | |
1570 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; | |
1571 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum > to) | |
1572 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; | |
1573 if (VIsual.lnum < from) | |
1574 from = VIsual.lnum; | |
1575 if (VIsual.lnum > to) | |
1576 to = VIsual.lnum; | |
1577 } | |
1578 } | |
1579 | |
1580 /* | |
1581 * If in block mode and changed column or curwin->w_curswant: | |
1582 * update all lines. | |
1583 * First compute the actual start and end column. | |
1584 */ | |
1585 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) | |
1586 { | |
6266 | 1587 colnr_T fromc, toc; |
1588 #if defined(FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT) && defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) | |
1589 int save_ve_flags = ve_flags; | |
1590 | |
1591 if (curwin->w_p_lbr) | |
1592 ve_flags = VE_ALL; | |
1593 #endif | |
7 | 1594 getvcols(wp, &VIsual, &curwin->w_cursor, &fromc, &toc); |
6266 | 1595 #if defined(FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT) && defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) |
1596 ve_flags = save_ve_flags; | |
1597 #endif | |
7 | 1598 ++toc; |
1599 if (curwin->w_curswant == MAXCOL) | |
1600 toc = MAXCOL; | |
1601 | |
1602 if (fromc != wp->w_old_cursor_fcol | |
1603 || toc != wp->w_old_cursor_lcol) | |
1604 { | |
1605 if (from > VIsual.lnum) | |
1606 from = VIsual.lnum; | |
1607 if (to < VIsual.lnum) | |
1608 to = VIsual.lnum; | |
1609 } | |
1610 wp->w_old_cursor_fcol = fromc; | |
1611 wp->w_old_cursor_lcol = toc; | |
1612 } | |
1613 } | |
1614 else | |
1615 { | |
1616 /* Use the line numbers of the old Visual area. */ | |
1617 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum < wp->w_old_visual_lnum) | |
1618 { | |
1619 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; | |
1620 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; | |
1621 } | |
1622 else | |
1623 { | |
1624 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; | |
1625 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; | |
1626 } | |
1627 } | |
1628 | |
1629 /* | |
1630 * There is no need to update lines above the top of the window. | |
1631 */ | |
1632 if (from < wp->w_topline) | |
1633 from = wp->w_topline; | |
1634 | |
1635 /* | |
1636 * If we know the value of w_botline, use it to restrict the update to | |
1637 * the lines that are visible in the window. | |
1638 */ | |
1639 if (wp->w_valid & VALID_BOTLINE) | |
1640 { | |
1641 if (from >= wp->w_botline) | |
1642 from = wp->w_botline - 1; | |
1643 if (to >= wp->w_botline) | |
1644 to = wp->w_botline - 1; | |
1645 } | |
1646 | |
1647 /* | |
1648 * Find the minimal part to be updated. | |
1649 * Watch out for scrolling that made entries in w_lines[] invalid. | |
1650 * E.g., CTRL-U makes the first half of w_lines[] invalid and sets | |
1651 * top_end; need to redraw from top_end to the "to" line. | |
1652 * A middle mouse click with a Visual selection may change the text | |
1653 * above the Visual area and reset wl_valid, do count these for | |
1654 * mid_end (in srow). | |
1655 */ | |
1656 if (mid_start > 0) | |
1657 { | |
1658 lnum = wp->w_topline; | |
1659 idx = 0; | |
1660 srow = 0; | |
1661 if (scrolled_down) | |
1662 mid_start = top_end; | |
1663 else | |
1664 mid_start = 0; | |
1665 while (lnum < from && idx < wp->w_lines_valid) /* find start */ | |
1666 { | |
1667 if (wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid) | |
1668 mid_start += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size; | |
1669 else if (!scrolled_down) | |
1670 srow += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size; | |
1671 ++idx; | |
1672 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
1673 if (idx < wp->w_lines_valid && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid) | |
1674 lnum = wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum; | |
1675 else | |
1676 # endif | |
1677 ++lnum; | |
1678 } | |
1679 srow += mid_start; | |
1680 mid_end = wp->w_height; | |
1681 for ( ; idx < wp->w_lines_valid; ++idx) /* find end */ | |
1682 { | |
1683 if (wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid | |
1684 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum >= to + 1) | |
1685 { | |
1686 /* Only update until first row of this line */ | |
1687 mid_end = srow; | |
1688 break; | |
1689 } | |
1690 srow += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size; | |
1691 } | |
1692 } | |
1693 } | |
1694 | |
1695 if (VIsual_active && buf == curwin->w_buffer) | |
1696 { | |
1697 wp->w_old_visual_mode = VIsual_mode; | |
1698 wp->w_old_cursor_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
1699 wp->w_old_visual_lnum = VIsual.lnum; | |
422 | 1700 wp->w_old_visual_col = VIsual.col; |
7 | 1701 wp->w_old_curswant = curwin->w_curswant; |
1702 } | |
1703 else | |
1704 { | |
1705 wp->w_old_visual_mode = 0; | |
1706 wp->w_old_cursor_lnum = 0; | |
1707 wp->w_old_visual_lnum = 0; | |
422 | 1708 wp->w_old_visual_col = 0; |
7 | 1709 } |
1710 | |
1711 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) | |
1712 /* reset got_int, otherwise regexp won't work */ | |
1713 save_got_int = got_int; | |
1714 got_int = 0; | |
1715 #endif | |
1716 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
1717 win_foldinfo.fi_level = 0; | |
1718 #endif | |
1719 | |
1720 /* | |
1721 * Update all the window rows. | |
1722 */ | |
1723 idx = 0; /* first entry in w_lines[].wl_size */ | |
1724 row = 0; | |
1725 srow = 0; | |
1726 lnum = wp->w_topline; /* first line shown in window */ | |
1727 for (;;) | |
1728 { | |
1729 /* stop updating when reached the end of the window (check for _past_ | |
1730 * the end of the window is at the end of the loop) */ | |
1731 if (row == wp->w_height) | |
1732 { | |
1733 didline = TRUE; | |
1734 break; | |
1735 } | |
1736 | |
1737 /* stop updating when hit the end of the file */ | |
1738 if (lnum > buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
1739 { | |
1740 eof = TRUE; | |
1741 break; | |
1742 } | |
1743 | |
1744 /* Remember the starting row of the line that is going to be dealt | |
1745 * with. It is used further down when the line doesn't fit. */ | |
1746 srow = row; | |
1747 | |
1748 /* | |
1749 * Update a line when it is in an area that needs updating, when it | |
1750 * has changes or w_lines[idx] is invalid. | |
1751 * bot_start may be halfway a wrapped line after using | |
1752 * win_del_lines(), check if the current line includes it. | |
1753 * When syntax folding is being used, the saved syntax states will | |
1754 * already have been updated, we can't see where the syntax state is | |
1755 * the same again, just update until the end of the window. | |
1756 */ | |
1757 if (row < top_end | |
1758 || (row >= mid_start && row < mid_end) | |
1759 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
1760 || top_to_mod | |
1761 #endif | |
1762 || idx >= wp->w_lines_valid | |
1763 || (row + wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size > bot_start) | |
1764 || (mod_top != 0 | |
1765 && (lnum == mod_top | |
1766 || (lnum >= mod_top | |
1767 && (lnum < mod_bot | |
1768 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
1769 || did_update == DID_FOLD | |
1770 || (did_update == DID_LINE | |
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
1771 && syntax_present(wp) |
7 | 1772 && ( |
1773 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
1774 (foldmethodIsSyntax(wp) | |
1775 && hasAnyFolding(wp)) || | |
1776 # endif | |
1777 syntax_check_changed(lnum))) | |
1778 #endif | |
4916
ba328b4a990e
updated for version 7.3.1203
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
1779 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA |
6018 | 1780 /* match in fixed position might need redraw |
1781 * if lines were inserted or deleted */ | |
1782 || (wp->w_match_head != NULL | |
1783 && buf->b_mod_xlines != 0) | |
4916
ba328b4a990e
updated for version 7.3.1203
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
1784 #endif |
7 | 1785 ))))) |
1786 { | |
1787 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
1788 if (lnum == mod_top) | |
1789 top_to_mod = FALSE; | |
1790 #endif | |
1791 | |
1792 /* | |
1793 * When at start of changed lines: May scroll following lines | |
1794 * up or down to minimize redrawing. | |
1795 * Don't do this when the change continues until the end. | |
3318 | 1796 * Don't scroll when dollar_vcol >= 0, keep the "$". |
7 | 1797 */ |
1798 if (lnum == mod_top | |
1799 && mod_bot != MAXLNUM | |
3318 | 1800 && !(dollar_vcol >= 0 && mod_bot == mod_top + 1)) |
7 | 1801 { |
1802 int old_rows = 0; | |
1803 int new_rows = 0; | |
1804 int xtra_rows; | |
1805 linenr_T l; | |
1806 | |
1807 /* Count the old number of window rows, using w_lines[], which | |
1808 * should still contain the sizes for the lines as they are | |
1809 * currently displayed. */ | |
1810 for (i = idx; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i) | |
1811 { | |
1812 /* Only valid lines have a meaningful wl_lnum. Invalid | |
1813 * lines are part of the changed area. */ | |
1814 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid | |
1815 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum == mod_bot) | |
1816 break; | |
1817 old_rows += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size; | |
1818 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
1819 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid | |
1820 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum + 1 == mod_bot) | |
1821 { | |
1822 /* Must have found the last valid entry above mod_bot. | |
1823 * Add following invalid entries. */ | |
1824 ++i; | |
1825 while (i < wp->w_lines_valid | |
1826 && !wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid) | |
1827 old_rows += wp->w_lines[i++].wl_size; | |
1828 break; | |
1829 } | |
1830 #endif | |
1831 } | |
1832 | |
1833 if (i >= wp->w_lines_valid) | |
1834 { | |
1835 /* We can't find a valid line below the changed lines, | |
1836 * need to redraw until the end of the window. | |
1837 * Inserting/deleting lines has no use. */ | |
1838 bot_start = 0; | |
1839 } | |
1840 else | |
1841 { | |
1842 /* Able to count old number of rows: Count new window | |
1843 * rows, and may insert/delete lines */ | |
1844 j = idx; | |
1845 for (l = lnum; l < mod_bot; ++l) | |
1846 { | |
1847 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
1848 if (hasFoldingWin(wp, l, NULL, &l, TRUE, NULL)) | |
1849 ++new_rows; | |
1850 else | |
1851 #endif | |
1852 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
1853 if (l == wp->w_topline) | |
1854 new_rows += plines_win_nofill(wp, l, TRUE) | |
1855 + wp->w_topfill; | |
1856 else | |
1857 #endif | |
1858 new_rows += plines_win(wp, l, TRUE); | |
1859 ++j; | |
1860 if (new_rows > wp->w_height - row - 2) | |
1861 { | |
1862 /* it's getting too much, must redraw the rest */ | |
1863 new_rows = 9999; | |
1864 break; | |
1865 } | |
1866 } | |
1867 xtra_rows = new_rows - old_rows; | |
1868 if (xtra_rows < 0) | |
1869 { | |
1870 /* May scroll text up. If there is not enough | |
1871 * remaining text or scrolling fails, must redraw the | |
1872 * rest. If scrolling works, must redraw the text | |
1873 * below the scrolled text. */ | |
1874 if (row - xtra_rows >= wp->w_height - 2) | |
1875 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; | |
1876 else | |
1877 { | |
1878 check_for_delay(FALSE); | |
1879 if (win_del_lines(wp, row, | |
1880 -xtra_rows, FALSE, FALSE) == FAIL) | |
1881 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; | |
1882 else | |
1883 bot_start = wp->w_height + xtra_rows; | |
1884 } | |
1885 } | |
1886 else if (xtra_rows > 0) | |
1887 { | |
1888 /* May scroll text down. If there is not enough | |
1889 * remaining text of scrolling fails, must redraw the | |
1890 * rest. */ | |
1891 if (row + xtra_rows >= wp->w_height - 2) | |
1892 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; | |
1893 else | |
1894 { | |
1895 check_for_delay(FALSE); | |
1896 if (win_ins_lines(wp, row + old_rows, | |
1897 xtra_rows, FALSE, FALSE) == FAIL) | |
1898 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; | |
1899 else if (top_end > row + old_rows) | |
1900 /* Scrolled the part at the top that requires | |
1901 * updating down. */ | |
1902 top_end += xtra_rows; | |
1903 } | |
1904 } | |
1905 | |
1906 /* When not updating the rest, may need to move w_lines[] | |
1907 * entries. */ | |
1908 if (mod_bot != MAXLNUM && i != j) | |
1909 { | |
1910 if (j < i) | |
1911 { | |
1912 int x = row + new_rows; | |
1913 | |
1914 /* move entries in w_lines[] upwards */ | |
1915 for (;;) | |
1916 { | |
1917 /* stop at last valid entry in w_lines[] */ | |
1918 if (i >= wp->w_lines_valid) | |
1919 { | |
1920 wp->w_lines_valid = j; | |
1921 break; | |
1922 } | |
1923 wp->w_lines[j] = wp->w_lines[i]; | |
1924 /* stop at a line that won't fit */ | |
1925 if (x + (int)wp->w_lines[j].wl_size | |
1926 > wp->w_height) | |
1927 { | |
1928 wp->w_lines_valid = j + 1; | |
1929 break; | |
1930 } | |
1931 x += wp->w_lines[j++].wl_size; | |
1932 ++i; | |
1933 } | |
1934 if (bot_start > x) | |
1935 bot_start = x; | |
1936 } | |
1937 else /* j > i */ | |
1938 { | |
1939 /* move entries in w_lines[] downwards */ | |
1940 j -= i; | |
1941 wp->w_lines_valid += j; | |
1942 if (wp->w_lines_valid > wp->w_height) | |
1943 wp->w_lines_valid = wp->w_height; | |
1944 for (i = wp->w_lines_valid; i - j >= idx; --i) | |
1945 wp->w_lines[i] = wp->w_lines[i - j]; | |
1946 | |
1947 /* The w_lines[] entries for inserted lines are | |
1948 * now invalid, but wl_size may be used above. | |
1949 * Reset to zero. */ | |
1950 while (i >= idx) | |
1951 { | |
1952 wp->w_lines[i].wl_size = 0; | |
1953 wp->w_lines[i--].wl_valid = FALSE; | |
1954 } | |
1955 } | |
1956 } | |
1957 } | |
1958 } | |
1959 | |
1960 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
1961 /* | |
1962 * When lines are folded, display one line for all of them. | |
1963 * Otherwise, display normally (can be several display lines when | |
1964 * 'wrap' is on). | |
1965 */ | |
1966 fold_count = foldedCount(wp, lnum, &win_foldinfo); | |
1967 if (fold_count != 0) | |
1968 { | |
1969 fold_line(wp, fold_count, &win_foldinfo, lnum, row); | |
1970 ++row; | |
1971 --fold_count; | |
1972 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_folded = TRUE; | |
1973 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lastlnum = lnum + fold_count; | |
1974 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
1975 did_update = DID_FOLD; | |
1976 # endif | |
1977 } | |
1978 else | |
1979 #endif | |
1980 if (idx < wp->w_lines_valid | |
1981 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid | |
1982 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum == lnum | |
1983 && lnum > wp->w_topline | |
1984 && !(dy_flags & DY_LASTLINE) | |
1985 && srow + wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size > wp->w_height | |
1986 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
1987 && diff_check_fill(wp, lnum) == 0 | |
1988 #endif | |
1989 ) | |
1990 { | |
1991 /* This line is not going to fit. Don't draw anything here, | |
1992 * will draw "@ " lines below. */ | |
1993 row = wp->w_height + 1; | |
1994 } | |
1995 else | |
1996 { | |
1997 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
1998 prepare_search_hl(wp, lnum); | |
1999 #endif | |
2000 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
2001 /* Let the syntax stuff know we skipped a few lines. */ | |
2002 if (syntax_last_parsed != 0 && syntax_last_parsed + 1 < lnum | |
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
2003 && syntax_present(wp)) |
7 | 2004 syntax_end_parsing(syntax_last_parsed + 1); |
2005 #endif | |
2006 | |
2007 /* | |
2008 * Display one line. | |
2009 */ | |
625 | 2010 row = win_line(wp, lnum, srow, wp->w_height, mod_top == 0); |
7 | 2011 |
2012 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
2013 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_folded = FALSE; | |
2014 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lastlnum = lnum; | |
2015 #endif | |
2016 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
2017 did_update = DID_LINE; | |
2018 syntax_last_parsed = lnum; | |
2019 #endif | |
2020 } | |
2021 | |
2022 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum = lnum; | |
2023 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid = TRUE; | |
2024 if (row > wp->w_height) /* past end of screen */ | |
2025 { | |
2026 /* we may need the size of that too long line later on */ | |
3318 | 2027 if (dollar_vcol == -1) |
7 | 2028 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size = plines_win(wp, lnum, TRUE); |
2029 ++idx; | |
2030 break; | |
2031 } | |
3318 | 2032 if (dollar_vcol == -1) |
7 | 2033 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size = row - srow; |
2034 ++idx; | |
2035 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
2036 lnum += fold_count + 1; | |
2037 #else | |
2038 ++lnum; | |
2039 #endif | |
2040 } | |
2041 else | |
2042 { | |
2043 /* This line does not need updating, advance to the next one */ | |
2044 row += wp->w_lines[idx++].wl_size; | |
2045 if (row > wp->w_height) /* past end of screen */ | |
2046 break; | |
2047 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
2048 lnum = wp->w_lines[idx - 1].wl_lastlnum + 1; | |
2049 #else | |
2050 ++lnum; | |
2051 #endif | |
2052 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
2053 did_update = DID_NONE; | |
2054 #endif | |
2055 } | |
2056 | |
2057 if (lnum > buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
2058 { | |
2059 eof = TRUE; | |
2060 break; | |
2061 } | |
2062 } | |
2063 /* | |
2064 * End of loop over all window lines. | |
2065 */ | |
2066 | |
2067 | |
2068 if (idx > wp->w_lines_valid) | |
2069 wp->w_lines_valid = idx; | |
2070 | |
2071 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
2072 /* | |
2073 * Let the syntax stuff know we stop parsing here. | |
2074 */ | |
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
2075 if (syntax_last_parsed != 0 && syntax_present(wp)) |
7 | 2076 syntax_end_parsing(syntax_last_parsed + 1); |
2077 #endif | |
2078 | |
2079 /* | |
2080 * If we didn't hit the end of the file, and we didn't finish the last | |
2081 * line we were working on, then the line didn't fit. | |
2082 */ | |
2083 wp->w_empty_rows = 0; | |
2084 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
2085 wp->w_filler_rows = 0; | |
2086 #endif | |
2087 if (!eof && !didline) | |
2088 { | |
2089 if (lnum == wp->w_topline) | |
2090 { | |
2091 /* | |
2092 * Single line that does not fit! | |
2093 * Don't overwrite it, it can be edited. | |
2094 */ | |
2095 wp->w_botline = lnum + 1; | |
2096 } | |
2097 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
2098 else if (diff_check_fill(wp, lnum) >= wp->w_height - srow) | |
2099 { | |
2100 /* Window ends in filler lines. */ | |
2101 wp->w_botline = lnum; | |
2102 wp->w_filler_rows = wp->w_height - srow; | |
2103 } | |
2104 #endif | |
2105 else if (dy_flags & DY_LASTLINE) /* 'display' has "lastline" */ | |
2106 { | |
2107 /* | |
2108 * Last line isn't finished: Display "@@@" at the end. | |
2109 */ | |
2110 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - 1, | |
2111 W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, | |
2112 (int)W_ENDCOL(wp) - 3, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), | |
2113 '@', '@', hl_attr(HLF_AT)); | |
2114 set_empty_rows(wp, srow); | |
2115 wp->w_botline = lnum; | |
2116 } | |
2117 else | |
2118 { | |
2119 win_draw_end(wp, '@', ' ', srow, wp->w_height, HLF_AT); | |
2120 wp->w_botline = lnum; | |
2121 } | |
2122 } | |
2123 else | |
2124 { | |
2125 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
2126 draw_vsep_win(wp, row); | |
2127 #endif | |
2128 if (eof) /* we hit the end of the file */ | |
2129 { | |
2130 wp->w_botline = buf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1; | |
2131 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
2132 j = diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_botline); | |
2133 if (j > 0 && !wp->w_botfill) | |
2134 { | |
2135 /* | |
2136 * Display filler lines at the end of the file | |
2137 */ | |
2138 if (char2cells(fill_diff) > 1) | |
2139 i = '-'; | |
2140 else | |
2141 i = fill_diff; | |
2142 if (row + j > wp->w_height) | |
2143 j = wp->w_height - row; | |
2144 win_draw_end(wp, i, i, row, row + (int)j, HLF_DED); | |
2145 row += j; | |
2146 } | |
2147 #endif | |
2148 } | |
3318 | 2149 else if (dollar_vcol == -1) |
7 | 2150 wp->w_botline = lnum; |
2151 | |
2152 /* make sure the rest of the screen is blank */ | |
2153 /* put '~'s on rows that aren't part of the file. */ | |
2154 win_draw_end(wp, '~', ' ', row, wp->w_height, HLF_AT); | |
2155 } | |
2156 | |
2157 /* Reset the type of redrawing required, the window has been updated. */ | |
2158 wp->w_redr_type = 0; | |
2159 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
2160 wp->w_old_topfill = wp->w_topfill; | |
2161 wp->w_old_botfill = wp->w_botfill; | |
2162 #endif | |
2163 | |
3318 | 2164 if (dollar_vcol == -1) |
7 | 2165 { |
2166 /* | |
2167 * There is a trick with w_botline. If we invalidate it on each | |
2168 * change that might modify it, this will cause a lot of expensive | |
2169 * calls to plines() in update_topline() each time. Therefore the | |
2170 * value of w_botline is often approximated, and this value is used to | |
2171 * compute the value of w_topline. If the value of w_botline was | |
2172 * wrong, check that the value of w_topline is correct (cursor is on | |
2173 * the visible part of the text). If it's not, we need to redraw | |
2174 * again. Mostly this just means scrolling up a few lines, so it | |
2175 * doesn't look too bad. Only do this for the current window (where | |
2176 * changes are relevant). | |
2177 */ | |
2178 wp->w_valid |= VALID_BOTLINE; | |
2179 if (wp == curwin && wp->w_botline != old_botline && !recursive) | |
2180 { | |
2181 recursive = TRUE; | |
2182 curwin->w_valid &= ~VALID_TOPLINE; | |
2183 update_topline(); /* may invalidate w_botline again */ | |
2184 if (must_redraw != 0) | |
2185 { | |
2186 /* Don't update for changes in buffer again. */ | |
2187 i = curbuf->b_mod_set; | |
2188 curbuf->b_mod_set = FALSE; | |
2189 win_update(curwin); | |
2190 must_redraw = 0; | |
2191 curbuf->b_mod_set = i; | |
2192 } | |
2193 recursive = FALSE; | |
2194 } | |
2195 } | |
2196 | |
2197 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) | |
2198 /* restore got_int, unless CTRL-C was hit while redrawing */ | |
2199 if (!got_int) | |
2200 got_int = save_got_int; | |
2201 #endif | |
2202 } | |
2203 | |
2204 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS | |
2205 static int draw_signcolumn __ARGS((win_T *wp)); | |
2206 | |
2207 /* | |
2208 * Return TRUE when window "wp" has a column to draw signs in. | |
2209 */ | |
2210 static int | |
2211 draw_signcolumn(wp) | |
2212 win_T *wp; | |
2213 { | |
2214 return (wp->w_buffer->b_signlist != NULL | |
2215 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG | |
2210 | 2216 || netbeans_active() |
7 | 2217 # endif |
2218 ); | |
2219 } | |
2220 #endif | |
2221 | |
2222 /* | |
2223 * Clear the rest of the window and mark the unused lines with "c1". use "c2" | |
2224 * as the filler character. | |
2225 */ | |
2226 static void | |
2227 win_draw_end(wp, c1, c2, row, endrow, hl) | |
2228 win_T *wp; | |
2229 int c1; | |
2230 int c2; | |
2231 int row; | |
2232 int endrow; | |
534 | 2233 hlf_T hl; |
7 | 2234 { |
2235 #if defined(FEAT_FOLDING) || defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(FEAT_CMDWIN) | |
2236 int n = 0; | |
2237 # define FDC_OFF n | |
2238 #else | |
2239 # define FDC_OFF 0 | |
2240 #endif | |
2241 | |
2242 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
2243 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
2244 { | |
2245 /* No check for cmdline window: should never be right-left. */ | |
2246 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
2247 n = wp->w_p_fdc; | |
2248 | |
2249 if (n > 0) | |
2250 { | |
2251 /* draw the fold column at the right */ | |
119 | 2252 if (n > W_WIDTH(wp)) |
2253 n = W_WIDTH(wp); | |
7 | 2254 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, |
2255 W_ENDCOL(wp) - n, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), | |
2256 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_FC)); | |
2257 } | |
2258 # endif | |
2259 # ifdef FEAT_SIGNS | |
2260 if (draw_signcolumn(wp)) | |
2261 { | |
2262 int nn = n + 2; | |
2263 | |
2264 /* draw the sign column left of the fold column */ | |
119 | 2265 if (nn > W_WIDTH(wp)) |
2266 nn = W_WIDTH(wp); | |
7 | 2267 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, |
2268 W_ENDCOL(wp) - nn, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp) - n, | |
2269 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_SC)); | |
2270 n = nn; | |
2271 } | |
2272 # endif | |
2273 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, | |
2274 W_WINCOL(wp), W_ENDCOL(wp) - 1 - FDC_OFF, | |
2275 c2, c2, hl_attr(hl)); | |
2276 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, | |
2277 W_ENDCOL(wp) - 1 - FDC_OFF, W_ENDCOL(wp) - FDC_OFF, | |
2278 c1, c2, hl_attr(hl)); | |
2279 } | |
2280 else | |
2281 #endif | |
2282 { | |
2283 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN | |
2284 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin) | |
2285 { | |
2286 /* draw the cmdline character in the leftmost column */ | |
2287 n = 1; | |
2288 if (n > wp->w_width) | |
2289 n = wp->w_width; | |
2290 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, | |
2291 W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_WINCOL(wp) + n, | |
2292 cmdwin_type, ' ', hl_attr(HLF_AT)); | |
2293 } | |
2294 #endif | |
2295 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
2296 if (wp->w_p_fdc > 0) | |
2297 { | |
2298 int nn = n + wp->w_p_fdc; | |
2299 | |
2300 /* draw the fold column at the left */ | |
2301 if (nn > W_WIDTH(wp)) | |
2302 nn = W_WIDTH(wp); | |
2303 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, | |
2304 W_WINCOL(wp) + n, (int)W_WINCOL(wp) + nn, | |
2305 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_FC)); | |
2306 n = nn; | |
2307 } | |
2308 #endif | |
2309 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS | |
2310 if (draw_signcolumn(wp)) | |
2311 { | |
2312 int nn = n + 2; | |
2313 | |
2314 /* draw the sign column after the fold column */ | |
2315 if (nn > W_WIDTH(wp)) | |
2316 nn = W_WIDTH(wp); | |
2317 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, | |
2318 W_WINCOL(wp) + n, (int)W_WINCOL(wp) + nn, | |
2319 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_SC)); | |
2320 n = nn; | |
2321 } | |
2322 #endif | |
2323 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, | |
2324 W_WINCOL(wp) + FDC_OFF, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), | |
2325 c1, c2, hl_attr(hl)); | |
2326 } | |
2327 set_empty_rows(wp, row); | |
2328 } | |
2329 | |
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2330 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2331 static int advance_color_col __ARGS((int vcol, int **color_cols)); |
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2332 |
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2333 /* |
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2334 * Advance **color_cols and return TRUE when there are columns to draw. |
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2335 */ |
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2336 static int |
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2337 advance_color_col(vcol, color_cols) |
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2338 int vcol; |
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2339 int **color_cols; |
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2340 { |
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2341 while (**color_cols >= 0 && vcol > **color_cols) |
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2342 ++*color_cols; |
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2343 return (**color_cols >= 0); |
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2344 } |
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2345 #endif |
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2346 |
7 | 2347 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING |
2348 /* | |
2349 * Display one folded line. | |
2350 */ | |
2351 static void | |
2352 fold_line(wp, fold_count, foldinfo, lnum, row) | |
2353 win_T *wp; | |
2354 long fold_count; | |
2355 foldinfo_T *foldinfo; | |
2356 linenr_T lnum; | |
2357 int row; | |
2358 { | |
2359 char_u buf[51]; | |
2360 pos_T *top, *bot; | |
2361 linenr_T lnume = lnum + fold_count - 1; | |
2362 int len; | |
29 | 2363 char_u *text; |
7 | 2364 int fdc; |
2365 int col; | |
2366 int txtcol; | |
2367 int off = (int)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); | |
216 | 2368 int ri; |
7 | 2369 |
2370 /* Build the fold line: | |
2371 * 1. Add the cmdwin_type for the command-line window | |
2372 * 2. Add the 'foldcolumn' | |
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2373 * 3. Add the 'number' or 'relativenumber' column |
7 | 2374 * 4. Compose the text |
2375 * 5. Add the text | |
2376 * 6. set highlighting for the Visual area an other text | |
2377 */ | |
2378 col = 0; | |
2379 | |
2380 /* | |
2381 * 1. Add the cmdwin_type for the command-line window | |
2382 * Ignores 'rightleft', this window is never right-left. | |
2383 */ | |
2384 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN | |
2385 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin) | |
2386 { | |
2387 ScreenLines[off] = cmdwin_type; | |
2388 ScreenAttrs[off] = hl_attr(HLF_AT); | |
2389 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2390 if (enc_utf8) | |
2391 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; | |
2392 #endif | |
2393 ++col; | |
2394 } | |
2395 #endif | |
2396 | |
2397 /* | |
2398 * 2. Add the 'foldcolumn' | |
2399 */ | |
2400 fdc = wp->w_p_fdc; | |
2401 if (fdc > W_WIDTH(wp) - col) | |
2402 fdc = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; | |
2403 if (fdc > 0) | |
2404 { | |
2405 fill_foldcolumn(buf, wp, TRUE, lnum); | |
2406 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
2407 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
2408 { | |
2409 int i; | |
2410 | |
2411 copy_text_attr(off + W_WIDTH(wp) - fdc - col, buf, fdc, | |
2412 hl_attr(HLF_FC)); | |
2413 /* reverse the fold column */ | |
2414 for (i = 0; i < fdc; ++i) | |
2415 ScreenLines[off + W_WIDTH(wp) - i - 1 - col] = buf[i]; | |
2416 } | |
2417 else | |
2418 #endif | |
2419 copy_text_attr(off + col, buf, fdc, hl_attr(HLF_FC)); | |
2420 col += fdc; | |
2421 } | |
2422 | |
2423 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
216 | 2424 # define RL_MEMSET(p, v, l) if (wp->w_p_rl) \ |
2425 for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \ | |
2426 ScreenAttrs[off + (W_WIDTH(wp) - (p) - (l)) + ri] = v; \ | |
2427 else \ | |
2428 for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \ | |
2429 ScreenAttrs[off + (p) + ri] = v | |
7 | 2430 #else |
216 | 2431 # define RL_MEMSET(p, v, l) for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \ |
2432 ScreenAttrs[off + (p) + ri] = v | |
7 | 2433 #endif |
2434 | |
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2435 /* Set all attributes of the 'number' or 'relativenumber' column and the |
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2436 * text */ |
216 | 2437 RL_MEMSET(col, hl_attr(HLF_FL), W_WIDTH(wp) - col); |
7 | 2438 |
2439 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS | |
2440 /* If signs are being displayed, add two spaces. */ | |
2441 if (draw_signcolumn(wp)) | |
2442 { | |
2443 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; | |
2444 if (len > 0) | |
2445 { | |
2446 if (len > 2) | |
2447 len = 2; | |
2448 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
2449 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
2450 /* the line number isn't reversed */ | |
2451 copy_text_attr(off + W_WIDTH(wp) - len - col, | |
2452 (char_u *)" ", len, hl_attr(HLF_FL)); | |
2453 else | |
2454 # endif | |
2455 copy_text_attr(off + col, (char_u *)" ", len, hl_attr(HLF_FL)); | |
2456 col += len; | |
2457 } | |
2458 } | |
2459 #endif | |
2460 | |
2461 /* | |
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2462 * 3. Add the 'number' or 'relativenumber' column |
7 | 2463 */ |
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2464 if (wp->w_p_nu || wp->w_p_rnu) |
7 | 2465 { |
2466 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; | |
2467 if (len > 0) | |
2468 { | |
13 | 2469 int w = number_width(wp); |
5905 | 2470 long num; |
2471 char *fmt = "%*ld "; | |
13 | 2472 |
2473 if (len > w + 1) | |
2474 len = w + 1; | |
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2475 |
4736
3f2319a953b3
updated for version 7.3.1115
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
2476 if (wp->w_p_nu && !wp->w_p_rnu) |
3f2319a953b3
updated for version 7.3.1115
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
2477 /* 'number' + 'norelativenumber' */ |
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2478 num = (long)lnum; |
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2479 else |
4065 | 2480 { |
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2481 /* 'relativenumber', don't use negative numbers */ |
2675 | 2482 num = labs((long)get_cursor_rel_lnum(wp, lnum)); |
4736
3f2319a953b3
updated for version 7.3.1115
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
2483 if (num == 0 && wp->w_p_nu && wp->w_p_rnu) |
3f2319a953b3
updated for version 7.3.1115
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
2484 { |
3f2319a953b3
updated for version 7.3.1115
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
2485 /* 'number' + 'relativenumber': cursor line shows absolute |
3f2319a953b3
updated for version 7.3.1115
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
2486 * line number */ |
4065 | 2487 num = lnum; |
2488 fmt = "%-*ld "; | |
2489 } | |
2490 } | |
2491 | |
2492 sprintf((char *)buf, fmt, w, num); | |
7 | 2493 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
2494 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
2495 /* the line number isn't reversed */ | |
2496 copy_text_attr(off + W_WIDTH(wp) - len - col, buf, len, | |
2497 hl_attr(HLF_FL)); | |
2498 else | |
2499 #endif | |
2500 copy_text_attr(off + col, buf, len, hl_attr(HLF_FL)); | |
2501 col += len; | |
2502 } | |
2503 } | |
2504 | |
2505 /* | |
2506 * 4. Compose the folded-line string with 'foldtext', if set. | |
2507 */ | |
29 | 2508 text = get_foldtext(wp, lnum, lnume, foldinfo, buf); |
7 | 2509 |
2510 txtcol = col; /* remember where text starts */ | |
2511 | |
2512 /* | |
2513 * 5. move the text to current_ScreenLine. Fill up with "fill_fold". | |
2514 * Right-left text is put in columns 0 - number-col, normal text is put | |
2515 * in columns number-col - window-width. | |
2516 */ | |
2517 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2518 if (has_mbyte) | |
2519 { | |
2520 int cells; | |
714 | 2521 int u8c, u8cc[MAX_MCO]; |
2522 int i; | |
7 | 2523 int idx; |
2524 int c_len; | |
33 | 2525 char_u *p; |
7 | 2526 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC |
2527 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */ | |
2528 int prev_c1 = 0; /* first composing char for prev_c */ | |
2529 # endif | |
2530 | |
2531 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
2532 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
2533 idx = off; | |
2534 else | |
2535 # endif | |
2536 idx = off + col; | |
2537 | |
2538 /* Store multibyte characters in ScreenLines[] et al. correctly. */ | |
2539 for (p = text; *p != NUL; ) | |
2540 { | |
2541 cells = (*mb_ptr2cells)(p); | |
474 | 2542 c_len = (*mb_ptr2len)(p); |
7 | 2543 if (col + cells > W_WIDTH(wp) |
2544 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
2545 - (wp->w_p_rl ? col : 0) | |
2546 # endif | |
2547 ) | |
2548 break; | |
2549 ScreenLines[idx] = *p; | |
2550 if (enc_utf8) | |
2551 { | |
714 | 2552 u8c = utfc_ptr2char(p, u8cc); |
2553 if (*p < 0x80 && u8cc[0] == 0) | |
7 | 2554 { |
2555 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = 0; | |
2556 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC | |
2557 prev_c = u8c; | |
2558 #endif | |
2559 } | |
2560 else | |
2561 { | |
2562 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC | |
2563 if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(u8c)) | |
2564 { | |
2565 /* Do Arabic shaping. */ | |
714 | 2566 int pc, pc1, nc; |
2567 int pcc[MAX_MCO]; | |
7 | 2568 int firstbyte = *p; |
2569 | |
2570 /* The idea of what is the previous and next | |
2571 * character depends on 'rightleft'. */ | |
2572 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
2573 { | |
2574 pc = prev_c; | |
2575 pc1 = prev_c1; | |
2576 nc = utf_ptr2char(p + c_len); | |
714 | 2577 prev_c1 = u8cc[0]; |
7 | 2578 } |
2579 else | |
2580 { | |
714 | 2581 pc = utfc_ptr2char(p + c_len, pcc); |
7 | 2582 nc = prev_c; |
714 | 2583 pc1 = pcc[0]; |
7 | 2584 } |
2585 prev_c = u8c; | |
2586 | |
714 | 2587 u8c = arabic_shape(u8c, &firstbyte, &u8cc[0], |
7 | 2588 pc, pc1, nc); |
2589 ScreenLines[idx] = firstbyte; | |
2590 } | |
2591 else | |
2592 prev_c = u8c; | |
2593 #endif | |
2594 /* Non-BMP character: display as ? or fullwidth ?. */ | |
1401 | 2595 #ifdef UNICODE16 |
7 | 2596 if (u8c >= 0x10000) |
2597 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = (cells == 2) ? 0xff1f : (int)'?'; | |
2598 else | |
1401 | 2599 #endif |
7 | 2600 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = u8c; |
714 | 2601 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) |
2602 { | |
2603 ScreenLinesC[i][idx] = u8cc[i]; | |
2604 if (u8cc[i] == 0) | |
2605 break; | |
2606 } | |
7 | 2607 } |
2608 if (cells > 1) | |
2609 ScreenLines[idx + 1] = 0; | |
2610 } | |
2069
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
2611 else if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && *p == 0x8e) |
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
2612 /* double-byte single width character */ |
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
2613 ScreenLines2[idx] = p[1]; |
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
2614 else if (cells > 1) |
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
2615 /* double-width character */ |
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
2616 ScreenLines[idx + 1] = p[1]; |
7 | 2617 col += cells; |
2618 idx += cells; | |
2619 p += c_len; | |
2620 } | |
2621 } | |
2622 else | |
2623 #endif | |
2624 { | |
2625 len = (int)STRLEN(text); | |
2626 if (len > W_WIDTH(wp) - col) | |
2627 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; | |
2628 if (len > 0) | |
2629 { | |
2630 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
2631 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
2632 STRNCPY(current_ScreenLine, text, len); | |
2633 else | |
2634 #endif | |
2635 STRNCPY(current_ScreenLine + col, text, len); | |
2636 col += len; | |
2637 } | |
2638 } | |
2639 | |
2640 /* Fill the rest of the line with the fold filler */ | |
2641 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
2642 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
2643 col -= txtcol; | |
2644 #endif | |
2645 while (col < W_WIDTH(wp) | |
2646 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
2647 - (wp->w_p_rl ? txtcol : 0) | |
2648 #endif | |
2649 ) | |
2650 { | |
2651 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2652 if (enc_utf8) | |
2653 { | |
2654 if (fill_fold >= 0x80) | |
2655 { | |
2656 ScreenLinesUC[off + col] = fill_fold; | |
714 | 2657 ScreenLinesC[0][off + col] = 0; |
7 | 2658 } |
2659 else | |
2660 ScreenLinesUC[off + col] = 0; | |
2661 } | |
2662 #endif | |
2663 ScreenLines[off + col++] = fill_fold; | |
2664 } | |
2665 | |
2666 if (text != buf) | |
2667 vim_free(text); | |
2668 | |
2669 /* | |
2670 * 6. set highlighting for the Visual area an other text. | |
2671 * If all folded lines are in the Visual area, highlight the line. | |
2672 */ | |
2673 if (VIsual_active && wp->w_buffer == curwin->w_buffer) | |
2674 { | |
2675 if (ltoreq(curwin->w_cursor, VIsual)) | |
2676 { | |
2677 /* Visual is after curwin->w_cursor */ | |
2678 top = &curwin->w_cursor; | |
2679 bot = &VIsual; | |
2680 } | |
2681 else | |
2682 { | |
2683 /* Visual is before curwin->w_cursor */ | |
2684 top = &VIsual; | |
2685 bot = &curwin->w_cursor; | |
2686 } | |
2687 if (lnum >= top->lnum | |
2688 && lnume <= bot->lnum | |
2689 && (VIsual_mode != 'v' | |
2690 || ((lnum > top->lnum | |
2691 || (lnum == top->lnum | |
2692 && top->col == 0)) | |
2693 && (lnume < bot->lnum | |
2694 || (lnume == bot->lnum | |
2695 && (bot->col - (*p_sel == 'e')) | |
1883 | 2696 >= (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnume, FALSE))))))) |
7 | 2697 { |
2698 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) | |
2699 { | |
2700 /* Visual block mode: highlight the chars part of the block */ | |
2701 if (wp->w_old_cursor_fcol + txtcol < (colnr_T)W_WIDTH(wp)) | |
2702 { | |
3040 | 2703 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lcol != MAXCOL |
2704 && wp->w_old_cursor_lcol + txtcol | |
2705 < (colnr_T)W_WIDTH(wp)) | |
7 | 2706 len = wp->w_old_cursor_lcol; |
2707 else | |
2708 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - txtcol; | |
2709 RL_MEMSET(wp->w_old_cursor_fcol + txtcol, hl_attr(HLF_V), | |
230 | 2710 len - (int)wp->w_old_cursor_fcol); |
7 | 2711 } |
2712 } | |
2713 else | |
216 | 2714 { |
7 | 2715 /* Set all attributes of the text */ |
216 | 2716 RL_MEMSET(txtcol, hl_attr(HLF_V), W_WIDTH(wp) - txtcol); |
2717 } | |
7 | 2718 } |
2719 } | |
2720 | |
743 | 2721 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
2722 /* Show 'cursorcolumn' in the fold line. */ | |
1725 | 2723 if (wp->w_p_cuc) |
2724 { | |
2725 txtcol += wp->w_virtcol; | |
2726 if (wp->w_p_wrap) | |
2727 txtcol -= wp->w_skipcol; | |
2728 else | |
2729 txtcol -= wp->w_leftcol; | |
2730 if (txtcol >= 0 && txtcol < W_WIDTH(wp)) | |
2731 ScreenAttrs[off + txtcol] = hl_combine_attr( | |
2732 ScreenAttrs[off + txtcol], hl_attr(HLF_CUC)); | |
2733 } | |
743 | 2734 #endif |
7 | 2735 |
2736 SCREEN_LINE(row + W_WINROW(wp), W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_WIDTH(wp), | |
2737 (int)W_WIDTH(wp), FALSE); | |
2738 | |
2739 /* | |
2740 * Update w_cline_height and w_cline_folded if the cursor line was | |
2741 * updated (saves a call to plines() later). | |
2742 */ | |
2743 if (wp == curwin | |
2744 && lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum | |
2745 && lnume >= curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
2746 { | |
2747 curwin->w_cline_row = row; | |
2748 curwin->w_cline_height = 1; | |
2749 curwin->w_cline_folded = TRUE; | |
2750 curwin->w_valid |= (VALID_CHEIGHT|VALID_CROW); | |
2751 } | |
2752 } | |
2753 | |
2754 /* | |
2755 * Copy "buf[len]" to ScreenLines["off"] and set attributes to "attr". | |
2756 */ | |
2757 static void | |
2758 copy_text_attr(off, buf, len, attr) | |
2759 int off; | |
2760 char_u *buf; | |
2761 int len; | |
2762 int attr; | |
2763 { | |
216 | 2764 int i; |
2765 | |
7 | 2766 mch_memmove(ScreenLines + off, buf, (size_t)len); |
2767 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2768 if (enc_utf8) | |
2769 vim_memset(ScreenLinesUC + off, 0, sizeof(u8char_T) * (size_t)len); | |
2770 # endif | |
216 | 2771 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i) |
2772 ScreenAttrs[off + i] = attr; | |
7 | 2773 } |
2774 | |
2775 /* | |
2776 * Fill the foldcolumn at "p" for window "wp". | |
548 | 2777 * Only to be called when 'foldcolumn' > 0. |
7 | 2778 */ |
2779 static void | |
2780 fill_foldcolumn(p, wp, closed, lnum) | |
2781 char_u *p; | |
2782 win_T *wp; | |
2783 int closed; /* TRUE of FALSE */ | |
2784 linenr_T lnum; /* current line number */ | |
2785 { | |
2786 int i = 0; | |
2787 int level; | |
2788 int first_level; | |
519 | 2789 int empty; |
7 | 2790 |
2791 /* Init to all spaces. */ | |
2792 copy_spaces(p, (size_t)wp->w_p_fdc); | |
2793 | |
2794 level = win_foldinfo.fi_level; | |
2795 if (level > 0) | |
2796 { | |
519 | 2797 /* If there is only one column put more info in it. */ |
2798 empty = (wp->w_p_fdc == 1) ? 0 : 1; | |
2799 | |
7 | 2800 /* If the column is too narrow, we start at the lowest level that |
2801 * fits and use numbers to indicated the depth. */ | |
519 | 2802 first_level = level - wp->w_p_fdc - closed + 1 + empty; |
7 | 2803 if (first_level < 1) |
2804 first_level = 1; | |
2805 | |
519 | 2806 for (i = 0; i + empty < wp->w_p_fdc; ++i) |
7 | 2807 { |
2808 if (win_foldinfo.fi_lnum == lnum | |
2809 && first_level + i >= win_foldinfo.fi_low_level) | |
2810 p[i] = '-'; | |
2811 else if (first_level == 1) | |
2812 p[i] = '|'; | |
2813 else if (first_level + i <= 9) | |
2814 p[i] = '0' + first_level + i; | |
2815 else | |
2816 p[i] = '>'; | |
2817 if (first_level + i == level) | |
2818 break; | |
2819 } | |
2820 } | |
2821 if (closed) | |
548 | 2822 p[i >= wp->w_p_fdc ? i - 1 : i] = '+'; |
7 | 2823 } |
2824 #endif /* FEAT_FOLDING */ | |
2825 | |
2826 /* | |
2827 * Display line "lnum" of window 'wp' on the screen. | |
2828 * Start at row "startrow", stop when "endrow" is reached. | |
2829 * wp->w_virtcol needs to be valid. | |
2830 * | |
2831 * Return the number of last row the line occupies. | |
2832 */ | |
2833 static int | |
625 | 2834 win_line(wp, lnum, startrow, endrow, nochange) |
7 | 2835 win_T *wp; |
2836 linenr_T lnum; | |
2837 int startrow; | |
2838 int endrow; | |
1883 | 2839 int nochange UNUSED; /* not updating for changed text */ |
7 | 2840 { |
2841 int col; /* visual column on screen */ | |
2842 unsigned off; /* offset in ScreenLines/ScreenAttrs */ | |
2843 int c = 0; /* init for GCC */ | |
2844 long vcol = 0; /* virtual column (for tabs) */ | |
6503 | 2845 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK |
2846 long vcol_sbr = -1; /* virtual column after showbreak */ | |
2847 #endif | |
7 | 2848 long vcol_prev = -1; /* "vcol" of previous character */ |
2849 char_u *line; /* current line */ | |
2850 char_u *ptr; /* current position in "line" */ | |
2851 int row; /* row in the window, excl w_winrow */ | |
2852 int screen_row; /* row on the screen, incl w_winrow */ | |
2853 | |
2854 char_u extra[18]; /* "%ld" and 'fdc' must fit in here */ | |
2855 int n_extra = 0; /* number of extra chars */ | |
1340 | 2856 char_u *p_extra = NULL; /* string of extra chars, plus NUL */ |
6026 | 2857 char_u *p_extra_free = NULL; /* p_extra needs to be freed */ |
7 | 2858 int c_extra = NUL; /* extra chars, all the same */ |
2859 int extra_attr = 0; /* attributes when n_extra != 0 */ | |
2860 static char_u *at_end_str = (char_u *)""; /* used for p_extra when | |
2861 displaying lcs_eol at end-of-line */ | |
2862 int lcs_eol_one = lcs_eol; /* lcs_eol until it's been used */ | |
2863 int lcs_prec_todo = lcs_prec; /* lcs_prec until it's been used */ | |
2864 | |
2865 /* saved "extra" items for when draw_state becomes WL_LINE (again) */ | |
2866 int saved_n_extra = 0; | |
2867 char_u *saved_p_extra = NULL; | |
2868 int saved_c_extra = 0; | |
2869 int saved_char_attr = 0; | |
2870 | |
2871 int n_attr = 0; /* chars with special attr */ | |
2872 int saved_attr2 = 0; /* char_attr saved for n_attr */ | |
2873 int n_attr3 = 0; /* chars with overruling special attr */ | |
2874 int saved_attr3 = 0; /* char_attr saved for n_attr3 */ | |
2875 | |
2876 int n_skip = 0; /* nr of chars to skip for 'nowrap' */ | |
2877 | |
2878 int fromcol, tocol; /* start/end of inverting */ | |
2879 int fromcol_prev = -2; /* start of inverting after cursor */ | |
2880 int noinvcur = FALSE; /* don't invert the cursor */ | |
2881 pos_T *top, *bot; | |
1813 | 2882 int lnum_in_visual_area = FALSE; |
7 | 2883 pos_T pos; |
2884 long v; | |
2885 | |
2886 int char_attr = 0; /* attributes for next character */ | |
674 | 2887 int attr_pri = FALSE; /* char_attr has priority */ |
7 | 2888 int area_highlighting = FALSE; /* Visual or incsearch highlighting |
2889 in this line */ | |
2890 int attr = 0; /* attributes for area highlighting */ | |
2891 int area_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by highlighting */ | |
2892 int search_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by 'hlsearch' */ | |
2893 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
743 | 2894 int vcol_save_attr = 0; /* saved attr for 'cursorcolumn' */ |
7 | 2895 int syntax_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by syntax */ |
2896 int has_syntax = FALSE; /* this buffer has syntax highl. */ | |
2897 int save_did_emsg; | |
1437 | 2898 int eol_hl_off = 0; /* 1 if highlighted char after EOL */ |
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2899 int draw_color_col = FALSE; /* highlight colorcolumn */ |
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2900 int *color_cols = NULL; /* pointer to according columns array */ |
743 | 2901 #endif |
2902 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL | |
221 | 2903 int has_spell = FALSE; /* this buffer has spell checking */ |
348 | 2904 # define SPWORDLEN 150 |
2905 char_u nextline[SPWORDLEN * 2];/* text with start of the next line */ | |
353 | 2906 int nextlinecol = 0; /* column where nextline[] starts */ |
2907 int nextline_idx = 0; /* index in nextline[] where next line | |
348 | 2908 starts */ |
221 | 2909 int spell_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by spelling */ |
2910 int word_end = 0; /* last byte with same spell_attr */ | |
378 | 2911 static linenr_T checked_lnum = 0; /* line number for "checked_col" */ |
2912 static int checked_col = 0; /* column in "checked_lnum" up to which | |
348 | 2913 * there are no spell errors */ |
386 | 2914 static int cap_col = -1; /* column to check for Cap word */ |
2915 static linenr_T capcol_lnum = 0; /* line number where "cap_col" used */ | |
348 | 2916 int cur_checked_col = 0; /* checked column for current line */ |
7 | 2917 #endif |
2918 int extra_check; /* has syntax or linebreak */ | |
2919 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2920 int multi_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by multibyte */ | |
2921 int mb_l = 1; /* multi-byte byte length */ | |
2922 int mb_c = 0; /* decoded multi-byte character */ | |
2923 int mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* screen char is UTF-8 char */ | |
714 | 2924 int u8cc[MAX_MCO]; /* composing UTF-8 chars */ |
7 | 2925 #endif |
2926 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
2927 int filler_lines; /* nr of filler lines to be drawn */ | |
2928 int filler_todo; /* nr of filler lines still to do + 1 */ | |
534 | 2929 hlf_T diff_hlf = (hlf_T)0; /* type of diff highlighting */ |
7 | 2930 int change_start = MAXCOL; /* first col of changed area */ |
2931 int change_end = -1; /* last col of changed area */ | |
2932 #endif | |
2933 colnr_T trailcol = MAXCOL; /* start of trailing spaces */ | |
2934 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
2935 int need_showbreak = FALSE; | |
2936 #endif | |
910 | 2937 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || (defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)) \ |
2938 || defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_DIFF) | |
7 | 2939 # define LINE_ATTR |
1536 | 2940 int line_attr = 0; /* attribute for the whole line */ |
7 | 2941 #endif |
2942 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
1326 | 2943 matchitem_T *cur; /* points to the match list */ |
2944 match_T *shl; /* points to search_hl or a match */ | |
2945 int shl_flag; /* flag to indicate whether search_hl | |
2946 has been processed or not */ | |
5979 | 2947 int pos_inprogress; /* marks that position match search is |
2948 in progress */ | |
1326 | 2949 int prevcol_hl_flag; /* flag to indicate whether prevcol |
2950 equals startcol of search_hl or one | |
2951 of the matches */ | |
7 | 2952 #endif |
2953 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC | |
2954 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */ | |
2955 int prev_c1 = 0; /* first composing char for prev_c */ | |
2956 #endif | |
910 | 2957 #if defined(LINE_ATTR) |
867 | 2958 int did_line_attr = 0; |
2959 #endif | |
7 | 2960 |
2961 /* draw_state: items that are drawn in sequence: */ | |
2962 #define WL_START 0 /* nothing done yet */ | |
2963 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN | |
2964 # define WL_CMDLINE WL_START + 1 /* cmdline window column */ | |
2965 #else | |
2966 # define WL_CMDLINE WL_START | |
2967 #endif | |
2968 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
2969 # define WL_FOLD WL_CMDLINE + 1 /* 'foldcolumn' */ | |
2970 #else | |
2971 # define WL_FOLD WL_CMDLINE | |
2972 #endif | |
2973 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS | |
2974 # define WL_SIGN WL_FOLD + 1 /* column for signs */ | |
2975 #else | |
2976 # define WL_SIGN WL_FOLD /* column for signs */ | |
2977 #endif | |
2978 #define WL_NR WL_SIGN + 1 /* line number */ | |
5995 | 2979 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK |
2980 # define WL_BRI WL_NR + 1 /* 'breakindent' */ | |
2981 #else | |
2982 # define WL_BRI WL_NR | |
2983 #endif | |
7 | 2984 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(FEAT_DIFF) |
5995 | 2985 # define WL_SBR WL_BRI + 1 /* 'showbreak' or 'diff' */ |
7 | 2986 #else |
5995 | 2987 # define WL_SBR WL_BRI |
7 | 2988 #endif |
2989 #define WL_LINE WL_SBR + 1 /* text in the line */ | |
2990 int draw_state = WL_START; /* what to draw next */ | |
574 | 2991 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) |
7 | 2992 int feedback_col = 0; |
2993 int feedback_old_attr = -1; | |
2994 #endif | |
2995 | |
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
2996 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
2997 int syntax_flags = 0; |
2392
0371401d9d33
Give each syntax item a sequence number, so that we know when it starts and
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2382
diff
changeset
|
2998 int syntax_seqnr = 0; |
2375
a96dd77ce213
For conceal mode: when two different syntax items follow each other, show the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2364
diff
changeset
|
2999 int prev_syntax_id = 0; |
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
3000 int conceal_attr = hl_attr(HLF_CONCEAL); |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
3001 int is_concealing = FALSE; |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
3002 int boguscols = 0; /* nonexistent columns added to force |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
3003 wrapping */ |
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2400
diff
changeset
|
3004 int vcol_off = 0; /* offset for concealed characters */ |
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
3005 int did_wcol = FALSE; |
6520 | 3006 int old_boguscols = 0; |
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
3007 # define VCOL_HLC (vcol - vcol_off) |
5174
42d592dbbec3
updated for version 7.4a.013
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5126
diff
changeset
|
3008 # define FIX_FOR_BOGUSCOLS \ |
42d592dbbec3
updated for version 7.4a.013
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5126
diff
changeset
|
3009 { \ |
42d592dbbec3
updated for version 7.4a.013
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5126
diff
changeset
|
3010 n_extra += vcol_off; \ |
42d592dbbec3
updated for version 7.4a.013
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5126
diff
changeset
|
3011 vcol -= vcol_off; \ |
42d592dbbec3
updated for version 7.4a.013
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5126
diff
changeset
|
3012 vcol_off = 0; \ |
42d592dbbec3
updated for version 7.4a.013
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5126
diff
changeset
|
3013 col -= boguscols; \ |
6520 | 3014 old_boguscols = boguscols; \ |
5174
42d592dbbec3
updated for version 7.4a.013
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5126
diff
changeset
|
3015 boguscols = 0; \ |
42d592dbbec3
updated for version 7.4a.013
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5126
diff
changeset
|
3016 } |
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
3017 #else |
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
3018 # define VCOL_HLC (vcol) |
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
3019 #endif |
7 | 3020 |
3021 if (startrow > endrow) /* past the end already! */ | |
3022 return startrow; | |
3023 | |
3024 row = startrow; | |
3025 screen_row = row + W_WINROW(wp); | |
3026 | |
3027 /* | |
3028 * To speed up the loop below, set extra_check when there is linebreak, | |
3029 * trailing white space and/or syntax processing to be done. | |
3030 */ | |
3031 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
3032 extra_check = wp->w_p_lbr; | |
3033 #else | |
3034 extra_check = 0; | |
3035 #endif | |
3036 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
3037 if (syntax_present(wp) && !wp->w_s->b_syn_error) |
7 | 3038 { |
3039 /* Prepare for syntax highlighting in this line. When there is an | |
3040 * error, stop syntax highlighting. */ | |
3041 save_did_emsg = did_emsg; | |
3042 did_emsg = FALSE; | |
3043 syntax_start(wp, lnum); | |
3044 if (did_emsg) | |
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
3045 wp->w_s->b_syn_error = TRUE; |
7 | 3046 else |
3047 { | |
3048 did_emsg = save_did_emsg; | |
3049 has_syntax = TRUE; | |
3050 extra_check = TRUE; | |
3051 } | |
3052 } | |
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
3053 |
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
3054 /* Check for columns to display for 'colorcolumn'. */ |
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
3055 color_cols = wp->w_p_cc_cols; |
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
3056 if (color_cols != NULL) |
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
3057 draw_color_col = advance_color_col(VCOL_HLC, &color_cols); |
743 | 3058 #endif |
3059 | |
3060 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL | |
258 | 3061 if (wp->w_p_spell |
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
3062 && *wp->w_s->b_p_spl != NUL |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
3063 && wp->w_s->b_langp.ga_len > 0 |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
3064 && *(char **)(wp->w_s->b_langp.ga_data) != NULL) |
221 | 3065 { |
3066 /* Prepare for spell checking. */ | |
3067 has_spell = TRUE; | |
3068 extra_check = TRUE; | |
348 | 3069 |
3070 /* Get the start of the next line, so that words that wrap to the next | |
3071 * line are found too: "et<line-break>al.". | |
3072 * Trick: skip a few chars for C/shell/Vim comments */ | |
3073 nextline[SPWORDLEN] = NUL; | |
3074 if (lnum < wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
3075 { | |
3076 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum + 1, FALSE); | |
3077 spell_cat_line(nextline + SPWORDLEN, line, SPWORDLEN); | |
3078 } | |
3079 | |
3080 /* When a word wrapped from the previous line the start of the current | |
3081 * line is valid. */ | |
3082 if (lnum == checked_lnum) | |
3083 cur_checked_col = checked_col; | |
3084 checked_lnum = 0; | |
386 | 3085 |
3086 /* When there was a sentence end in the previous line may require a | |
3087 * word starting with capital in this line. In line 1 always check | |
3088 * the first word. */ | |
3089 if (lnum != capcol_lnum) | |
3090 cap_col = -1; | |
3091 if (lnum == 1) | |
3092 cap_col = 0; | |
3093 capcol_lnum = 0; | |
221 | 3094 } |
7 | 3095 #endif |
3096 | |
3097 /* | |
3098 * handle visual active in this window | |
3099 */ | |
3100 fromcol = -10; | |
3101 tocol = MAXCOL; | |
3102 if (VIsual_active && wp->w_buffer == curwin->w_buffer) | |
3103 { | |
3104 /* Visual is after curwin->w_cursor */ | |
3105 if (ltoreq(curwin->w_cursor, VIsual)) | |
3106 { | |
3107 top = &curwin->w_cursor; | |
3108 bot = &VIsual; | |
3109 } | |
3110 else /* Visual is before curwin->w_cursor */ | |
3111 { | |
3112 top = &VIsual; | |
3113 bot = &curwin->w_cursor; | |
3114 } | |
1813 | 3115 lnum_in_visual_area = (lnum >= top->lnum && lnum <= bot->lnum); |
7 | 3116 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) /* block mode */ |
3117 { | |
1813 | 3118 if (lnum_in_visual_area) |
7 | 3119 { |
3120 fromcol = wp->w_old_cursor_fcol; | |
3121 tocol = wp->w_old_cursor_lcol; | |
3122 } | |
3123 } | |
3124 else /* non-block mode */ | |
3125 { | |
3126 if (lnum > top->lnum && lnum <= bot->lnum) | |
3127 fromcol = 0; | |
3128 else if (lnum == top->lnum) | |
3129 { | |
3130 if (VIsual_mode == 'V') /* linewise */ | |
3131 fromcol = 0; | |
3132 else | |
3133 { | |
3134 getvvcol(wp, top, (colnr_T *)&fromcol, NULL, NULL); | |
3135 if (gchar_pos(top) == NUL) | |
3136 tocol = fromcol + 1; | |
3137 } | |
3138 } | |
3139 if (VIsual_mode != 'V' && lnum == bot->lnum) | |
3140 { | |
3141 if (*p_sel == 'e' && bot->col == 0 | |
3142 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
3143 && bot->coladd == 0 | |
3144 #endif | |
3145 ) | |
3146 { | |
3147 fromcol = -10; | |
3148 tocol = MAXCOL; | |
3149 } | |
36 | 3150 else if (bot->col == MAXCOL) |
3151 tocol = MAXCOL; | |
7 | 3152 else |
3153 { | |
3154 pos = *bot; | |
3155 if (*p_sel == 'e') | |
3156 getvvcol(wp, &pos, (colnr_T *)&tocol, NULL, NULL); | |
3157 else | |
3158 { | |
3159 getvvcol(wp, &pos, NULL, NULL, (colnr_T *)&tocol); | |
3160 ++tocol; | |
3161 } | |
3162 } | |
3163 } | |
3164 } | |
3165 | |
3166 #ifndef MSDOS | |
3167 /* Check if the character under the cursor should not be inverted */ | |
3168 if (!highlight_match && lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum && wp == curwin | |
3169 # ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
3170 && !gui.in_use | |
3171 # endif | |
3172 ) | |
3173 noinvcur = TRUE; | |
3174 #endif | |
3175 | |
3176 /* if inverting in this line set area_highlighting */ | |
3177 if (fromcol >= 0) | |
3178 { | |
3179 area_highlighting = TRUE; | |
3180 attr = hl_attr(HLF_V); | |
3181 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) && defined(FEAT_X11) | |
3674 | 3182 if ((clip_star.available && !clip_star.owned |
3183 && clip_isautosel_star()) | |
3184 || (clip_plus.available && !clip_plus.owned | |
3185 && clip_isautosel_plus())) | |
7 | 3186 attr = hl_attr(HLF_VNC); |
3187 #endif | |
3188 } | |
3189 } | |
3190 | |
3191 /* | |
674 | 3192 * handle 'incsearch' and ":s///c" highlighting |
7 | 3193 */ |
5735 | 3194 else if (highlight_match |
7 | 3195 && wp == curwin |
3196 && lnum >= curwin->w_cursor.lnum | |
3197 && lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum + search_match_lines) | |
3198 { | |
3199 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
3200 getvcol(curwin, &(curwin->w_cursor), | |
3201 (colnr_T *)&fromcol, NULL, NULL); | |
3202 else | |
3203 fromcol = 0; | |
3204 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum + search_match_lines) | |
3205 { | |
3206 pos.lnum = lnum; | |
3207 pos.col = search_match_endcol; | |
3208 getvcol(curwin, &pos, (colnr_T *)&tocol, NULL, NULL); | |
3209 } | |
3210 else | |
3211 tocol = MAXCOL; | |
1850 | 3212 /* do at least one character; happens when past end of line */ |
3213 if (fromcol == tocol) | |
3214 tocol = fromcol + 1; | |
7 | 3215 area_highlighting = TRUE; |
3216 attr = hl_attr(HLF_I); | |
3217 } | |
3218 | |
3219 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
3220 filler_lines = diff_check(wp, lnum); | |
3221 if (filler_lines < 0) | |
3222 { | |
3223 if (filler_lines == -1) | |
3224 { | |
3225 if (diff_find_change(wp, lnum, &change_start, &change_end)) | |
3226 diff_hlf = HLF_ADD; /* added line */ | |
3227 else if (change_start == 0) | |
3228 diff_hlf = HLF_TXD; /* changed text */ | |
3229 else | |
3230 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD; /* changed line */ | |
3231 } | |
3232 else | |
3233 diff_hlf = HLF_ADD; /* added line */ | |
3234 filler_lines = 0; | |
3235 area_highlighting = TRUE; | |
3236 } | |
3237 if (lnum == wp->w_topline) | |
3238 filler_lines = wp->w_topfill; | |
3239 filler_todo = filler_lines; | |
3240 #endif | |
3241 | |
3242 #ifdef LINE_ATTR | |
3243 # ifdef FEAT_SIGNS | |
3244 /* If this line has a sign with line highlighting set line_attr. */ | |
3245 v = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum, SIGN_LINEHL); | |
3246 if (v != 0) | |
3247 line_attr = sign_get_attr((int)v, TRUE); | |
3248 # endif | |
3249 # if defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) | |
3250 /* Highlight the current line in the quickfix window. */ | |
644 | 3251 if (bt_quickfix(wp->w_buffer) && qf_current_entry(wp) == lnum) |
7 | 3252 line_attr = hl_attr(HLF_L); |
3253 # endif | |
3254 if (line_attr != 0) | |
3255 area_highlighting = TRUE; | |
3256 #endif | |
3257 | |
3258 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); | |
3259 ptr = line; | |
3260 | |
743 | 3261 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
348 | 3262 if (has_spell) |
3263 { | |
386 | 3264 /* For checking first word with a capital skip white space. */ |
3265 if (cap_col == 0) | |
835 | 3266 cap_col = (int)(skipwhite(line) - line); |
386 | 3267 |
348 | 3268 /* To be able to spell-check over line boundaries copy the end of the |
3269 * current line into nextline[]. Above the start of the next line was | |
3270 * copied to nextline[SPWORDLEN]. */ | |
3271 if (nextline[SPWORDLEN] == NUL) | |
3272 { | |
3273 /* No next line or it is empty. */ | |
3274 nextlinecol = MAXCOL; | |
3275 nextline_idx = 0; | |
3276 } | |
3277 else | |
3278 { | |
835 | 3279 v = (long)STRLEN(line); |
348 | 3280 if (v < SPWORDLEN) |
3281 { | |
3282 /* Short line, use it completely and append the start of the | |
3283 * next line. */ | |
3284 nextlinecol = 0; | |
3285 mch_memmove(nextline, line, (size_t)v); | |
1621 | 3286 STRMOVE(nextline + v, nextline + SPWORDLEN); |
348 | 3287 nextline_idx = v + 1; |
3288 } | |
3289 else | |
3290 { | |
3291 /* Long line, use only the last SPWORDLEN bytes. */ | |
3292 nextlinecol = v - SPWORDLEN; | |
3293 mch_memmove(nextline, line + nextlinecol, SPWORDLEN); | |
3294 nextline_idx = SPWORDLEN + 1; | |
3295 } | |
3296 } | |
3297 } | |
3298 #endif | |
3299 | |
7 | 3300 /* find start of trailing whitespace */ |
3301 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_trail) | |
3302 { | |
3303 trailcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ptr); | |
3304 while (trailcol > (colnr_T)0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[trailcol - 1])) | |
3305 --trailcol; | |
3306 trailcol += (colnr_T) (ptr - line); | |
3307 extra_check = TRUE; | |
3308 } | |
3309 | |
3310 /* | |
3311 * 'nowrap' or 'wrap' and a single line that doesn't fit: Advance to the | |
3312 * first character to be displayed. | |
3313 */ | |
3314 if (wp->w_p_wrap) | |
3315 v = wp->w_skipcol; | |
3316 else | |
3317 v = wp->w_leftcol; | |
3318 if (v > 0) | |
3319 { | |
3320 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
3321 char_u *prev_ptr = ptr; | |
3322 #endif | |
3323 while (vcol < v && *ptr != NUL) | |
3324 { | |
5995 | 3325 c = win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, line, ptr, (colnr_T)vcol, NULL); |
7 | 3326 vcol += c; |
3327 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
3328 prev_ptr = ptr; | |
39 | 3329 #endif |
3330 mb_ptr_adv(ptr); | |
7 | 3331 } |
3332 | |
1984 | 3333 /* When: |
3334 * - 'cuc' is set, or | |
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
3335 * - 'colorcolumn' is set, or |
1984 | 3336 * - 'virtualedit' is set, or |
3337 * - the visual mode is active, | |
3338 * the end of the line may be before the start of the displayed part. | |
3339 */ | |
3340 if (vcol < v && ( | |
5735 | 3341 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
3342 wp->w_p_cuc || draw_color_col || | |
3343 #endif | |
3344 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
3345 virtual_active() || | |
3346 #endif | |
3347 (VIsual_active && wp->w_buffer == curwin->w_buffer))) | |
1984 | 3348 { |
7 | 3349 vcol = v; |
1984 | 3350 } |
7 | 3351 |
3352 /* Handle a character that's not completely on the screen: Put ptr at | |
3353 * that character but skip the first few screen characters. */ | |
3354 if (vcol > v) | |
3355 { | |
3356 vcol -= c; | |
3357 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
3358 ptr = prev_ptr; | |
3359 #else | |
3360 --ptr; | |
3361 #endif | |
3362 n_skip = v - vcol; | |
3363 } | |
3364 | |
3365 /* | |
3366 * Adjust for when the inverted text is before the screen, | |
3367 * and when the start of the inverted text is before the screen. | |
3368 */ | |
3369 if (tocol <= vcol) | |
3370 fromcol = 0; | |
3371 else if (fromcol >= 0 && fromcol < vcol) | |
3372 fromcol = vcol; | |
3373 | |
3374 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
3375 /* When w_skipcol is non-zero, first line needs 'showbreak' */ | |
3376 if (wp->w_p_wrap) | |
3377 need_showbreak = TRUE; | |
3378 #endif | |
743 | 3379 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
499 | 3380 /* When spell checking a word we need to figure out the start of the |
3381 * word and if it's badly spelled or not. */ | |
3382 if (has_spell) | |
3383 { | |
3384 int len; | |
1536 | 3385 colnr_T linecol = (colnr_T)(ptr - line); |
534 | 3386 hlf_T spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT; |
499 | 3387 |
3388 pos = wp->w_cursor; | |
3389 wp->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
1536 | 3390 wp->w_cursor.col = linecol; |
534 | 3391 len = spell_move_to(wp, FORWARD, TRUE, TRUE, &spell_hlf); |
1536 | 3392 |
3393 /* spell_move_to() may call ml_get() and make "line" invalid */ | |
3394 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); | |
3395 ptr = line + linecol; | |
3396 | |
530 | 3397 if (len == 0 || (int)wp->w_cursor.col > ptr - line) |
499 | 3398 { |
3399 /* no bad word found at line start, don't check until end of a | |
3400 * word */ | |
534 | 3401 spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT; |
3572 | 3402 word_end = (int)(spell_to_word_end(ptr, wp) - line + 1); |
499 | 3403 } |
3404 else | |
534 | 3405 { |
499 | 3406 /* bad word found, use attributes until end of word */ |
3407 word_end = wp->w_cursor.col + len + 1; | |
3408 | |
534 | 3409 /* Turn index into actual attributes. */ |
3410 if (spell_hlf != HLF_COUNT) | |
3411 spell_attr = highlight_attr[spell_hlf]; | |
3412 } | |
499 | 3413 wp->w_cursor = pos; |
501 | 3414 |
743 | 3415 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
501 | 3416 /* Need to restart syntax highlighting for this line. */ |
3417 if (has_syntax) | |
3418 syntax_start(wp, lnum); | |
743 | 3419 # endif |
499 | 3420 } |
3421 #endif | |
7 | 3422 } |
3423 | |
3424 /* | |
3425 * Correct highlighting for cursor that can't be disabled. | |
3426 * Avoids having to check this for each character. | |
3427 */ | |
3428 if (fromcol >= 0) | |
3429 { | |
3430 if (noinvcur) | |
3431 { | |
3432 if ((colnr_T)fromcol == wp->w_virtcol) | |
3433 { | |
3434 /* highlighting starts at cursor, let it start just after the | |
3435 * cursor */ | |
3436 fromcol_prev = fromcol; | |
3437 fromcol = -1; | |
3438 } | |
3439 else if ((colnr_T)fromcol < wp->w_virtcol) | |
3440 /* restart highlighting after the cursor */ | |
3441 fromcol_prev = wp->w_virtcol; | |
3442 } | |
3443 if (fromcol >= tocol) | |
3444 fromcol = -1; | |
3445 } | |
3446 | |
3447 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
3448 /* | |
1326 | 3449 * Handle highlighting the last used search pattern and matches. |
3450 * Do this for both search_hl and the match list. | |
7 | 3451 */ |
1326 | 3452 cur = wp->w_match_head; |
3453 shl_flag = FALSE; | |
3454 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) | |
3455 { | |
3456 if (shl_flag == FALSE) | |
3457 { | |
3458 shl = &search_hl; | |
3459 shl_flag = TRUE; | |
3460 } | |
3461 else | |
3462 shl = &cur->hl; | |
36 | 3463 shl->startcol = MAXCOL; |
3464 shl->endcol = MAXCOL; | |
7 | 3465 shl->attr_cur = 0; |
5979 | 3466 v = (long)(ptr - line); |
3467 if (cur != NULL) | |
3468 cur->pos.cur = 0; | |
3469 next_search_hl(wp, shl, lnum, (colnr_T)v, cur); | |
3470 | |
3471 /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp may have made it | |
3472 * invalid. */ | |
3473 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); | |
3474 ptr = line + v; | |
3475 | |
3476 if (shl->lnum != 0 && shl->lnum <= lnum) | |
3477 { | |
3478 if (shl->lnum == lnum) | |
3479 shl->startcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col; | |
3480 else | |
3481 shl->startcol = 0; | |
3482 if (lnum == shl->lnum + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum | |
3483 - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum) | |
3484 shl->endcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; | |
3485 else | |
3486 shl->endcol = MAXCOL; | |
3487 /* Highlight one character for an empty match. */ | |
3488 if (shl->startcol == shl->endcol) | |
3489 { | |
3490 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
3491 if (has_mbyte && line[shl->endcol] != NUL) | |
3492 shl->endcol += (*mb_ptr2len)(line + shl->endcol); | |
7 | 3493 else |
5979 | 3494 #endif |
3495 ++shl->endcol; | |
3496 } | |
3497 if ((long)shl->startcol < v) /* match at leftcol */ | |
3498 { | |
3499 shl->attr_cur = shl->attr; | |
3500 search_attr = shl->attr; | |
3501 } | |
3502 area_highlighting = TRUE; | |
7 | 3503 } |
1326 | 3504 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) |
3505 cur = cur->next; | |
7 | 3506 } |
3507 #endif | |
3508 | |
743 | 3509 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
5068
6a7ae677d6a1
updated for version 7.3.1277
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4916
diff
changeset
|
3510 /* Cursor line highlighting for 'cursorline' in the current window. Not |
6a7ae677d6a1
updated for version 7.3.1277
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4916
diff
changeset
|
3511 * when Visual mode is active, because it's not clear what is selected |
6a7ae677d6a1
updated for version 7.3.1277
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4916
diff
changeset
|
3512 * then. */ |
5078
22ac43fb6d30
updated for version 7.3.1282
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5068
diff
changeset
|
3513 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum |
5979 | 3514 && !(wp == curwin && VIsual_active)) |
743 | 3515 { |
3516 line_attr = hl_attr(HLF_CUL); | |
3517 area_highlighting = TRUE; | |
3518 } | |
3519 #endif | |
3520 | |
504 | 3521 off = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); |
7 | 3522 col = 0; |
3523 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
3524 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
3525 { | |
3526 /* Rightleft window: process the text in the normal direction, but put | |
3527 * it in current_ScreenLine[] from right to left. Start at the | |
3528 * rightmost column of the window. */ | |
3529 col = W_WIDTH(wp) - 1; | |
3530 off += col; | |
3531 } | |
3532 #endif | |
3533 | |
3534 /* | |
3535 * Repeat for the whole displayed line. | |
3536 */ | |
3537 for (;;) | |
3538 { | |
3539 /* Skip this quickly when working on the text. */ | |
3540 if (draw_state != WL_LINE) | |
3541 { | |
3542 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN | |
3543 if (draw_state == WL_CMDLINE - 1 && n_extra == 0) | |
3544 { | |
3545 draw_state = WL_CMDLINE; | |
3546 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin) | |
3547 { | |
3548 /* Draw the cmdline character. */ | |
3549 n_extra = 1; | |
1340 | 3550 c_extra = cmdwin_type; |
7 | 3551 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); |
3552 } | |
3553 } | |
3554 #endif | |
3555 | |
3556 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
3557 if (draw_state == WL_FOLD - 1 && n_extra == 0) | |
3558 { | |
3559 draw_state = WL_FOLD; | |
3560 if (wp->w_p_fdc > 0) | |
3561 { | |
3562 /* Draw the 'foldcolumn'. */ | |
3563 fill_foldcolumn(extra, wp, FALSE, lnum); | |
3564 n_extra = wp->w_p_fdc; | |
3565 p_extra = extra; | |
1340 | 3566 p_extra[n_extra] = NUL; |
7 | 3567 c_extra = NUL; |
3568 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_FC); | |
3569 } | |
3570 } | |
3571 #endif | |
3572 | |
3573 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS | |
3574 if (draw_state == WL_SIGN - 1 && n_extra == 0) | |
3575 { | |
3576 draw_state = WL_SIGN; | |
3577 /* Show the sign column when there are any signs in this | |
3578 * buffer or when using Netbeans. */ | |
5921 | 3579 if (draw_signcolumn(wp)) |
7 | 3580 { |
2661 | 3581 int text_sign; |
7 | 3582 # ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS |
2661 | 3583 int icon_sign; |
7 | 3584 # endif |
3585 | |
3586 /* Draw two cells with the sign value or blank. */ | |
3587 c_extra = ' '; | |
3588 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_SC); | |
3589 n_extra = 2; | |
3590 | |
5921 | 3591 if (row == startrow |
3592 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
3593 + filler_lines && filler_todo <= 0 | |
3594 #endif | |
3595 ) | |
7 | 3596 { |
3597 text_sign = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum, | |
3598 SIGN_TEXT); | |
3599 # ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS | |
3600 icon_sign = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum, | |
3601 SIGN_ICON); | |
3602 if (gui.in_use && icon_sign != 0) | |
3603 { | |
3604 /* Use the image in this position. */ | |
3605 c_extra = SIGN_BYTE; | |
3606 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG | |
3607 if (buf_signcount(wp->w_buffer, lnum) > 1) | |
3608 c_extra = MULTISIGN_BYTE; | |
3609 # endif | |
3610 char_attr = icon_sign; | |
3611 } | |
3612 else | |
3613 # endif | |
3614 if (text_sign != 0) | |
3615 { | |
3616 p_extra = sign_get_text(text_sign); | |
3617 if (p_extra != NULL) | |
3618 { | |
3619 c_extra = NUL; | |
835 | 3620 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_extra); |
7 | 3621 } |
3622 char_attr = sign_get_attr(text_sign, FALSE); | |
3623 } | |
3624 } | |
3625 } | |
3626 } | |
3627 #endif | |
3628 | |
3629 if (draw_state == WL_NR - 1 && n_extra == 0) | |
3630 { | |
3631 draw_state = WL_NR; | |
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3632 /* Display the absolute or relative line number. After the |
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3633 * first fill with blanks when the 'n' flag isn't in 'cpo' */ |
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3634 if ((wp->w_p_nu || wp->w_p_rnu) |
7 | 3635 && (row == startrow |
3636 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
3637 + filler_lines | |
3638 #endif | |
3639 || vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_NUMCOL) == NULL)) | |
3640 { | |
3641 /* Draw the line number (empty space after wrapping). */ | |
3642 if (row == startrow | |
3643 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
3644 + filler_lines | |
3645 #endif | |
3646 ) | |
3647 { | |
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3648 long num; |
4065 | 3649 char *fmt = "%*ld "; |
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3650 |
4736
3f2319a953b3
updated for version 7.3.1115
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
3651 if (wp->w_p_nu && !wp->w_p_rnu) |
3f2319a953b3
updated for version 7.3.1115
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
3652 /* 'number' + 'norelativenumber' */ |
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3653 num = (long)lnum; |
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3654 else |
4065 | 3655 { |
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3656 /* 'relativenumber', don't use negative numbers */ |
2675 | 3657 num = labs((long)get_cursor_rel_lnum(wp, lnum)); |
4736
3f2319a953b3
updated for version 7.3.1115
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
3658 if (num == 0 && wp->w_p_nu && wp->w_p_rnu) |
4065 | 3659 { |
4736
3f2319a953b3
updated for version 7.3.1115
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
3660 /* 'number' + 'relativenumber' */ |
4065 | 3661 num = lnum; |
3662 fmt = "%-*ld "; | |
3663 } | |
3664 } | |
3665 | |
3666 sprintf((char *)extra, fmt, | |
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3667 number_width(wp), num); |
7 | 3668 if (wp->w_skipcol > 0) |
3669 for (p_extra = extra; *p_extra == ' '; ++p_extra) | |
3670 *p_extra = '-'; | |
3671 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
3672 if (wp->w_p_rl) /* reverse line numbers */ | |
3673 rl_mirror(extra); | |
3674 #endif | |
3675 p_extra = extra; | |
3676 c_extra = NUL; | |
3677 } | |
3678 else | |
3679 c_extra = ' '; | |
13 | 3680 n_extra = number_width(wp) + 1; |
7 | 3681 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_N); |
743 | 3682 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
3683 /* When 'cursorline' is set highlight the line number of | |
3427 | 3684 * the current line differently. |
3685 * TODO: Can we use CursorLine instead of CursorLineNr | |
3686 * when CursorLineNr isn't set? */ | |
5078
22ac43fb6d30
updated for version 7.3.1282
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5068
diff
changeset
|
3687 if ((wp->w_p_cul || wp->w_p_rnu) |
4065 | 3688 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) |
3427 | 3689 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_CLN); |
743 | 3690 #endif |
7 | 3691 } |
3692 } | |
3693 | |
5995 | 3694 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK |
3695 if (wp->w_p_brisbr && draw_state == WL_BRI - 1 | |
3696 && n_extra == 0 && *p_sbr != NUL) | |
3697 /* draw indent after showbreak value */ | |
3698 draw_state = WL_BRI; | |
3699 else if (wp->w_p_brisbr && draw_state == WL_SBR && n_extra == 0) | |
3700 /* After the showbreak, draw the breakindent */ | |
3701 draw_state = WL_BRI - 1; | |
3702 | |
3703 /* draw 'breakindent': indent wrapped text accordingly */ | |
3704 if (draw_state == WL_BRI - 1 && n_extra == 0) | |
3705 { | |
3706 draw_state = WL_BRI; | |
3707 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
3708 # endif | |
3709 if (wp->w_p_bri && n_extra == 0 && row != startrow | |
3710 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
3711 && filler_lines == 0 | |
3712 #endif | |
3713 ) | |
3714 { | |
3715 char_attr = 0; /* was: hl_attr(HLF_AT); */ | |
3716 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
3717 if (diff_hlf != (hlf_T)0) | |
6106 | 3718 { |
5995 | 3719 char_attr = hl_attr(diff_hlf); |
6106 | 3720 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) |
3721 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, | |
3722 hl_attr(HLF_CUL)); | |
3723 } | |
5995 | 3724 #endif |
6028 | 3725 p_extra = NULL; |
5995 | 3726 c_extra = ' '; |
3727 n_extra = get_breakindent_win(wp, | |
3728 ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE)); | |
3729 /* Correct end of highlighted area for 'breakindent', | |
3730 * required when 'linebreak' is also set. */ | |
3731 if (tocol == vcol) | |
3732 tocol += n_extra; | |
3733 } | |
3734 } | |
3735 #endif | |
3736 | |
7 | 3737 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(FEAT_DIFF) |
3738 if (draw_state == WL_SBR - 1 && n_extra == 0) | |
3739 { | |
3740 draw_state = WL_SBR; | |
3741 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
3742 if (filler_todo > 0) | |
3743 { | |
3744 /* Draw "deleted" diff line(s). */ | |
3745 if (char2cells(fill_diff) > 1) | |
3746 c_extra = '-'; | |
3747 else | |
3748 c_extra = fill_diff; | |
3749 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
3750 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
3751 n_extra = col + 1; | |
3752 else | |
3753 # endif | |
3754 n_extra = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; | |
3755 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_DED); | |
3756 } | |
3757 # endif | |
3758 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
3759 if (*p_sbr != NUL && need_showbreak) | |
3760 { | |
3761 /* Draw 'showbreak' at the start of each broken line. */ | |
3762 p_extra = p_sbr; | |
3763 c_extra = NUL; | |
3764 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_sbr); | |
3765 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); | |
3766 need_showbreak = FALSE; | |
6503 | 3767 vcol_sbr = vcol + MB_CHARLEN(p_sbr); |
7 | 3768 /* Correct end of highlighted area for 'showbreak', |
3769 * required when 'linebreak' is also set. */ | |
3770 if (tocol == vcol) | |
3771 tocol += n_extra; | |
5068
6a7ae677d6a1
updated for version 7.3.1277
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4916
diff
changeset
|
3772 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
6a7ae677d6a1
updated for version 7.3.1277
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4916
diff
changeset
|
3773 /* combine 'showbreak' with 'cursorline' */ |
5078
22ac43fb6d30
updated for version 7.3.1282
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5068
diff
changeset
|
3774 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) |
6106 | 3775 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, |
3776 hl_attr(HLF_CUL)); | |
5068
6a7ae677d6a1
updated for version 7.3.1277
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4916
diff
changeset
|
3777 #endif |
7 | 3778 } |
3779 # endif | |
3780 } | |
3781 #endif | |
3782 | |
3783 if (draw_state == WL_LINE - 1 && n_extra == 0) | |
3784 { | |
3785 draw_state = WL_LINE; | |
3786 if (saved_n_extra) | |
3787 { | |
3788 /* Continue item from end of wrapped line. */ | |
3789 n_extra = saved_n_extra; | |
3790 c_extra = saved_c_extra; | |
3791 p_extra = saved_p_extra; | |
3792 char_attr = saved_char_attr; | |
3793 } | |
3794 else | |
3795 char_attr = 0; | |
3796 } | |
3797 } | |
3798 | |
3799 /* When still displaying '$' of change command, stop at cursor */ | |
3318 | 3800 if (dollar_vcol >= 0 && wp == curwin |
819 | 3801 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum && vcol >= (long)wp->w_virtcol |
7 | 3802 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF |
3803 && filler_todo <= 0 | |
3804 #endif | |
3805 ) | |
3806 { | |
3807 SCREEN_LINE(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col, -(int)W_WIDTH(wp), | |
3808 wp->w_p_rl); | |
819 | 3809 /* Pretend we have finished updating the window. Except when |
3810 * 'cursorcolumn' is set. */ | |
3811 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
3812 if (wp->w_p_cuc) | |
3813 row = wp->w_cline_row + wp->w_cline_height; | |
3814 else | |
3815 #endif | |
3816 row = wp->w_height; | |
7 | 3817 break; |
3818 } | |
3819 | |
3820 if (draw_state == WL_LINE && area_highlighting) | |
3821 { | |
3822 /* handle Visual or match highlighting in this line */ | |
3823 if (vcol == fromcol | |
3824 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
3825 || (has_mbyte && vcol + 1 == fromcol && n_extra == 0 | |
3826 && (*mb_ptr2cells)(ptr) > 1) | |
3827 #endif | |
3828 || ((int)vcol_prev == fromcol_prev | |
1814 | 3829 && vcol_prev < vcol /* not at margin */ |
7 | 3830 && vcol < tocol)) |
3831 area_attr = attr; /* start highlighting */ | |
3832 else if (area_attr != 0 | |
3833 && (vcol == tocol | |
3834 || (noinvcur && (colnr_T)vcol == wp->w_virtcol))) | |
3835 area_attr = 0; /* stop highlighting */ | |
3836 | |
3837 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
3838 if (!n_extra) | |
3839 { | |
3840 /* | |
3841 * Check for start/end of search pattern match. | |
3842 * After end, check for start/end of next match. | |
3843 * When another match, have to check for start again. | |
3844 * Watch out for matching an empty string! | |
1326 | 3845 * Do this for 'search_hl' and the match list (ordered by |
3846 * priority). | |
7 | 3847 */ |
36 | 3848 v = (long)(ptr - line); |
1326 | 3849 cur = wp->w_match_head; |
3850 shl_flag = FALSE; | |
3851 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) | |
3852 { | |
3853 if (shl_flag == FALSE | |
3854 && ((cur != NULL | |
3855 && cur->priority > SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY) | |
3856 || cur == NULL)) | |
3857 { | |
3858 shl = &search_hl; | |
3859 shl_flag = TRUE; | |
3860 } | |
3861 else | |
3862 shl = &cur->hl; | |
5979 | 3863 if (cur != NULL) |
3864 cur->pos.cur = 0; | |
3865 pos_inprogress = TRUE; | |
3866 while (shl->rm.regprog != NULL | |
3867 || (cur != NULL && pos_inprogress)) | |
7 | 3868 { |
36 | 3869 if (shl->startcol != MAXCOL |
3870 && v >= (long)shl->startcol | |
3871 && v < (long)shl->endcol) | |
7 | 3872 { |
6430 | 3873 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
3874 int tmp_col = v + MB_PTR2LEN(ptr); | |
3875 | |
3876 if (shl->endcol < tmp_col) | |
3877 shl->endcol = tmp_col; | |
3878 #endif | |
7 | 3879 shl->attr_cur = shl->attr; |
3880 } | |
6430 | 3881 else if (v == (long)shl->endcol) |
7 | 3882 { |
3883 shl->attr_cur = 0; | |
5979 | 3884 next_search_hl(wp, shl, lnum, (colnr_T)v, cur); |
3885 pos_inprogress = cur == NULL || cur->pos.cur == 0 | |
3886 ? FALSE : TRUE; | |
7 | 3887 |
3888 /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp | |
3889 * may have made it invalid. */ | |
3890 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); | |
3891 ptr = line + v; | |
3892 | |
3893 if (shl->lnum == lnum) | |
3894 { | |
36 | 3895 shl->startcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col; |
7 | 3896 if (shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum == 0) |
36 | 3897 shl->endcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; |
7 | 3898 else |
36 | 3899 shl->endcol = MAXCOL; |
3900 | |
3901 if (shl->startcol == shl->endcol) | |
7 | 3902 { |
3903 /* highlight empty match, try again after | |
3904 * it */ | |
3905 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
3906 if (has_mbyte) | |
474 | 3907 shl->endcol += (*mb_ptr2len)(line |
36 | 3908 + shl->endcol); |
7 | 3909 else |
3910 #endif | |
36 | 3911 ++shl->endcol; |
7 | 3912 } |
3913 | |
3914 /* Loop to check if the match starts at the | |
3915 * current position */ | |
3916 continue; | |
3917 } | |
3918 } | |
3919 break; | |
3920 } | |
1326 | 3921 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) |
3922 cur = cur->next; | |
3923 } | |
3924 | |
3925 /* Use attributes from match with highest priority among | |
3926 * 'search_hl' and the match list. */ | |
3927 search_attr = search_hl.attr_cur; | |
3928 cur = wp->w_match_head; | |
3929 shl_flag = FALSE; | |
3930 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) | |
3931 { | |
3932 if (shl_flag == FALSE | |
3933 && ((cur != NULL | |
3934 && cur->priority > SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY) | |
3935 || cur == NULL)) | |
699 | 3936 { |
1326 | 3937 shl = &search_hl; |
3938 shl_flag = TRUE; | |
699 | 3939 } |
1326 | 3940 else |
3941 shl = &cur->hl; | |
3942 if (shl->attr_cur != 0) | |
3943 search_attr = shl->attr_cur; | |
3944 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) | |
3945 cur = cur->next; | |
3946 } | |
7 | 3947 } |
3948 #endif | |
3949 | |
3950 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
674 | 3951 if (diff_hlf != (hlf_T)0) |
7 | 3952 { |
1295 | 3953 if (diff_hlf == HLF_CHD && ptr - line >= change_start |
3954 && n_extra == 0) | |
7 | 3955 diff_hlf = HLF_TXD; /* changed text */ |
1295 | 3956 if (diff_hlf == HLF_TXD && ptr - line > change_end |
3957 && n_extra == 0) | |
7 | 3958 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD; /* changed line */ |
674 | 3959 line_attr = hl_attr(diff_hlf); |
6106 | 3960 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) |
3961 line_attr = hl_combine_attr(line_attr, hl_attr(HLF_CUL)); | |
674 | 3962 } |
3963 #endif | |
3964 | |
3965 /* Decide which of the highlight attributes to use. */ | |
3966 attr_pri = TRUE; | |
3967 if (area_attr != 0) | |
3968 char_attr = area_attr; | |
3969 else if (search_attr != 0) | |
3970 char_attr = search_attr; | |
3971 #ifdef LINE_ATTR | |
3972 /* Use line_attr when not in the Visual or 'incsearch' area | |
3973 * (area_attr may be 0 when "noinvcur" is set). */ | |
3974 else if (line_attr != 0 && ((fromcol == -10 && tocol == MAXCOL) | |
1842 | 3975 || vcol < fromcol || vcol_prev < fromcol_prev |
3976 || vcol >= tocol)) | |
674 | 3977 char_attr = line_attr; |
3978 #endif | |
3979 else | |
3980 { | |
3981 attr_pri = FALSE; | |
3982 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
3983 if (has_syntax) | |
3984 char_attr = syntax_attr; | |
3985 else | |
3986 #endif | |
3987 char_attr = 0; | |
3988 } | |
7 | 3989 } |
3990 | |
3991 /* | |
3992 * Get the next character to put on the screen. | |
3993 */ | |
3994 /* | |
1340 | 3995 * The "p_extra" points to the extra stuff that is inserted to |
3996 * represent special characters (non-printable stuff) and other | |
3997 * things. When all characters are the same, c_extra is used. | |
3998 * "p_extra" must end in a NUL to avoid mb_ptr2len() reads past | |
3999 * "p_extra[n_extra]". | |
7 | 4000 * For the '$' of the 'list' option, n_extra == 1, p_extra == "". |
4001 */ | |
4002 if (n_extra > 0) | |
4003 { | |
4004 if (c_extra != NUL) | |
4005 { | |
4006 c = c_extra; | |
4007 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
4008 mb_c = c; /* doesn't handle non-utf-8 multi-byte! */ | |
4009 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) | |
4010 { | |
4011 mb_utf8 = TRUE; | |
714 | 4012 u8cc[0] = 0; |
819 | 4013 c = 0xc0; |
7 | 4014 } |
4015 else | |
4016 mb_utf8 = FALSE; | |
4017 #endif | |
4018 } | |
4019 else | |
4020 { | |
4021 c = *p_extra; | |
4022 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
4023 if (has_mbyte) | |
4024 { | |
4025 mb_c = c; | |
4026 if (enc_utf8) | |
4027 { | |
4028 /* If the UTF-8 character is more than one byte: | |
4029 * Decode it into "mb_c". */ | |
474 | 4030 mb_l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p_extra); |
7 | 4031 mb_utf8 = FALSE; |
4032 if (mb_l > n_extra) | |
4033 mb_l = 1; | |
4034 else if (mb_l > 1) | |
4035 { | |
714 | 4036 mb_c = utfc_ptr2char(p_extra, u8cc); |
7 | 4037 mb_utf8 = TRUE; |
819 | 4038 c = 0xc0; |
7 | 4039 } |
4040 } | |
4041 else | |
4042 { | |
4043 /* if this is a DBCS character, put it in "mb_c" */ | |
4044 mb_l = MB_BYTE2LEN(c); | |
4045 if (mb_l >= n_extra) | |
4046 mb_l = 1; | |
4047 else if (mb_l > 1) | |
4048 mb_c = (c << 8) + p_extra[1]; | |
4049 } | |
504 | 4050 if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */ |
4051 mb_l = 1; | |
4052 | |
7 | 4053 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit display a '>' in the |
4054 * last column. */ | |
504 | 4055 if (( |
7 | 4056 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
4057 wp->w_p_rl ? (col <= 0) : | |
4058 # endif | |
504 | 4059 (col >= W_WIDTH(wp) - 1)) |
7 | 4060 && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) == 2) |
4061 { | |
4062 c = '>'; | |
4063 mb_c = c; | |
4064 mb_l = 1; | |
4065 mb_utf8 = FALSE; | |
4066 multi_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); | |
4067 /* put the pointer back to output the double-width | |
4068 * character at the start of the next line. */ | |
4069 ++n_extra; | |
4070 --p_extra; | |
4071 } | |
4072 else | |
4073 { | |
4074 n_extra -= mb_l - 1; | |
4075 p_extra += mb_l - 1; | |
4076 } | |
4077 } | |
4078 #endif | |
4079 ++p_extra; | |
4080 } | |
4081 --n_extra; | |
4082 } | |
4083 else | |
4084 { | |
6026 | 4085 if (p_extra_free != NULL) |
4086 { | |
4087 vim_free(p_extra_free); | |
4088 p_extra_free = NULL; | |
4089 } | |
7 | 4090 /* |
4091 * Get a character from the line itself. | |
4092 */ | |
4093 c = *ptr; | |
4094 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
4095 if (has_mbyte) | |
4096 { | |
4097 mb_c = c; | |
4098 if (enc_utf8) | |
4099 { | |
4100 /* If the UTF-8 character is more than one byte: Decode it | |
4101 * into "mb_c". */ | |
474 | 4102 mb_l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); |
7 | 4103 mb_utf8 = FALSE; |
4104 if (mb_l > 1) | |
4105 { | |
714 | 4106 mb_c = utfc_ptr2char(ptr, u8cc); |
7 | 4107 /* Overlong encoded ASCII or ASCII with composing char |
4108 * is displayed normally, except a NUL. */ | |
4109 if (mb_c < 0x80) | |
4110 c = mb_c; | |
4111 mb_utf8 = TRUE; | |
507 | 4112 |
4113 /* At start of the line we can have a composing char. | |
4114 * Draw it as a space with a composing char. */ | |
4115 if (utf_iscomposing(mb_c)) | |
4116 { | |
1326 | 4117 int i; |
4118 | |
714 | 4119 for (i = Screen_mco - 1; i > 0; --i) |
4120 u8cc[i] = u8cc[i - 1]; | |
4121 u8cc[0] = mb_c; | |
507 | 4122 mb_c = ' '; |
4123 } | |
7 | 4124 } |
4125 | |
4126 if ((mb_l == 1 && c >= 0x80) | |
4127 || (mb_l >= 1 && mb_c == 0) | |
4128 || (mb_l > 1 && (!vim_isprintc(mb_c) | |
1401 | 4129 # ifdef UNICODE16 |
4130 || mb_c >= 0x10000 | |
4131 # endif | |
4132 ))) | |
7 | 4133 { |
4134 /* | |
4135 * Illegal UTF-8 byte: display as <xx>. | |
4136 * Non-BMP character : display as ? or fullwidth ?. | |
4137 */ | |
1401 | 4138 # ifdef UNICODE16 |
7 | 4139 if (mb_c < 0x10000) |
1401 | 4140 # endif |
7 | 4141 { |
4142 transchar_hex(extra, mb_c); | |
714 | 4143 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
7 | 4144 if (wp->w_p_rl) /* reverse */ |
4145 rl_mirror(extra); | |
714 | 4146 # endif |
7 | 4147 } |
1401 | 4148 # ifdef UNICODE16 |
7 | 4149 else if (utf_char2cells(mb_c) != 2) |
4150 STRCPY(extra, "?"); | |
4151 else | |
4152 /* 0xff1f in UTF-8: full-width '?' */ | |
4153 STRCPY(extra, "\357\274\237"); | |
1401 | 4154 # endif |
7 | 4155 |
4156 p_extra = extra; | |
4157 c = *p_extra; | |
4158 mb_c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p_extra); | |
4159 mb_utf8 = (c >= 0x80); | |
4160 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_extra); | |
4161 c_extra = NUL; | |
4162 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) | |
4163 { | |
4164 n_attr = n_extra + 1; | |
4165 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); | |
4166 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ | |
4167 } | |
4168 } | |
4169 else if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */ | |
4170 mb_l = 1; | |
4171 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC | |
4172 else if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(mb_c)) | |
4173 { | |
4174 /* Do Arabic shaping. */ | |
714 | 4175 int pc, pc1, nc; |
4176 int pcc[MAX_MCO]; | |
7 | 4177 |
4178 /* The idea of what is the previous and next | |
4179 * character depends on 'rightleft'. */ | |
4180 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
4181 { | |
4182 pc = prev_c; | |
4183 pc1 = prev_c1; | |
4184 nc = utf_ptr2char(ptr + mb_l); | |
714 | 4185 prev_c1 = u8cc[0]; |
7 | 4186 } |
4187 else | |
4188 { | |
714 | 4189 pc = utfc_ptr2char(ptr + mb_l, pcc); |
7 | 4190 nc = prev_c; |
714 | 4191 pc1 = pcc[0]; |
7 | 4192 } |
4193 prev_c = mb_c; | |
4194 | |
714 | 4195 mb_c = arabic_shape(mb_c, &c, &u8cc[0], pc, pc1, nc); |
7 | 4196 } |
4197 else | |
4198 prev_c = mb_c; | |
4199 #endif | |
4200 } | |
4201 else /* enc_dbcs */ | |
4202 { | |
4203 mb_l = MB_BYTE2LEN(c); | |
4204 if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */ | |
4205 mb_l = 1; | |
4206 else if (mb_l > 1) | |
4207 { | |
4208 /* We assume a second byte below 32 is illegal. | |
4209 * Hopefully this is OK for all double-byte encodings! | |
4210 */ | |
4211 if (ptr[1] >= 32) | |
4212 mb_c = (c << 8) + ptr[1]; | |
4213 else | |
4214 { | |
4215 if (ptr[1] == NUL) | |
4216 { | |
4217 /* head byte at end of line */ | |
4218 mb_l = 1; | |
4219 transchar_nonprint(extra, c); | |
4220 } | |
4221 else | |
4222 { | |
4223 /* illegal tail byte */ | |
4224 mb_l = 2; | |
4225 STRCPY(extra, "XX"); | |
4226 } | |
4227 p_extra = extra; | |
4228 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(extra) - 1; | |
4229 c_extra = NUL; | |
4230 c = *p_extra++; | |
4231 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) | |
4232 { | |
4233 n_attr = n_extra + 1; | |
4234 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); | |
4235 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ | |
4236 } | |
4237 mb_c = c; | |
4238 } | |
4239 } | |
4240 } | |
4241 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit display a '>' in the | |
4242 * last column; the character is displayed at the start of the | |
4243 * next line. */ | |
4244 if (( | |
4245 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
4246 wp->w_p_rl ? (col <= 0) : | |
4247 # endif | |
4248 (col >= W_WIDTH(wp) - 1)) | |
4249 && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) == 2) | |
4250 { | |
4251 c = '>'; | |
4252 mb_c = c; | |
4253 mb_utf8 = FALSE; | |
4254 mb_l = 1; | |
4255 multi_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); | |
4256 /* Put pointer back so that the character will be | |
4257 * displayed at the start of the next line. */ | |
4258 --ptr; | |
4259 } | |
4260 else if (*ptr != NUL) | |
4261 ptr += mb_l - 1; | |
4262 | |
4263 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit at the left side display | |
2509
6d6378ba18cb
Fix: An unprintable multi-byte character at the start of the screen line
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2428
diff
changeset
|
4264 * a '<' in the first column. Don't do this for unprintable |
4352 | 4265 * characters. */ |
2509
6d6378ba18cb
Fix: An unprintable multi-byte character at the start of the screen line
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2428
diff
changeset
|
4266 if (n_skip > 0 && mb_l > 1 && n_extra == 0) |
7 | 4267 { |
4268 n_extra = 1; | |
3586 | 4269 c_extra = MB_FILLER_CHAR; |
7 | 4270 c = ' '; |
4271 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) | |
4272 { | |
4273 n_attr = n_extra + 1; | |
4274 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); | |
4275 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ | |
4276 } | |
4277 mb_c = c; | |
4278 mb_utf8 = FALSE; | |
4279 mb_l = 1; | |
4280 } | |
4281 | |
4282 } | |
4283 #endif | |
4284 ++ptr; | |
4285 | |
12 | 4286 /* 'list' : change char 160 to lcs_nbsp. */ |
819 | 4287 if (wp->w_p_list && (c == 160 |
4288 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
4289 || (mb_utf8 && mb_c == 160) | |
4290 #endif | |
4291 ) && lcs_nbsp) | |
12 | 4292 { |
4293 c = lcs_nbsp; | |
4294 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) | |
4295 { | |
4296 n_attr = 1; | |
4297 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); | |
4298 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ | |
4299 } | |
4300 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
4301 mb_c = c; | |
4302 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) | |
4303 { | |
4304 mb_utf8 = TRUE; | |
714 | 4305 u8cc[0] = 0; |
819 | 4306 c = 0xc0; |
12 | 4307 } |
4308 else | |
4309 mb_utf8 = FALSE; | |
4310 #endif | |
4311 } | |
4312 | |
7 | 4313 if (extra_check) |
4314 { | |
743 | 4315 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
221 | 4316 int can_spell = TRUE; |
743 | 4317 #endif |
4318 | |
4319 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
7 | 4320 /* Get syntax attribute, unless still at the start of the line |
4321 * (double-wide char that doesn't fit). */ | |
221 | 4322 v = (long)(ptr - line); |
4323 if (has_syntax && v > 0) | |
7 | 4324 { |
4325 /* Get the syntax attribute for the character. If there | |
4326 * is an error, disable syntax highlighting. */ | |
4327 save_did_emsg = did_emsg; | |
4328 did_emsg = FALSE; | |
4329 | |
221 | 4330 syntax_attr = get_syntax_attr((colnr_T)v - 1, |
743 | 4331 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4332 has_spell ? &can_spell : |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4333 # endif |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4334 NULL, FALSE); |
7 | 4335 |
4336 if (did_emsg) | |
482 | 4337 { |
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4338 wp->w_s->b_syn_error = TRUE; |
482 | 4339 has_syntax = FALSE; |
4340 } | |
7 | 4341 else |
4342 did_emsg = save_did_emsg; | |
4343 | |
4344 /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp may | |
4345 * have made it invalid. */ | |
4346 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); | |
4347 ptr = line + v; | |
4348 | |
674 | 4349 if (!attr_pri) |
7 | 4350 char_attr = syntax_attr; |
301 | 4351 else |
303 | 4352 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(syntax_attr, char_attr); |
2364
151b037b7e74
Fix hang when resizing in diff mode and there are concealed items.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2359
diff
changeset
|
4353 # ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
151b037b7e74
Fix hang when resizing in diff mode and there are concealed items.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2359
diff
changeset
|
4354 /* no concealing past the end of the line, it interferes |
151b037b7e74
Fix hang when resizing in diff mode and there are concealed items.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2359
diff
changeset
|
4355 * with line highlighting */ |
151b037b7e74
Fix hang when resizing in diff mode and there are concealed items.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2359
diff
changeset
|
4356 if (c == NUL) |
151b037b7e74
Fix hang when resizing in diff mode and there are concealed items.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2359
diff
changeset
|
4357 syntax_flags = 0; |
2375
a96dd77ce213
For conceal mode: when two different syntax items follow each other, show the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2364
diff
changeset
|
4358 else |
2392
0371401d9d33
Give each syntax item a sequence number, so that we know when it starts and
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2382
diff
changeset
|
4359 syntax_flags = get_syntax_info(&syntax_seqnr); |
2364
151b037b7e74
Fix hang when resizing in diff mode and there are concealed items.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2359
diff
changeset
|
4360 # endif |
7 | 4361 } |
743 | 4362 #endif |
4363 | |
4364 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL | |
301 | 4365 /* Check spelling (unless at the end of the line). |
319 | 4366 * Only do this when there is no syntax highlighting, the |
4367 * @Spell cluster is not used or the current syntax item | |
4368 * contains the @Spell cluster. */ | |
348 | 4369 if (has_spell && v >= word_end && v > cur_checked_col) |
221 | 4370 { |
230 | 4371 spell_attr = 0; |
743 | 4372 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
674 | 4373 if (!attr_pri) |
230 | 4374 char_attr = syntax_attr; |
743 | 4375 # endif |
4376 if (c != 0 && ( | |
4377 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
4378 !has_syntax || | |
4379 # endif | |
4380 can_spell)) | |
221 | 4381 { |
348 | 4382 char_u *prev_ptr, *p; |
4383 int len; | |
534 | 4384 hlf_T spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT; |
221 | 4385 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
336 | 4386 if (has_mbyte) |
4387 { | |
4388 prev_ptr = ptr - mb_l; | |
4389 v -= mb_l - 1; | |
4390 } | |
4391 else | |
221 | 4392 # endif |
336 | 4393 prev_ptr = ptr - 1; |
348 | 4394 |
4395 /* Use nextline[] if possible, it has the start of the | |
4396 * next line concatenated. */ | |
4397 if ((prev_ptr - line) - nextlinecol >= 0) | |
4398 p = nextline + (prev_ptr - line) - nextlinecol; | |
4399 else | |
4400 p = prev_ptr; | |
835 | 4401 cap_col -= (int)(prev_ptr - line); |
625 | 4402 len = spell_check(wp, p, &spell_hlf, &cap_col, |
4403 nochange); | |
348 | 4404 word_end = v + len; |
301 | 4405 |
4406 /* In Insert mode only highlight a word that | |
4407 * doesn't touch the cursor. */ | |
534 | 4408 if (spell_hlf != HLF_COUNT |
301 | 4409 && (State & INSERT) != 0 |
4410 && wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum | |
4411 && wp->w_cursor.col >= | |
4412 (colnr_T)(prev_ptr - line) | |
4413 && wp->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)word_end) | |
221 | 4414 { |
534 | 4415 spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT; |
301 | 4416 spell_redraw_lnum = lnum; |
221 | 4417 } |
348 | 4418 |
534 | 4419 if (spell_hlf == HLF_COUNT && p != prev_ptr |
348 | 4420 && (p - nextline) + len > nextline_idx) |
4421 { | |
4422 /* Remember that the good word continues at the | |
4423 * start of the next line. */ | |
4424 checked_lnum = lnum + 1; | |
835 | 4425 checked_col = (int)((p - nextline) + len - nextline_idx); |
348 | 4426 } |
386 | 4427 |
534 | 4428 /* Turn index into actual attributes. */ |
4429 if (spell_hlf != HLF_COUNT) | |
4430 spell_attr = highlight_attr[spell_hlf]; | |
4431 | |
386 | 4432 if (cap_col > 0) |
4433 { | |
4434 if (p != prev_ptr | |
4435 && (p - nextline) + cap_col >= nextline_idx) | |
4436 { | |
4437 /* Remember that the word in the next line | |
4438 * must start with a capital. */ | |
4439 capcol_lnum = lnum + 1; | |
835 | 4440 cap_col = (int)((p - nextline) + cap_col |
4441 - nextline_idx); | |
386 | 4442 } |
4443 else | |
4444 /* Compute the actual column. */ | |
835 | 4445 cap_col += (int)(prev_ptr - line); |
386 | 4446 } |
221 | 4447 } |
4448 } | |
4449 if (spell_attr != 0) | |
348 | 4450 { |
674 | 4451 if (!attr_pri) |
348 | 4452 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, spell_attr); |
4453 else | |
4454 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(spell_attr, char_attr); | |
4455 } | |
7 | 4456 #endif |
4457 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
4458 /* | |
221 | 4459 * Found last space before word: check for line break. |
7 | 4460 */ |
6026 | 4461 if (wp->w_p_lbr && vim_isbreak(c) && !vim_isbreak(*ptr)) |
7 | 4462 { |
5995 | 4463 char_u *p = ptr - ( |
7 | 4464 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
4465 has_mbyte ? mb_l : | |
4466 # endif | |
5995 | 4467 1); |
4468 /* TODO: is passing p for start of the line OK? */ | |
6026 | 4469 n_extra = win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, line, p, (colnr_T)vcol, |
5995 | 4470 NULL) - 1; |
6371 | 4471 if (c == TAB && n_extra + col > W_WIDTH(wp)) |
4472 n_extra = (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts | |
4473 - vcol % (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts - 1; | |
4474 | |
7 | 4475 c_extra = ' '; |
4476 if (vim_iswhite(c)) | |
5174
42d592dbbec3
updated for version 7.4a.013
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5126
diff
changeset
|
4477 { |
42d592dbbec3
updated for version 7.4a.013
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5126
diff
changeset
|
4478 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
42d592dbbec3
updated for version 7.4a.013
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5126
diff
changeset
|
4479 if (c == TAB) |
42d592dbbec3
updated for version 7.4a.013
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5126
diff
changeset
|
4480 /* See "Tab alignment" below. */ |
42d592dbbec3
updated for version 7.4a.013
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5126
diff
changeset
|
4481 FIX_FOR_BOGUSCOLS; |
42d592dbbec3
updated for version 7.4a.013
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5126
diff
changeset
|
4482 #endif |
6026 | 4483 if (!wp->w_p_list) |
4484 c = ' '; | |
5174
42d592dbbec3
updated for version 7.4a.013
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5126
diff
changeset
|
4485 } |
7 | 4486 } |
4487 #endif | |
4488 | |
4489 if (trailcol != MAXCOL && ptr > line + trailcol && c == ' ') | |
4490 { | |
4491 c = lcs_trail; | |
674 | 4492 if (!attr_pri) |
7 | 4493 { |
4494 n_attr = 1; | |
4495 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); | |
4496 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ | |
4497 } | |
4498 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
4499 mb_c = c; | |
4500 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) | |
4501 { | |
4502 mb_utf8 = TRUE; | |
714 | 4503 u8cc[0] = 0; |
819 | 4504 c = 0xc0; |
7 | 4505 } |
4506 else | |
4507 mb_utf8 = FALSE; | |
4508 #endif | |
4509 } | |
4510 } | |
4511 | |
4512 /* | |
4513 * Handling of non-printable characters. | |
4514 */ | |
819 | 4515 if (!(chartab[c & 0xff] & CT_PRINT_CHAR)) |
7 | 4516 { |
4517 /* | |
4518 * when getting a character from the file, we may have to | |
4519 * turn it into something else on the way to putting it | |
4520 * into "ScreenLines". | |
4521 */ | |
4522 if (c == TAB && (!wp->w_p_list || lcs_tab1)) | |
4523 { | |
6026 | 4524 int tab_len = 0; |
6503 | 4525 long vcol_adjusted = vcol; /* removed showbreak length */ |
4526 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
4527 /* only adjust the tab_len, when at the first column | |
4528 * after the showbreak value was drawn */ | |
4529 if (*p_sbr != NUL && vcol == vcol_sbr && wp->w_p_wrap) | |
4530 vcol_adjusted = vcol - MB_CHARLEN(p_sbr); | |
4531 #endif | |
7 | 4532 /* tab amount depends on current column */ |
6026 | 4533 tab_len = (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts |
6503 | 4534 - vcol_adjusted % (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts - 1; |
4535 | |
6026 | 4536 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK |
6100 | 4537 if (!wp->w_p_lbr || !wp->w_p_list) |
6026 | 4538 #endif |
4539 /* tab amount depends on current column */ | |
4540 n_extra = tab_len; | |
4541 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
4542 else | |
4543 { | |
4544 char_u *p; | |
4545 int len = n_extra; | |
4546 int i; | |
4547 int saved_nextra = n_extra; | |
4548 | |
6172 | 4549 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
6520 | 4550 if ((is_concealing || boguscols > 0) && vcol_off > 0) |
6172 | 4551 /* there are characters to conceal */ |
4552 tab_len += vcol_off; | |
6520 | 4553 /* boguscols before FIX_FOR_BOGUSCOLS macro from above |
4554 */ | |
4555 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_tab1 && old_boguscols > 0 | |
4556 && n_extra > tab_len) | |
4557 tab_len += n_extra - tab_len; | |
4558 #endif | |
4559 | |
6026 | 4560 /* if n_extra > 0, it gives the number of chars, to |
4561 * use for a tab, else we need to calculate the width | |
4562 * for a tab */ | |
4563 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
4564 len = (tab_len * mb_char2len(lcs_tab2)); | |
4565 if (n_extra > 0) | |
4566 len += n_extra - tab_len; | |
4567 #endif | |
4568 c = lcs_tab1; | |
4569 p = alloc((unsigned)(len + 1)); | |
4570 vim_memset(p, ' ', len); | |
4571 p[len] = NUL; | |
4572 p_extra_free = p; | |
4573 for (i = 0; i < tab_len; i++) | |
4574 { | |
4575 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
4576 mb_char2bytes(lcs_tab2, p); | |
4577 p += mb_char2len(lcs_tab2); | |
4578 n_extra += mb_char2len(lcs_tab2) | |
4579 - (saved_nextra > 0 ? 1 : 0); | |
4580 #else | |
4581 p[i] = lcs_tab2; | |
4582 #endif | |
4583 } | |
4584 p_extra = p_extra_free; | |
6172 | 4585 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
4586 /* n_extra will be increased by FIX_FOX_BOGUSCOLS | |
4587 * macro below, so need to adjust for that here */ | |
6520 | 4588 if ((is_concealing || boguscols > 0) && vcol_off > 0) |
6172 | 4589 n_extra -= vcol_off; |
4590 #endif | |
6026 | 4591 } |
4592 #endif | |
3984 | 4593 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
4594 /* Tab alignment should be identical regardless of | |
4595 * 'conceallevel' value. So tab compensates of all | |
4596 * previous concealed characters, and thus resets vcol_off | |
4597 * and boguscols accumulated so far in the line. Note that | |
4598 * the tab can be longer than 'tabstop' when there | |
4599 * are concealed characters. */ | |
5174
42d592dbbec3
updated for version 7.4a.013
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5126
diff
changeset
|
4600 FIX_FOR_BOGUSCOLS; |
6520 | 4601 /* Make sure, the highlighting for the tab char will be |
4602 * correctly set further below (effectively reverts the | |
4603 * FIX_FOR_BOGSUCOLS macro */ | |
4604 if (old_boguscols > 0 && n_extra > tab_len && wp->w_p_list | |
4605 && lcs_tab1) | |
4606 tab_len += n_extra - tab_len; | |
3984 | 4607 #endif |
7 | 4608 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
4609 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ | |
4610 #endif | |
4611 if (wp->w_p_list) | |
4612 { | |
4613 c = lcs_tab1; | |
6026 | 4614 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK |
4615 if (wp->w_p_lbr) | |
4616 c_extra = NUL; /* using p_extra from above */ | |
4617 else | |
4618 #endif | |
4619 c_extra = lcs_tab2; | |
4620 n_attr = tab_len + 1; | |
7 | 4621 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); |
4622 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ | |
4623 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
4624 mb_c = c; | |
4625 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) | |
4626 { | |
4627 mb_utf8 = TRUE; | |
714 | 4628 u8cc[0] = 0; |
819 | 4629 c = 0xc0; |
7 | 4630 } |
4631 #endif | |
4632 } | |
4633 else | |
4634 { | |
4635 c_extra = ' '; | |
4636 c = ' '; | |
4637 } | |
4638 } | |
36 | 4639 else if (c == NUL |
4640 && ((wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol > 0) | |
4641 || ((fromcol >= 0 || fromcol_prev >= 0) | |
4642 && tocol > vcol | |
4643 && VIsual_mode != Ctrl_V | |
4644 && ( | |
4645 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
4646 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) : | |
4647 # endif | |
4648 (col < W_WIDTH(wp))) | |
4649 && !(noinvcur | |
1850 | 4650 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum |
36 | 4651 && (colnr_T)vcol == wp->w_virtcol))) |
4652 && lcs_eol_one >= 0) | |
7 | 4653 { |
36 | 4654 /* Display a '$' after the line or highlight an extra |
4655 * character if the line break is included. */ | |
7 | 4656 #if defined(FEAT_DIFF) || defined(LINE_ATTR) |
4657 /* For a diff line the highlighting continues after the | |
4658 * "$". */ | |
4659 if ( | |
4660 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
534 | 4661 diff_hlf == (hlf_T)0 |
7 | 4662 # ifdef LINE_ATTR |
4663 && | |
4664 # endif | |
4665 # endif | |
4666 # ifdef LINE_ATTR | |
4667 line_attr == 0 | |
4668 # endif | |
4669 ) | |
4670 #endif | |
4671 { | |
4672 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
4673 /* In virtualedit, visual selections may extend | |
4674 * beyond end of line. */ | |
4675 if (area_highlighting && virtual_active() | |
4676 && tocol != MAXCOL && vcol < tocol) | |
4677 n_extra = 0; | |
4678 else | |
4679 #endif | |
4680 { | |
4681 p_extra = at_end_str; | |
4682 n_extra = 1; | |
4683 c_extra = NUL; | |
4684 } | |
4685 } | |
36 | 4686 if (wp->w_p_list) |
4687 c = lcs_eol; | |
4688 else | |
4689 c = ' '; | |
7 | 4690 lcs_eol_one = -1; |
4691 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */ | |
674 | 4692 if (!attr_pri) |
7 | 4693 { |
4694 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); | |
4695 n_attr = 1; | |
4696 } | |
4697 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
4698 mb_c = c; | |
4699 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) | |
4700 { | |
4701 mb_utf8 = TRUE; | |
714 | 4702 u8cc[0] = 0; |
819 | 4703 c = 0xc0; |
7 | 4704 } |
4705 else | |
4706 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ | |
4707 #endif | |
4708 } | |
4709 else if (c != NUL) | |
4710 { | |
4711 p_extra = transchar(c); | |
6064 | 4712 if (n_extra == 0) |
4713 n_extra = byte2cells(c) - 1; | |
7 | 4714 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
4715 if ((dy_flags & DY_UHEX) && wp->w_p_rl) | |
4716 rl_mirror(p_extra); /* reverse "<12>" */ | |
4717 #endif | |
4718 c_extra = NUL; | |
6026 | 4719 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK |
4720 if (wp->w_p_lbr) | |
4721 { | |
4722 char_u *p; | |
4723 | |
4724 c = *p_extra; | |
4725 p = alloc((unsigned)n_extra + 1); | |
4726 vim_memset(p, ' ', n_extra); | |
4727 STRNCPY(p, p_extra + 1, STRLEN(p_extra) - 1); | |
4728 p[n_extra] = NUL; | |
4729 p_extra_free = p_extra = p; | |
4730 } | |
4731 else | |
4732 #endif | |
4733 { | |
4734 n_extra = byte2cells(c) - 1; | |
4735 c = *p_extra++; | |
4736 } | |
674 | 4737 if (!attr_pri) |
7 | 4738 { |
4739 n_attr = n_extra + 1; | |
4740 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); | |
4741 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ | |
4742 } | |
4743 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
4744 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ | |
4745 #endif | |
4746 } | |
4747 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
4748 else if (VIsual_active | |
4749 && (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V | |
4750 || VIsual_mode == 'v') | |
4751 && virtual_active() | |
4752 && tocol != MAXCOL | |
4753 && vcol < tocol | |
4754 && ( | |
4755 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
4756 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) : | |
4757 # endif | |
4758 (col < W_WIDTH(wp)))) | |
4759 { | |
4760 c = ' '; | |
4761 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */ | |
4762 } | |
4763 #endif | |
910 | 4764 #if defined(LINE_ATTR) |
7 | 4765 else if (( |
4766 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
910 | 4767 diff_hlf != (hlf_T)0 || |
7 | 4768 # endif |
4769 line_attr != 0 | |
4770 ) && ( | |
4771 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
4772 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) : | |
4773 # endif | |
2553
37d3f90f5203
Conceal feature caused the 'cursorline' highlighting to stop early.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
4774 (col |
37d3f90f5203
Conceal feature caused the 'cursorline' highlighting to stop early.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
4775 # ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
37d3f90f5203
Conceal feature caused the 'cursorline' highlighting to stop early.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
4776 - boguscols |
37d3f90f5203
Conceal feature caused the 'cursorline' highlighting to stop early.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
4777 # endif |
37d3f90f5203
Conceal feature caused the 'cursorline' highlighting to stop early.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
4778 < W_WIDTH(wp)))) |
7 | 4779 { |
4780 /* Highlight until the right side of the window */ | |
4781 c = ' '; | |
4782 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */ | |
867 | 4783 |
4784 /* Remember we do the char for line highlighting. */ | |
4785 ++did_line_attr; | |
4786 | |
4787 /* don't do search HL for the rest of the line */ | |
4788 if (line_attr != 0 && char_attr == search_attr && col > 0) | |
4789 char_attr = line_attr; | |
7 | 4790 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF |
4791 if (diff_hlf == HLF_TXD) | |
4792 { | |
4793 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD; | |
4794 if (attr == 0 || char_attr != attr) | |
6106 | 4795 { |
7 | 4796 char_attr = hl_attr(diff_hlf); |
6106 | 4797 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) |
4798 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, | |
4799 hl_attr(HLF_CUL)); | |
4800 } | |
7 | 4801 } |
4802 # endif | |
4803 } | |
4804 #endif | |
4805 } | |
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4806 |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4807 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4808 if ( wp->w_p_cole > 0 |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4809 && (wp != curwin || lnum != wp->w_cursor.lnum || |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4810 conceal_cursor_line(wp)) |
2380
b47748aa3236
Don't conceal text in lines inside the Visual area.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
4811 && (syntax_flags & HL_CONCEAL) != 0 |
2400
e6f1424dd66a
Let 'v' flag in 'concealcursor' apply to all lines in the Visual area.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2393
diff
changeset
|
4812 && !(lnum_in_visual_area |
e6f1424dd66a
Let 'v' flag in 'concealcursor' apply to all lines in the Visual area.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2393
diff
changeset
|
4813 && vim_strchr(wp->w_p_cocu, 'v') == NULL)) |
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4814 { |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4815 char_attr = conceal_attr; |
2392
0371401d9d33
Give each syntax item a sequence number, so that we know when it starts and
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2382
diff
changeset
|
4816 if (prev_syntax_id != syntax_seqnr |
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4817 && (syn_get_sub_char() != NUL || wp->w_p_cole == 1) |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4818 && wp->w_p_cole != 3) |
2375
a96dd77ce213
For conceal mode: when two different syntax items follow each other, show the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2364
diff
changeset
|
4819 { |
a96dd77ce213
For conceal mode: when two different syntax items follow each other, show the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2364
diff
changeset
|
4820 /* First time at this concealed item: display one |
a96dd77ce213
For conceal mode: when two different syntax items follow each other, show the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2364
diff
changeset
|
4821 * character. */ |
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4822 if (syn_get_sub_char() != NUL) |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4823 c = syn_get_sub_char(); |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4824 else if (lcs_conceal != NUL) |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4825 c = lcs_conceal; |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4826 else |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4827 c = ' '; |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4828 |
2392
0371401d9d33
Give each syntax item a sequence number, so that we know when it starts and
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2382
diff
changeset
|
4829 prev_syntax_id = syntax_seqnr; |
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4830 |
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4831 if (n_extra > 0) |
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4832 vcol_off += n_extra; |
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4833 vcol += n_extra; |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4834 if (wp->w_p_wrap && n_extra > 0) |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4835 { |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4836 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4837 if (wp->w_p_rl) |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4838 { |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4839 col -= n_extra; |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4840 boguscols -= n_extra; |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4841 } |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4842 else |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4843 # endif |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4844 { |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4845 boguscols += n_extra; |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4846 col += n_extra; |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4847 } |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4848 } |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4849 n_extra = 0; |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4850 n_attr = 0; |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4851 } |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4852 else if (n_skip == 0) |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4853 { |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4854 is_concealing = TRUE; |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4855 n_skip = 1; |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4856 } |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4857 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4858 mb_c = c; |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4859 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4860 { |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4861 mb_utf8 = TRUE; |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4862 u8cc[0] = 0; |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4863 c = 0xc0; |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4864 } |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4865 else |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4866 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4867 # endif |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4868 } |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4869 else |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4870 { |
2375
a96dd77ce213
For conceal mode: when two different syntax items follow each other, show the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2364
diff
changeset
|
4871 prev_syntax_id = 0; |
2348
8878a9f8db87
Rename w_p_conceal to w_p_conc for consistency.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2346
diff
changeset
|
4872 is_concealing = FALSE; |
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4873 } |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4874 #endif /* FEAT_CONCEAL */ |
7 | 4875 } |
4876 | |
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4877 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4878 /* In the cursor line and we may be concealing characters: correct |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4879 * the cursor column when we reach its position. */ |
2381
17bbb52ae218
Another conceal fix: cursor in wrong column when 'number' set.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2380
diff
changeset
|
4880 if (!did_wcol && draw_state == WL_LINE |
17bbb52ae218
Another conceal fix: cursor in wrong column when 'number' set.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2380
diff
changeset
|
4881 && wp == curwin && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum |
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4882 && conceal_cursor_line(wp) |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4883 && (int)wp->w_virtcol <= vcol + n_skip) |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4884 { |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4885 wp->w_wcol = col - boguscols; |
2393
210a5605e126
Fix for cursor position in wrapped line with concealed text.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2392
diff
changeset
|
4886 wp->w_wrow = row; |
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4887 did_wcol = TRUE; |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4888 } |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4889 #endif |
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4890 |
7 | 4891 /* Don't override visual selection highlighting. */ |
4892 if (n_attr > 0 | |
4893 && draw_state == WL_LINE | |
674 | 4894 && !attr_pri) |
7 | 4895 char_attr = extra_attr; |
4896 | |
42 | 4897 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) |
7 | 4898 /* XIM don't send preedit_start and preedit_end, but they send |
4899 * preedit_changed and commit. Thus Vim can't set "im_is_active", use | |
4900 * im_is_preediting() here. */ | |
4901 if (xic != NULL | |
1850 | 4902 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum |
7 | 4903 && (State & INSERT) |
4904 && !p_imdisable | |
4905 && im_is_preediting() | |
4906 && draw_state == WL_LINE) | |
4907 { | |
4908 colnr_T tcol; | |
4909 | |
4910 if (preedit_end_col == MAXCOL) | |
1850 | 4911 getvcol(curwin, &(wp->w_cursor), &tcol, NULL, NULL); |
7 | 4912 else |
4913 tcol = preedit_end_col; | |
4914 if ((long)preedit_start_col <= vcol && vcol < (long)tcol) | |
4915 { | |
4916 if (feedback_old_attr < 0) | |
4917 { | |
4918 feedback_col = 0; | |
4919 feedback_old_attr = char_attr; | |
4920 } | |
4921 char_attr = im_get_feedback_attr(feedback_col); | |
4922 if (char_attr < 0) | |
4923 char_attr = feedback_old_attr; | |
4924 feedback_col++; | |
4925 } | |
4926 else if (feedback_old_attr >= 0) | |
4927 { | |
4928 char_attr = feedback_old_attr; | |
4929 feedback_old_attr = -1; | |
4930 feedback_col = 0; | |
4931 } | |
4932 } | |
4933 #endif | |
4934 /* | |
4935 * Handle the case where we are in column 0 but not on the first | |
4936 * character of the line and the user wants us to show us a | |
4937 * special character (via 'listchars' option "precedes:<char>". | |
4938 */ | |
4939 if (lcs_prec_todo != NUL | |
6276 | 4940 && wp->w_p_list |
7 | 4941 && (wp->w_p_wrap ? wp->w_skipcol > 0 : wp->w_leftcol > 0) |
4942 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
4943 && filler_todo <= 0 | |
4944 #endif | |
4945 && draw_state > WL_NR | |
4946 && c != NUL) | |
4947 { | |
4948 c = lcs_prec; | |
4949 lcs_prec_todo = NUL; | |
4950 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
3586 | 4951 if (has_mbyte && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1) |
4952 { | |
4953 /* Double-width character being overwritten by the "precedes" | |
4954 * character, need to fill up half the character. */ | |
4955 c_extra = MB_FILLER_CHAR; | |
4956 n_extra = 1; | |
4957 n_attr = 2; | |
4958 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); | |
4959 } | |
7 | 4960 mb_c = c; |
4961 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) | |
4962 { | |
4963 mb_utf8 = TRUE; | |
714 | 4964 u8cc[0] = 0; |
819 | 4965 c = 0xc0; |
7 | 4966 } |
4967 else | |
4968 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ | |
4969 #endif | |
674 | 4970 if (!attr_pri) |
7 | 4971 { |
4972 saved_attr3 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ | |
4973 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); /* later copied to char_attr */ | |
4974 n_attr3 = 1; | |
4975 } | |
4976 } | |
4977 | |
4978 /* | |
867 | 4979 * At end of the text line or just after the last character. |
7 | 4980 */ |
867 | 4981 if (c == NUL |
910 | 4982 #if defined(LINE_ATTR) |
867 | 4983 || did_line_attr == 1 |
4984 #endif | |
4985 ) | |
4986 { | |
4987 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
4988 long prevcol = (long)(ptr - line) - (c == NUL); | |
1437 | 4989 |
4990 /* we're not really at that column when skipping some text */ | |
1439 | 4991 if ((long)(wp->w_p_wrap ? wp->w_skipcol : wp->w_leftcol) > prevcol) |
1437 | 4992 ++prevcol; |
867 | 4993 #endif |
4994 | |
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4995 /* Invert at least one char, used for Visual and empty line or |
7 | 4996 * highlight match at end of line. If it's beyond the last |
4997 * char on the screen, just overwrite that one (tricky!) Not | |
4998 * needed when a '$' was displayed for 'list'. */ | |
1326 | 4999 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA |
5000 prevcol_hl_flag = FALSE; | |
5001 if (prevcol == (long)search_hl.startcol) | |
5002 prevcol_hl_flag = TRUE; | |
5003 else | |
5004 { | |
5005 cur = wp->w_match_head; | |
5006 while (cur != NULL) | |
5007 { | |
5008 if (prevcol == (long)cur->hl.startcol) | |
5009 { | |
5010 prevcol_hl_flag = TRUE; | |
5011 break; | |
5012 } | |
5013 cur = cur->next; | |
5014 } | |
5015 } | |
5016 #endif | |
7 | 5017 if (lcs_eol == lcs_eol_one |
1850 | 5018 && ((area_attr != 0 && vcol == fromcol |
5019 && (VIsual_mode != Ctrl_V | |
5020 || lnum == VIsual.lnum | |
5021 || lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
5022 && c == NUL) | |
7 | 5023 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA |
5024 /* highlight 'hlsearch' match at end of line */ | |
1326 | 5025 || (prevcol_hl_flag == TRUE |
910 | 5026 # if defined(LINE_ATTR) |
867 | 5027 && did_line_attr <= 1 |
5028 # endif | |
5029 ) | |
7 | 5030 #endif |
5031 )) | |
5032 { | |
5033 int n = 0; | |
5034 | |
5035 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
5036 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
5037 { | |
5038 if (col < 0) | |
5039 n = 1; | |
5040 } | |
5041 else | |
5042 #endif | |
5043 { | |
5044 if (col >= W_WIDTH(wp)) | |
5045 n = -1; | |
5046 } | |
5047 if (n != 0) | |
5048 { | |
5049 /* At the window boundary, highlight the last character | |
5050 * instead (better than nothing). */ | |
5051 off += n; | |
5052 col += n; | |
5053 } | |
5054 else | |
5055 { | |
5056 /* Add a blank character to highlight. */ | |
5057 ScreenLines[off] = ' '; | |
5058 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
5059 if (enc_utf8) | |
5060 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; | |
5061 #endif | |
5062 } | |
5063 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
5064 if (area_attr == 0) | |
5065 { | |
1326 | 5066 /* Use attributes from match with highest priority among |
5067 * 'search_hl' and the match list. */ | |
5068 char_attr = search_hl.attr; | |
5069 cur = wp->w_match_head; | |
5070 shl_flag = FALSE; | |
5071 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) | |
699 | 5072 { |
1326 | 5073 if (shl_flag == FALSE |
5074 && ((cur != NULL | |
5075 && cur->priority > SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY) | |
5076 || cur == NULL)) | |
699 | 5077 { |
1326 | 5078 shl = &search_hl; |
5079 shl_flag = TRUE; | |
699 | 5080 } |
1326 | 5081 else |
5082 shl = &cur->hl; | |
5083 if ((ptr - line) - 1 == (long)shl->startcol) | |
5084 char_attr = shl->attr; | |
5085 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) | |
5086 cur = cur->next; | |
699 | 5087 } |
7 | 5088 } |
5089 #endif | |
5090 ScreenAttrs[off] = char_attr; | |
5091 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
5092 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
1437 | 5093 { |
7 | 5094 --col; |
1437 | 5095 --off; |
5096 } | |
7 | 5097 else |
5098 #endif | |
1437 | 5099 { |
7 | 5100 ++col; |
1437 | 5101 ++off; |
5102 } | |
743 | 5103 ++vcol; |
1437 | 5104 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
5105 eol_hl_off = 1; | |
5106 #endif | |
743 | 5107 } |
867 | 5108 } |
5109 | |
5110 /* | |
5111 * At end of the text line. | |
5112 */ | |
5113 if (c == NUL) | |
5114 { | |
743 | 5115 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
1850 | 5116 if (eol_hl_off > 0 && vcol - eol_hl_off == (long)wp->w_virtcol |
5117 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) | |
1437 | 5118 { |
5119 /* highlight last char after line */ | |
5120 --col; | |
5121 --off; | |
5122 --vcol; | |
5123 } | |
5124 | |
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5125 /* Highlight 'cursorcolumn' & 'colorcolumn' past end of the line. */ |
758 | 5126 if (wp->w_p_wrap) |
5127 v = wp->w_skipcol; | |
5128 else | |
5129 v = wp->w_leftcol; | |
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5130 |
820 | 5131 /* check if line ends before left margin */ |
5132 if (vcol < v + col - win_col_off(wp)) | |
5133 vcol = v + col - win_col_off(wp); | |
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5134 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5135 /* Get rid of the boguscols now, we want to draw until the right |
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5136 * edge for 'cursorcolumn'. */ |
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5137 col -= boguscols; |
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5138 boguscols = 0; |
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5139 #endif |
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5140 |
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5141 if (draw_color_col) |
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5142 draw_color_col = advance_color_col(VCOL_HLC, &color_cols); |
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5143 |
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5144 if (((wp->w_p_cuc |
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5145 && (int)wp->w_virtcol >= VCOL_HLC - eol_hl_off |
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5146 && (int)wp->w_virtcol < |
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5147 W_WIDTH(wp) * (row - startrow + 1) + v |
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5148 && lnum != wp->w_cursor.lnum) |
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5149 || draw_color_col) |
743 | 5150 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
5151 && !wp->w_p_rl | |
5152 # endif | |
5153 ) | |
5154 { | |
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5155 int rightmost_vcol = 0; |
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5156 int i; |
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5157 |
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5158 if (wp->w_p_cuc) |
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5159 rightmost_vcol = wp->w_virtcol; |
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5160 if (draw_color_col) |
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5161 /* determine rightmost colorcolumn to possibly draw */ |
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5162 for (i = 0; color_cols[i] >= 0; ++i) |
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5163 if (rightmost_vcol < color_cols[i]) |
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5164 rightmost_vcol = color_cols[i]; |
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5165 |
743 | 5166 while (col < W_WIDTH(wp)) |
5167 { | |
5168 ScreenLines[off] = ' '; | |
5169 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
5170 if (enc_utf8) | |
5171 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; | |
5172 #endif | |
5173 ++col; | |
2356
eb1f2554cac5
Fix 'colorcolumn' adjecent columns not highlighted after end of line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2349
diff
changeset
|
5174 if (draw_color_col) |
eb1f2554cac5
Fix 'colorcolumn' adjecent columns not highlighted after end of line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2349
diff
changeset
|
5175 draw_color_col = advance_color_col(VCOL_HLC, |
eb1f2554cac5
Fix 'colorcolumn' adjecent columns not highlighted after end of line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2349
diff
changeset
|
5176 &color_cols); |
eb1f2554cac5
Fix 'colorcolumn' adjecent columns not highlighted after end of line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2349
diff
changeset
|
5177 |
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5178 if (wp->w_p_cuc && VCOL_HLC == (long)wp->w_virtcol) |
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5179 ScreenAttrs[off++] = hl_attr(HLF_CUC); |
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5180 else if (draw_color_col && VCOL_HLC == *color_cols) |
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5181 ScreenAttrs[off++] = hl_attr(HLF_MC); |
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5182 else |
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5183 ScreenAttrs[off++] = 0; |
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5184 |
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5185 if (VCOL_HLC >= rightmost_vcol) |
743 | 5186 break; |
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5187 |
743 | 5188 ++vcol; |
5189 } | |
5190 } | |
5191 #endif | |
7 | 5192 |
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5193 SCREEN_LINE(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col, |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5194 (int)W_WIDTH(wp), wp->w_p_rl); |
7 | 5195 row++; |
5196 | |
5197 /* | |
5198 * Update w_cline_height and w_cline_folded if the cursor line was | |
5199 * updated (saves a call to plines() later). | |
5200 */ | |
5201 if (wp == curwin && lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
5202 { | |
5203 curwin->w_cline_row = startrow; | |
5204 curwin->w_cline_height = row - startrow; | |
5205 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
5206 curwin->w_cline_folded = FALSE; | |
5207 #endif | |
5208 curwin->w_valid |= (VALID_CHEIGHT|VALID_CROW); | |
5209 } | |
5210 | |
5211 break; | |
5212 } | |
5213 | |
5214 /* line continues beyond line end */ | |
5215 if (lcs_ext | |
5216 && !wp->w_p_wrap | |
5217 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
5218 && filler_todo <= 0 | |
5219 #endif | |
5220 && ( | |
5221 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
5222 wp->w_p_rl ? col == 0 : | |
5223 #endif | |
5224 col == W_WIDTH(wp) - 1) | |
5225 && (*ptr != NUL | |
1555 | 5226 || (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol_one > 0) |
7 | 5227 || (n_extra && (c_extra != NUL || *p_extra != NUL)))) |
5228 { | |
5229 c = lcs_ext; | |
5230 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); | |
5231 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
5232 mb_c = c; | |
5233 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) | |
5234 { | |
5235 mb_utf8 = TRUE; | |
714 | 5236 u8cc[0] = 0; |
819 | 5237 c = 0xc0; |
7 | 5238 } |
5239 else | |
5240 mb_utf8 = FALSE; | |
5241 #endif | |
5242 } | |
5243 | |
743 | 5244 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5245 /* advance to the next 'colorcolumn' */ |
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5246 if (draw_color_col) |
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5247 draw_color_col = advance_color_col(VCOL_HLC, &color_cols); |
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5248 |
743 | 5249 /* Highlight the cursor column if 'cursorcolumn' is set. But don't |
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5250 * highlight the cursor position itself. |
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5251 * Also highlight the 'colorcolumn' if it is different than |
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5252 * 'cursorcolumn' */ |
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5253 vcol_save_attr = -1; |
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5254 if (draw_state == WL_LINE && !lnum_in_visual_area) |
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5255 { |
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5256 if (wp->w_p_cuc && VCOL_HLC == (long)wp->w_virtcol |
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5257 && lnum != wp->w_cursor.lnum) |
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5258 { |
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5259 vcol_save_attr = char_attr; |
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5260 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, hl_attr(HLF_CUC)); |
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5261 } |
2346
b38c324bdc36
Fix: 'colorcolumn' interfered with concealed text.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2338
diff
changeset
|
5262 else if (draw_color_col && VCOL_HLC == *color_cols) |
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5263 { |
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5264 vcol_save_attr = char_attr; |
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5265 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, hl_attr(HLF_MC)); |
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5266 } |
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
5267 } |
743 | 5268 #endif |
5269 | |
7 | 5270 /* |
5271 * Store character to be displayed. | |
5272 * Skip characters that are left of the screen for 'nowrap'. | |
5273 */ | |
5274 vcol_prev = vcol; | |
5275 if (draw_state < WL_LINE || n_skip <= 0) | |
5276 { | |
5277 /* | |
5278 * Store the character. | |
5279 */ | |
5280 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) && defined(FEAT_MBYTE) | |
5281 if (has_mbyte && wp->w_p_rl && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1) | |
5282 { | |
5283 /* A double-wide character is: put first halve in left cell. */ | |
5284 --off; | |
5285 --col; | |
5286 } | |
5287 #endif | |
5288 ScreenLines[off] = c; | |
5289 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
5290 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) | |
2069
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
5291 { |
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
5292 if ((mb_c & 0xff00) == 0x8e00) |
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
5293 ScreenLines[off] = 0x8e; |
7 | 5294 ScreenLines2[off] = mb_c & 0xff; |
2069
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
5295 } |
7 | 5296 else if (enc_utf8) |
5297 { | |
5298 if (mb_utf8) | |
5299 { | |
1326 | 5300 int i; |
5301 | |
7 | 5302 ScreenLinesUC[off] = mb_c; |
819 | 5303 if ((c & 0xff) == 0) |
5304 ScreenLines[off] = 0x80; /* avoid storing zero */ | |
714 | 5305 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) |
5306 { | |
5307 ScreenLinesC[i][off] = u8cc[i]; | |
5308 if (u8cc[i] == 0) | |
5309 break; | |
5310 } | |
7 | 5311 } |
5312 else | |
5313 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; | |
5314 } | |
5315 if (multi_attr) | |
5316 { | |
5317 ScreenAttrs[off] = multi_attr; | |
5318 multi_attr = 0; | |
5319 } | |
5320 else | |
5321 #endif | |
5322 ScreenAttrs[off] = char_attr; | |
5323 | |
5324 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
5325 if (has_mbyte && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1) | |
5326 { | |
5327 /* Need to fill two screen columns. */ | |
5328 ++off; | |
5329 ++col; | |
5330 if (enc_utf8) | |
5331 /* UTF-8: Put a 0 in the second screen char. */ | |
5332 ScreenLines[off] = 0; | |
5333 else | |
5334 /* DBCS: Put second byte in the second screen char. */ | |
5335 ScreenLines[off] = mb_c & 0xff; | |
5336 ++vcol; | |
5337 /* When "tocol" is halfway a character, set it to the end of | |
5338 * the character, otherwise highlighting won't stop. */ | |
5339 if (tocol == vcol) | |
5340 ++tocol; | |
5341 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
5342 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
5343 { | |
5344 /* now it's time to backup one cell */ | |
5345 --off; | |
5346 --col; | |
5347 } | |
5348 #endif | |
5349 } | |
5350 #endif | |
5351 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
5352 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
5353 { | |
5354 --off; | |
5355 --col; | |
5356 } | |
5357 else | |
5358 #endif | |
5359 { | |
5360 ++off; | |
5361 ++col; | |
5362 } | |
5363 } | |
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5364 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
5365 else if (wp->w_p_cole > 0 && is_concealing) |
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5366 { |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5367 --n_skip; |
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5368 ++vcol_off; |
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5369 if (n_extra > 0) |
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
5370 vcol_off += n_extra; |
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5371 if (wp->w_p_wrap) |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5372 { |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5373 /* |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5374 * Special voodoo required if 'wrap' is on. |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5375 * |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5376 * Advance the column indicator to force the line |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5377 * drawing to wrap early. This will make the line |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5378 * take up the same screen space when parts are concealed, |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5379 * so that cursor line computations aren't messed up. |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5380 * |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5381 * To avoid the fictitious advance of 'col' causing |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5382 * trailing junk to be written out of the screen line |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5383 * we are building, 'boguscols' keeps track of the number |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5384 * of bad columns we have advanced. |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5385 */ |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5386 if (n_extra > 0) |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5387 { |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5388 vcol += n_extra; |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5389 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5390 if (wp->w_p_rl) |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5391 { |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5392 col -= n_extra; |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5393 boguscols -= n_extra; |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5394 } |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5395 else |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5396 # endif |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5397 { |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5398 col += n_extra; |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5399 boguscols += n_extra; |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5400 } |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5401 n_extra = 0; |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5402 n_attr = 0; |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5403 } |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5404 |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5405 |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5406 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5407 if (has_mbyte && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1) |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5408 { |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5409 /* Need to fill two screen columns. */ |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5410 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5411 if (wp->w_p_rl) |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5412 { |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5413 --boguscols; |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5414 --col; |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5415 } |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5416 else |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5417 # endif |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5418 { |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5419 ++boguscols; |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5420 ++col; |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5421 } |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5422 } |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5423 # endif |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5424 |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5425 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5426 if (wp->w_p_rl) |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5427 { |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5428 --boguscols; |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5429 --col; |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5430 } |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5431 else |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5432 # endif |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5433 { |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5434 ++boguscols; |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5435 ++col; |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5436 } |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5437 } |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5438 else |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5439 { |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5440 if (n_extra > 0) |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5441 { |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5442 vcol += n_extra; |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5443 n_extra = 0; |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5444 n_attr = 0; |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5445 } |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5446 } |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5447 |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5448 } |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5449 #endif /* FEAT_CONCEAL */ |
7 | 5450 else |
5451 --n_skip; | |
5452 | |
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
5453 /* Only advance the "vcol" when after the 'number' or 'relativenumber' |
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
5454 * column. */ |
1849 | 5455 if (draw_state > WL_NR |
7 | 5456 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF |
5457 && filler_todo <= 0 | |
5458 #endif | |
5459 ) | |
5460 ++vcol; | |
5461 | |
743 | 5462 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
5463 if (vcol_save_attr >= 0) | |
5464 char_attr = vcol_save_attr; | |
5465 #endif | |
5466 | |
7 | 5467 /* restore attributes after "predeces" in 'listchars' */ |
5468 if (draw_state > WL_NR && n_attr3 > 0 && --n_attr3 == 0) | |
5469 char_attr = saved_attr3; | |
5470 | |
5471 /* restore attributes after last 'listchars' or 'number' char */ | |
5472 if (n_attr > 0 && draw_state == WL_LINE && --n_attr == 0) | |
5473 char_attr = saved_attr2; | |
5474 | |
5475 /* | |
5476 * At end of screen line and there is more to come: Display the line | |
1378 | 5477 * so far. If there is no more to display it is caught above. |
7 | 5478 */ |
5479 if (( | |
5480 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
5481 wp->w_p_rl ? (col < 0) : | |
5482 #endif | |
5483 (col >= W_WIDTH(wp))) | |
5484 && (*ptr != NUL | |
5485 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
5486 || filler_todo > 0 | |
5487 #endif | |
2724 | 5488 || (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol != NUL && p_extra != at_end_str) |
7 | 5489 || (n_extra != 0 && (c_extra != NUL || *p_extra != NUL))) |
5490 ) | |
5491 { | |
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5492 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5493 SCREEN_LINE(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col - boguscols, |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5494 (int)W_WIDTH(wp), wp->w_p_rl); |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5495 boguscols = 0; |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5496 #else |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5497 SCREEN_LINE(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col, |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5498 (int)W_WIDTH(wp), wp->w_p_rl); |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5499 #endif |
7 | 5500 ++row; |
5501 ++screen_row; | |
5502 | |
5503 /* When not wrapping and finished diff lines, or when displayed | |
5504 * '$' and highlighting until last column, break here. */ | |
5505 if ((!wp->w_p_wrap | |
5506 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
5507 && filler_todo <= 0 | |
5508 #endif | |
5509 ) || lcs_eol_one == -1) | |
5510 break; | |
5511 | |
5512 /* When the window is too narrow draw all "@" lines. */ | |
5513 if (draw_state != WL_LINE | |
5514 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
5515 && filler_todo <= 0 | |
5516 #endif | |
5517 ) | |
5518 { | |
5519 win_draw_end(wp, '@', ' ', row, wp->w_height, HLF_AT); | |
5520 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
5521 draw_vsep_win(wp, row); | |
5522 #endif | |
5523 row = endrow; | |
5524 } | |
5525 | |
5526 /* When line got too long for screen break here. */ | |
5527 if (row == endrow) | |
5528 { | |
5529 ++row; | |
5530 break; | |
5531 } | |
5532 | |
5533 if (screen_cur_row == screen_row - 1 | |
5534 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
5535 && filler_todo <= 0 | |
5536 #endif | |
5537 && W_WIDTH(wp) == Columns) | |
5538 { | |
5539 /* Remember that the line wraps, used for modeless copy. */ | |
5540 LineWraps[screen_row - 1] = TRUE; | |
5541 | |
5542 /* | |
5543 * Special trick to make copy/paste of wrapped lines work with | |
5544 * xterm/screen: write an extra character beyond the end of | |
5545 * the line. This will work with all terminal types | |
5546 * (regardless of the xn,am settings). | |
5547 * Only do this on a fast tty. | |
5548 * Only do this if the cursor is on the current line | |
5549 * (something has been written in it). | |
5550 * Don't do this for the GUI. | |
5551 * Don't do this for double-width characters. | |
5552 * Don't do this for a window not at the right screen border. | |
5553 */ | |
5554 if (p_tf | |
5555 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
5556 && !gui.in_use | |
5557 #endif | |
5558 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
5559 && !(has_mbyte | |
1378 | 5560 && ((*mb_off2cells)(LineOffset[screen_row], |
5561 LineOffset[screen_row] + screen_Columns) | |
5562 == 2 | |
7 | 5563 || (*mb_off2cells)(LineOffset[screen_row - 1] |
1378 | 5564 + (int)Columns - 2, |
5565 LineOffset[screen_row] + screen_Columns) | |
5566 == 2)) | |
7 | 5567 #endif |
5568 ) | |
5569 { | |
5570 /* First make sure we are at the end of the screen line, | |
5571 * then output the same character again to let the | |
5572 * terminal know about the wrap. If the terminal doesn't | |
5573 * auto-wrap, we overwrite the character. */ | |
5574 if (screen_cur_col != W_WIDTH(wp)) | |
5575 screen_char(LineOffset[screen_row - 1] | |
5576 + (unsigned)Columns - 1, | |
5577 screen_row - 1, (int)(Columns - 1)); | |
5578 | |
5579 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
5580 /* When there is a multi-byte character, just output a | |
5581 * space to keep it simple. */ | |
148 | 5582 if (has_mbyte && MB_BYTE2LEN(ScreenLines[LineOffset[ |
5583 screen_row - 1] + (Columns - 1)]) > 1) | |
7 | 5584 out_char(' '); |
5585 else | |
5586 #endif | |
5587 out_char(ScreenLines[LineOffset[screen_row - 1] | |
5588 + (Columns - 1)]); | |
5589 /* force a redraw of the first char on the next line */ | |
5590 ScreenAttrs[LineOffset[screen_row]] = (sattr_T)-1; | |
5591 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
5592 } | |
5593 } | |
5594 | |
5595 col = 0; | |
5596 off = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); | |
5597 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
5598 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
5599 { | |
5600 col = W_WIDTH(wp) - 1; /* col is not used if breaking! */ | |
5601 off += col; | |
5602 } | |
5603 #endif | |
5604 | |
5605 /* reset the drawing state for the start of a wrapped line */ | |
5606 draw_state = WL_START; | |
5607 saved_n_extra = n_extra; | |
5608 saved_p_extra = p_extra; | |
5609 saved_c_extra = c_extra; | |
5610 saved_char_attr = char_attr; | |
5611 n_extra = 0; | |
5612 lcs_prec_todo = lcs_prec; | |
5613 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
5614 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
5615 if (filler_todo <= 0) | |
5616 # endif | |
5617 need_showbreak = TRUE; | |
5618 #endif | |
5619 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
5620 --filler_todo; | |
5621 /* When the filler lines are actually below the last line of the | |
5622 * file, don't draw the line itself, break here. */ | |
5623 if (filler_todo == 0 && wp->w_botfill) | |
5624 break; | |
5625 #endif | |
5626 } | |
5627 | |
5628 } /* for every character in the line */ | |
5629 | |
743 | 5630 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
386 | 5631 /* After an empty line check first word for capital. */ |
5632 if (*skipwhite(line) == NUL) | |
5633 { | |
5634 capcol_lnum = lnum + 1; | |
5635 cap_col = 0; | |
5636 } | |
5637 #endif | |
5638 | |
7 | 5639 return row; |
5640 } | |
5641 | |
714 | 5642 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
5643 static int comp_char_differs __ARGS((int, int)); | |
5644 | |
5645 /* | |
5646 * Return if the composing characters at "off_from" and "off_to" differ. | |
2124
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
5647 * Only to be used when ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != 0. |
714 | 5648 */ |
5649 static int | |
5650 comp_char_differs(off_from, off_to) | |
5651 int off_from; | |
5652 int off_to; | |
5653 { | |
5654 int i; | |
5655 | |
5656 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) | |
5657 { | |
5658 if (ScreenLinesC[i][off_from] != ScreenLinesC[i][off_to]) | |
5659 return TRUE; | |
5660 if (ScreenLinesC[i][off_from] == 0) | |
5661 break; | |
5662 } | |
5663 return FALSE; | |
5664 } | |
5665 #endif | |
5666 | |
7 | 5667 /* |
5668 * Check whether the given character needs redrawing: | |
5669 * - the (first byte of the) character is different | |
5670 * - the attributes are different | |
5671 * - the character is multi-byte and the next byte is different | |
1616 | 5672 * - the character is two cells wide and the second cell differs. |
7 | 5673 */ |
5674 static int | |
5675 char_needs_redraw(off_from, off_to, cols) | |
5676 int off_from; | |
5677 int off_to; | |
5678 int cols; | |
5679 { | |
5680 if (cols > 0 | |
5681 && ((ScreenLines[off_from] != ScreenLines[off_to] | |
5682 || ScreenAttrs[off_from] != ScreenAttrs[off_to]) | |
5683 | |
5684 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
5685 || (enc_dbcs != 0 | |
5686 && MB_BYTE2LEN(ScreenLines[off_from]) > 1 | |
5687 && (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off_from] == 0x8e | |
5688 ? ScreenLines2[off_from] != ScreenLines2[off_to] | |
5689 : (cols > 1 && ScreenLines[off_from + 1] | |
5690 != ScreenLines[off_to + 1]))) | |
5691 || (enc_utf8 | |
5692 && (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != ScreenLinesUC[off_to] | |
5693 || (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != 0 | |
1616 | 5694 && comp_char_differs(off_from, off_to)) |
3759 | 5695 || ((*mb_off2cells)(off_from, off_from + cols) > 1 |
5696 && ScreenLines[off_from + 1] | |
5697 != ScreenLines[off_to + 1]))) | |
7 | 5698 #endif |
5699 )) | |
5700 return TRUE; | |
5701 return FALSE; | |
5702 } | |
5703 | |
5704 /* | |
5705 * Move one "cooked" screen line to the screen, but only the characters that | |
5706 * have actually changed. Handle insert/delete character. | |
5707 * "coloff" gives the first column on the screen for this line. | |
5708 * "endcol" gives the columns where valid characters are. | |
5709 * "clear_width" is the width of the window. It's > 0 if the rest of the line | |
5710 * needs to be cleared, negative otherwise. | |
5711 * "rlflag" is TRUE in a rightleft window: | |
5712 * When TRUE and "clear_width" > 0, clear columns 0 to "endcol" | |
5713 * When FALSE and "clear_width" > 0, clear columns "endcol" to "clear_width" | |
5714 */ | |
5715 static void | |
5716 screen_line(row, coloff, endcol, clear_width | |
5717 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
5718 , rlflag | |
5719 #endif | |
5720 ) | |
5721 int row; | |
5722 int coloff; | |
5723 int endcol; | |
5724 int clear_width; | |
5725 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
5726 int rlflag; | |
5727 #endif | |
5728 { | |
5729 unsigned off_from; | |
5730 unsigned off_to; | |
1378 | 5731 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
5732 unsigned max_off_from; | |
5733 unsigned max_off_to; | |
5734 #endif | |
7 | 5735 int col = 0; |
5736 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) || defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT) | |
5737 int hl; | |
5738 #endif | |
5739 int force = FALSE; /* force update rest of the line */ | |
5740 int redraw_this /* bool: does character need redraw? */ | |
5741 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
5742 = TRUE /* For GUI when while-loop empty */ | |
5743 #endif | |
5744 ; | |
5745 int redraw_next; /* redraw_this for next character */ | |
5746 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
5747 int clear_next = FALSE; | |
5748 int char_cells; /* 1: normal char */ | |
5749 /* 2: occupies two display cells */ | |
5750 # define CHAR_CELLS char_cells | |
5751 #else | |
5752 # define CHAR_CELLS 1 | |
5753 #endif | |
5754 | |
3413 | 5755 /* Check for illegal row and col, just in case. */ |
5756 if (row >= Rows) | |
5757 row = Rows - 1; | |
5758 if (endcol > Columns) | |
5759 endcol = Columns; | |
5760 | |
7 | 5761 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD |
5762 clip_may_clear_selection(row, row); | |
5763 # endif | |
5764 | |
5765 off_from = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); | |
5766 off_to = LineOffset[row] + coloff; | |
1378 | 5767 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
5768 max_off_from = off_from + screen_Columns; | |
5769 max_off_to = LineOffset[row] + screen_Columns; | |
5770 #endif | |
7 | 5771 |
5772 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
5773 if (rlflag) | |
5774 { | |
5775 /* Clear rest first, because it's left of the text. */ | |
5776 if (clear_width > 0) | |
5777 { | |
5778 while (col <= endcol && ScreenLines[off_to] == ' ' | |
5779 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] == 0 | |
5780 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
5781 && (!enc_utf8 || ScreenLinesUC[off_to] == 0) | |
5782 # endif | |
5783 ) | |
5784 { | |
5785 ++off_to; | |
5786 ++col; | |
5787 } | |
5788 if (col <= endcol) | |
5789 screen_fill(row, row + 1, col + coloff, | |
5790 endcol + coloff + 1, ' ', ' ', 0); | |
5791 } | |
5792 col = endcol + 1; | |
5793 off_to = LineOffset[row] + col + coloff; | |
5794 off_from += col; | |
5795 endcol = (clear_width > 0 ? clear_width : -clear_width); | |
5796 } | |
5797 #endif /* FEAT_RIGHTLEFT */ | |
5798 | |
5799 redraw_next = char_needs_redraw(off_from, off_to, endcol - col); | |
5800 | |
5801 while (col < endcol) | |
5802 { | |
5803 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
5804 if (has_mbyte && (col + 1 < endcol)) | |
1378 | 5805 char_cells = (*mb_off2cells)(off_from, max_off_from); |
7 | 5806 else |
5807 char_cells = 1; | |
5808 #endif | |
5809 | |
5810 redraw_this = redraw_next; | |
5811 redraw_next = force || char_needs_redraw(off_from + CHAR_CELLS, | |
5812 off_to + CHAR_CELLS, endcol - col - CHAR_CELLS); | |
5813 | |
5814 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
5815 /* If the next character was bold, then redraw the current character to | |
5816 * remove any pixels that might have spilt over into us. This only | |
5817 * happens in the GUI. | |
5818 */ | |
5819 if (redraw_next && gui.in_use) | |
5820 { | |
5821 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to + CHAR_CELLS]; | |
743 | 5822 if (hl > HL_ALL) |
5823 hl = syn_attr2attr(hl); | |
5824 if (hl & HL_BOLD) | |
7 | 5825 redraw_this = TRUE; |
5826 } | |
5827 #endif | |
5828 | |
5829 if (redraw_this) | |
5830 { | |
5831 /* | |
5832 * Special handling when 'xs' termcap flag set (hpterm): | |
5833 * Attributes for characters are stored at the position where the | |
5834 * cursor is when writing the highlighting code. The | |
5835 * start-highlighting code must be written with the cursor on the | |
5836 * first highlighted character. The stop-highlighting code must | |
5837 * be written with the cursor just after the last highlighted | |
5838 * character. | |
5839 * Overwriting a character doesn't remove it's highlighting. Need | |
5840 * to clear the rest of the line, and force redrawing it | |
5841 * completely. | |
5842 */ | |
5843 if ( p_wiv | |
5844 && !force | |
5845 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
5846 && !gui.in_use | |
5847 #endif | |
5848 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] != 0 | |
5849 && ScreenAttrs[off_from] != ScreenAttrs[off_to]) | |
5850 { | |
5851 /* | |
5852 * Need to remove highlighting attributes here. | |
5853 */ | |
5854 windgoto(row, col + coloff); | |
5855 out_str(T_CE); /* clear rest of this screen line */ | |
5856 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
5857 force = TRUE; /* force redraw of rest of the line */ | |
5858 redraw_next = TRUE; /* or else next char would miss out */ | |
5859 | |
5860 /* | |
5861 * If the previous character was highlighted, need to stop | |
5862 * highlighting at this character. | |
5863 */ | |
5864 if (col + coloff > 0 && ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1] != 0) | |
5865 { | |
5866 screen_attr = ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1]; | |
5867 term_windgoto(row, col + coloff); | |
5868 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
5869 } | |
5870 else | |
5871 screen_attr = 0; /* highlighting has stopped */ | |
5872 } | |
5873 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
5874 if (enc_dbcs != 0) | |
5875 { | |
5876 /* Check if overwriting a double-byte with a single-byte or | |
5877 * the other way around requires another character to be | |
5878 * redrawn. For UTF-8 this isn't needed, because comparing | |
5879 * ScreenLinesUC[] is sufficient. */ | |
5880 if (char_cells == 1 | |
5881 && col + 1 < endcol | |
1378 | 5882 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) > 1) |
7 | 5883 { |
5884 /* Writing a single-cell character over a double-cell | |
5885 * character: need to redraw the next cell. */ | |
5886 ScreenLines[off_to + 1] = 0; | |
5887 redraw_next = TRUE; | |
5888 } | |
5889 else if (char_cells == 2 | |
5890 && col + 2 < endcol | |
1378 | 5891 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) == 1 |
5892 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to + 1, max_off_to) > 1) | |
7 | 5893 { |
5894 /* Writing the second half of a double-cell character over | |
5895 * a double-cell character: need to redraw the second | |
5896 * cell. */ | |
5897 ScreenLines[off_to + 2] = 0; | |
5898 redraw_next = TRUE; | |
5899 } | |
5900 | |
5901 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) | |
5902 ScreenLines2[off_to] = ScreenLines2[off_from]; | |
5903 } | |
5904 /* When writing a single-width character over a double-width | |
5905 * character and at the end of the redrawn text, need to clear out | |
5906 * the right halve of the old character. | |
5907 * Also required when writing the right halve of a double-width | |
5908 * char over the left halve of an existing one. */ | |
5909 if (has_mbyte && col + char_cells == endcol | |
5910 && ((char_cells == 1 | |
1378 | 5911 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) > 1) |
7 | 5912 || (char_cells == 2 |
1378 | 5913 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) == 1 |
5914 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to + 1, max_off_to) > 1))) | |
7 | 5915 clear_next = TRUE; |
5916 #endif | |
5917 | |
5918 ScreenLines[off_to] = ScreenLines[off_from]; | |
5919 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
5920 if (enc_utf8) | |
5921 { | |
5922 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = ScreenLinesUC[off_from]; | |
5923 if (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != 0) | |
5924 { | |
714 | 5925 int i; |
5926 | |
5927 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) | |
5928 ScreenLinesC[i][off_to] = ScreenLinesC[i][off_from]; | |
7 | 5929 } |
5930 } | |
5931 if (char_cells == 2) | |
5932 ScreenLines[off_to + 1] = ScreenLines[off_from + 1]; | |
5933 #endif | |
5934 | |
5935 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) | |
1843 | 5936 /* The bold trick makes a single column of pixels appear in the |
5937 * next character. When a bold character is removed, the next | |
7 | 5938 * character should be redrawn too. This happens for our own GUI |
5939 * and for some xterms. */ | |
5940 if ( | |
5941 # ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
5942 gui.in_use | |
5943 # endif | |
5944 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX) | |
5945 || | |
5946 # endif | |
5947 # ifdef UNIX | |
5948 term_is_xterm | |
5949 # endif | |
5950 ) | |
5951 { | |
5952 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to]; | |
743 | 5953 if (hl > HL_ALL) |
5954 hl = syn_attr2attr(hl); | |
5955 if (hl & HL_BOLD) | |
7 | 5956 redraw_next = TRUE; |
5957 } | |
5958 #endif | |
5959 ScreenAttrs[off_to] = ScreenAttrs[off_from]; | |
5960 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
819 | 5961 /* For simplicity set the attributes of second half of a |
5962 * double-wide character equal to the first half. */ | |
5963 if (char_cells == 2) | |
5964 ScreenAttrs[off_to + 1] = ScreenAttrs[off_from]; | |
5965 | |
7 | 5966 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && char_cells == 2) |
5967 screen_char_2(off_to, row, col + coloff); | |
5968 else | |
5969 #endif | |
5970 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff); | |
5971 } | |
5972 else if ( p_wiv | |
5973 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
5974 && !gui.in_use | |
5975 #endif | |
5976 && col + coloff > 0) | |
5977 { | |
5978 if (ScreenAttrs[off_to] == ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1]) | |
5979 { | |
5980 /* | |
5981 * Don't output stop-highlight when moving the cursor, it will | |
5982 * stop the highlighting when it should continue. | |
5983 */ | |
5984 screen_attr = 0; | |
5985 } | |
5986 else if (screen_attr != 0) | |
5987 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
5988 } | |
5989 | |
5990 off_to += CHAR_CELLS; | |
5991 off_from += CHAR_CELLS; | |
5992 col += CHAR_CELLS; | |
5993 } | |
5994 | |
5995 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
5996 if (clear_next) | |
5997 { | |
5998 /* Clear the second half of a double-wide character of which the left | |
5999 * half was overwritten with a single-wide character. */ | |
6000 ScreenLines[off_to] = ' '; | |
6001 if (enc_utf8) | |
6002 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = 0; | |
6003 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff); | |
6004 } | |
6005 #endif | |
6006 | |
6007 if (clear_width > 0 | |
6008 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
6009 && !rlflag | |
6010 #endif | |
6011 ) | |
6012 { | |
6013 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
6014 int startCol = col; | |
6015 #endif | |
6016 | |
6017 /* blank out the rest of the line */ | |
6018 while (col < clear_width && ScreenLines[off_to] == ' ' | |
6019 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] == 0 | |
6020 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
6021 && (!enc_utf8 || ScreenLinesUC[off_to] == 0) | |
6022 #endif | |
6023 ) | |
6024 { | |
6025 ++off_to; | |
6026 ++col; | |
6027 } | |
6028 if (col < clear_width) | |
6029 { | |
6030 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
6031 /* | |
6032 * In the GUI, clearing the rest of the line may leave pixels | |
6033 * behind if the first character cleared was bold. Some bold | |
6034 * fonts spill over the left. In this case we redraw the previous | |
6035 * character too. If we didn't skip any blanks above, then we | |
6036 * only redraw if the character wasn't already redrawn anyway. | |
6037 */ | |
996 | 6038 if (gui.in_use && (col > startCol || !redraw_this)) |
7 | 6039 { |
6040 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to]; | |
6041 if (hl > HL_ALL || (hl & HL_BOLD)) | |
996 | 6042 { |
6043 int prev_cells = 1; | |
6044 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
6045 if (enc_utf8) | |
6046 /* for utf-8, ScreenLines[char_offset + 1] == 0 means | |
6047 * that its width is 2. */ | |
6048 prev_cells = ScreenLines[off_to - 1] == 0 ? 2 : 1; | |
6049 else if (enc_dbcs != 0) | |
6050 { | |
6051 /* find previous character by counting from first | |
6052 * column and get its width. */ | |
6053 unsigned off = LineOffset[row]; | |
1378 | 6054 unsigned max_off = LineOffset[row] + screen_Columns; |
996 | 6055 |
6056 while (off < off_to) | |
6057 { | |
1378 | 6058 prev_cells = (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off); |
996 | 6059 off += prev_cells; |
6060 } | |
6061 } | |
6062 | |
6063 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && prev_cells > 1) | |
6064 screen_char_2(off_to - prev_cells, row, | |
6065 col + coloff - prev_cells); | |
6066 else | |
6067 # endif | |
6068 screen_char(off_to - prev_cells, row, | |
6069 col + coloff - prev_cells); | |
6070 } | |
7 | 6071 } |
6072 #endif | |
6073 screen_fill(row, row + 1, col + coloff, clear_width + coloff, | |
6074 ' ', ' ', 0); | |
6075 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
6076 off_to += clear_width - col; | |
6077 col = clear_width; | |
6078 #endif | |
6079 } | |
6080 } | |
6081 | |
6082 if (clear_width > 0) | |
6083 { | |
6084 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
6085 /* For a window that's left of another, draw the separator char. */ | |
6086 if (col + coloff < Columns) | |
6087 { | |
6088 int c; | |
6089 | |
6090 c = fillchar_vsep(&hl); | |
6477 | 6091 if (ScreenLines[off_to] != (schar_T)c |
7 | 6092 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
714 | 6093 || (enc_utf8 && (int)ScreenLinesUC[off_to] |
6094 != (c >= 0x80 ? c : 0)) | |
7 | 6095 # endif |
6096 || ScreenAttrs[off_to] != hl) | |
6097 { | |
6098 ScreenLines[off_to] = c; | |
6099 ScreenAttrs[off_to] = hl; | |
6100 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
6101 if (enc_utf8) | |
6102 { | |
6103 if (c >= 0x80) | |
6104 { | |
6105 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = c; | |
714 | 6106 ScreenLinesC[0][off_to] = 0; |
7 | 6107 } |
6108 else | |
6109 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = 0; | |
6110 } | |
6111 # endif | |
6112 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff); | |
6113 } | |
6114 } | |
6115 else | |
6116 #endif | |
6117 LineWraps[row] = FALSE; | |
6118 } | |
6119 } | |
6120 | |
474 | 6121 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(PROTO) |
7 | 6122 /* |
474 | 6123 * Mirror text "str" for right-left displaying. |
6124 * Only works for single-byte characters (e.g., numbers). | |
7 | 6125 */ |
474 | 6126 void |
7 | 6127 rl_mirror(str) |
6128 char_u *str; | |
6129 { | |
6130 char_u *p1, *p2; | |
6131 int t; | |
6132 | |
6133 for (p1 = str, p2 = str + STRLEN(str) - 1; p1 < p2; ++p1, --p2) | |
6134 { | |
6135 t = *p1; | |
6136 *p1 = *p2; | |
6137 *p2 = t; | |
6138 } | |
6139 } | |
6140 #endif | |
6141 | |
6142 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO) | |
6143 /* | |
6144 * mark all status lines for redraw; used after first :cd | |
6145 */ | |
6146 void | |
6147 status_redraw_all() | |
6148 { | |
6149 win_T *wp; | |
6150 | |
6151 for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next) | |
6152 if (wp->w_status_height) | |
6153 { | |
6154 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
6155 redraw_later(VALID); | |
6156 } | |
6157 } | |
6158 | |
6159 /* | |
6160 * mark all status lines of the current buffer for redraw | |
6161 */ | |
6162 void | |
6163 status_redraw_curbuf() | |
6164 { | |
6165 win_T *wp; | |
6166 | |
6167 for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next) | |
6168 if (wp->w_status_height != 0 && wp->w_buffer == curbuf) | |
6169 { | |
6170 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
6171 redraw_later(VALID); | |
6172 } | |
6173 } | |
6174 | |
6175 /* | |
6176 * Redraw all status lines that need to be redrawn. | |
6177 */ | |
6178 void | |
6179 redraw_statuslines() | |
6180 { | |
6181 win_T *wp; | |
6182 | |
6183 for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next) | |
6184 if (wp->w_redr_status) | |
6185 win_redr_status(wp); | |
673 | 6186 if (redraw_tabline) |
677 | 6187 draw_tabline(); |
7 | 6188 } |
6189 #endif | |
6190 | |
6191 #if (defined(FEAT_WILDMENU) && defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT)) || defined(PROTO) | |
6192 /* | |
6193 * Redraw all status lines at the bottom of frame "frp". | |
6194 */ | |
6195 void | |
6196 win_redraw_last_status(frp) | |
6197 frame_T *frp; | |
6198 { | |
6199 if (frp->fr_layout == FR_LEAF) | |
6200 frp->fr_win->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
6201 else if (frp->fr_layout == FR_ROW) | |
6202 { | |
6203 for (frp = frp->fr_child; frp != NULL; frp = frp->fr_next) | |
6204 win_redraw_last_status(frp); | |
6205 } | |
6206 else /* frp->fr_layout == FR_COL */ | |
6207 { | |
6208 frp = frp->fr_child; | |
6209 while (frp->fr_next != NULL) | |
6210 frp = frp->fr_next; | |
6211 win_redraw_last_status(frp); | |
6212 } | |
6213 } | |
6214 #endif | |
6215 | |
6216 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
6217 /* | |
6218 * Draw the verticap separator right of window "wp" starting with line "row". | |
6219 */ | |
6220 static void | |
6221 draw_vsep_win(wp, row) | |
6222 win_T *wp; | |
6223 int row; | |
6224 { | |
6225 int hl; | |
6226 int c; | |
6227 | |
6228 if (wp->w_vsep_width) | |
6229 { | |
6230 /* draw the vertical separator right of this window */ | |
6231 c = fillchar_vsep(&hl); | |
6232 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, | |
6233 W_ENDCOL(wp), W_ENDCOL(wp) + 1, | |
6234 c, ' ', hl); | |
6235 } | |
6236 } | |
6237 #endif | |
6238 | |
6239 #ifdef FEAT_WILDMENU | |
6240 static int status_match_len __ARGS((expand_T *xp, char_u *s)); | |
277 | 6241 static int skip_status_match_char __ARGS((expand_T *xp, char_u *s)); |
7 | 6242 |
6243 /* | |
1378 | 6244 * Get the length of an item as it will be shown in the status line. |
7 | 6245 */ |
6246 static int | |
6247 status_match_len(xp, s) | |
6248 expand_T *xp; | |
6249 char_u *s; | |
6250 { | |
6251 int len = 0; | |
6252 | |
6253 #ifdef FEAT_MENU | |
6254 int emenu = (xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS | |
6255 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES); | |
6256 | |
6257 /* Check for menu separators - replace with '|'. */ | |
6258 if (emenu && menu_is_separator(s)) | |
6259 return 1; | |
6260 #endif | |
6261 | |
6262 while (*s != NUL) | |
6263 { | |
1685 | 6264 s += skip_status_match_char(xp, s); |
42 | 6265 len += ptr2cells(s); |
39 | 6266 mb_ptr_adv(s); |
7 | 6267 } |
6268 | |
6269 return len; | |
6270 } | |
6271 | |
6272 /* | |
1685 | 6273 * Return the number of characters that should be skipped in a status match. |
277 | 6274 * These are backslashes used for escaping. Do show backslashes in help tags. |
6275 */ | |
6276 static int | |
6277 skip_status_match_char(xp, s) | |
6278 expand_T *xp; | |
6279 char_u *s; | |
6280 { | |
1685 | 6281 if ((rem_backslash(s) && xp->xp_context != EXPAND_HELP) |
277 | 6282 #ifdef FEAT_MENU |
6283 || ((xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS | |
6284 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES) | |
6285 && (s[0] == '\t' || (s[0] == '\\' && s[1] != NUL))) | |
6286 #endif | |
1685 | 6287 ) |
6288 { | |
6289 #ifndef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME | |
6290 if (xp->xp_shell && csh_like_shell() && s[1] == '\\' && s[2] == '!') | |
6291 return 2; | |
6292 #endif | |
6293 return 1; | |
6294 } | |
6295 return 0; | |
277 | 6296 } |
6297 | |
6298 /* | |
7 | 6299 * Show wildchar matches in the status line. |
6300 * Show at least the "match" item. | |
6301 * We start at item 'first_match' in the list and show all matches that fit. | |
6302 * | |
6303 * If inversion is possible we use it. Else '=' characters are used. | |
6304 */ | |
6305 void | |
6306 win_redr_status_matches(xp, num_matches, matches, match, showtail) | |
6307 expand_T *xp; | |
6308 int num_matches; | |
6309 char_u **matches; /* list of matches */ | |
6310 int match; | |
6311 int showtail; | |
6312 { | |
6313 #define L_MATCH(m) (showtail ? sm_gettail(matches[m]) : matches[m]) | |
6314 int row; | |
6315 char_u *buf; | |
6316 int len; | |
1378 | 6317 int clen; /* length in screen cells */ |
7 | 6318 int fillchar; |
6319 int attr; | |
6320 int i; | |
6321 int highlight = TRUE; | |
6322 char_u *selstart = NULL; | |
6323 int selstart_col = 0; | |
6324 char_u *selend = NULL; | |
6325 static int first_match = 0; | |
6326 int add_left = FALSE; | |
6327 char_u *s; | |
6328 #ifdef FEAT_MENU | |
6329 int emenu; | |
6330 #endif | |
6331 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_MENU) | |
6332 int l; | |
6333 #endif | |
6334 | |
6335 if (matches == NULL) /* interrupted completion? */ | |
6336 return; | |
6337 | |
39 | 6338 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
6339 if (has_mbyte) | |
6340 buf = alloc((unsigned)Columns * MB_MAXBYTES + 1); | |
6341 else | |
6342 #endif | |
6343 buf = alloc((unsigned)Columns + 1); | |
7 | 6344 if (buf == NULL) |
6345 return; | |
6346 | |
6347 if (match == -1) /* don't show match but original text */ | |
6348 { | |
6349 match = 0; | |
6350 highlight = FALSE; | |
6351 } | |
6352 /* count 1 for the ending ">" */ | |
6353 clen = status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(match)) + 3; | |
6354 if (match == 0) | |
6355 first_match = 0; | |
6356 else if (match < first_match) | |
6357 { | |
6358 /* jumping left, as far as we can go */ | |
6359 first_match = match; | |
6360 add_left = TRUE; | |
6361 } | |
6362 else | |
6363 { | |
6364 /* check if match fits on the screen */ | |
6365 for (i = first_match; i < match; ++i) | |
6366 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2; | |
6367 if (first_match > 0) | |
6368 clen += 2; | |
6369 /* jumping right, put match at the left */ | |
6370 if ((long)clen > Columns) | |
6371 { | |
6372 first_match = match; | |
6373 /* if showing the last match, we can add some on the left */ | |
6374 clen = 2; | |
6375 for (i = match; i < num_matches; ++i) | |
6376 { | |
6377 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2; | |
6378 if ((long)clen >= Columns) | |
6379 break; | |
6380 } | |
6381 if (i == num_matches) | |
6382 add_left = TRUE; | |
6383 } | |
6384 } | |
6385 if (add_left) | |
6386 while (first_match > 0) | |
6387 { | |
6388 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(first_match - 1)) + 2; | |
6389 if ((long)clen >= Columns) | |
6390 break; | |
6391 --first_match; | |
6392 } | |
6393 | |
6394 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, TRUE); | |
6395 | |
6396 if (first_match == 0) | |
6397 { | |
6398 *buf = NUL; | |
6399 len = 0; | |
6400 } | |
6401 else | |
6402 { | |
6403 STRCPY(buf, "< "); | |
6404 len = 2; | |
6405 } | |
6406 clen = len; | |
6407 | |
6408 i = first_match; | |
6409 while ((long)(clen + status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2) < Columns) | |
6410 { | |
6411 if (i == match) | |
6412 { | |
6413 selstart = buf + len; | |
6414 selstart_col = clen; | |
6415 } | |
6416 | |
6417 s = L_MATCH(i); | |
6418 /* Check for menu separators - replace with '|' */ | |
6419 #ifdef FEAT_MENU | |
6420 emenu = (xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS | |
6421 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES); | |
6422 if (emenu && menu_is_separator(s)) | |
6423 { | |
6424 STRCPY(buf + len, transchar('|')); | |
6425 l = (int)STRLEN(buf + len); | |
6426 len += l; | |
6427 clen += l; | |
6428 } | |
6429 else | |
6430 #endif | |
6431 for ( ; *s != NUL; ++s) | |
6432 { | |
1685 | 6433 s += skip_status_match_char(xp, s); |
7 | 6434 clen += ptr2cells(s); |
6435 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
474 | 6436 if (has_mbyte && (l = (*mb_ptr2len)(s)) > 1) |
7 | 6437 { |
6438 STRNCPY(buf + len, s, l); | |
6439 s += l - 1; | |
6440 len += l; | |
6441 } | |
6442 else | |
6443 #endif | |
6444 { | |
6445 STRCPY(buf + len, transchar_byte(*s)); | |
6446 len += (int)STRLEN(buf + len); | |
6447 } | |
6448 } | |
6449 if (i == match) | |
6450 selend = buf + len; | |
6451 | |
6452 *(buf + len++) = ' '; | |
6453 *(buf + len++) = ' '; | |
6454 clen += 2; | |
6455 if (++i == num_matches) | |
6456 break; | |
6457 } | |
6458 | |
6459 if (i != num_matches) | |
6460 { | |
6461 *(buf + len++) = '>'; | |
6462 ++clen; | |
6463 } | |
6464 | |
6465 buf[len] = NUL; | |
6466 | |
6467 row = cmdline_row - 1; | |
6468 if (row >= 0) | |
6469 { | |
6470 if (wild_menu_showing == 0) | |
6471 { | |
6472 if (msg_scrolled > 0) | |
6473 { | |
6474 /* Put the wildmenu just above the command line. If there is | |
6475 * no room, scroll the screen one line up. */ | |
6476 if (cmdline_row == Rows - 1) | |
6477 { | |
6478 screen_del_lines(0, 0, 1, (int)Rows, TRUE, NULL); | |
6479 ++msg_scrolled; | |
6480 } | |
6481 else | |
6482 { | |
6483 ++cmdline_row; | |
6484 ++row; | |
6485 } | |
6486 wild_menu_showing = WM_SCROLLED; | |
6487 } | |
6488 else | |
6489 { | |
6490 /* Create status line if needed by setting 'laststatus' to 2. | |
6491 * Set 'winminheight' to zero to avoid that the window is | |
6492 * resized. */ | |
6493 if (lastwin->w_status_height == 0) | |
6494 { | |
6495 save_p_ls = p_ls; | |
6496 save_p_wmh = p_wmh; | |
6497 p_ls = 2; | |
6498 p_wmh = 0; | |
6499 last_status(FALSE); | |
6500 } | |
6501 wild_menu_showing = WM_SHOWN; | |
6502 } | |
6503 } | |
6504 | |
6505 screen_puts(buf, row, 0, attr); | |
6506 if (selstart != NULL && highlight) | |
6507 { | |
6508 *selend = NUL; | |
6509 screen_puts(selstart, row, selstart_col, hl_attr(HLF_WM)); | |
6510 } | |
6511 | |
6512 screen_fill(row, row + 1, clen, (int)Columns, fillchar, fillchar, attr); | |
6513 } | |
6514 | |
6515 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
6516 win_redraw_last_status(topframe); | |
6517 #else | |
6518 lastwin->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
6519 #endif | |
6520 vim_free(buf); | |
6521 } | |
6522 #endif | |
6523 | |
6524 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO) | |
6525 /* | |
6526 * Redraw the status line of window wp. | |
6527 * | |
6528 * If inversion is possible we use it. Else '=' characters are used. | |
6529 */ | |
6530 void | |
6531 win_redr_status(wp) | |
6532 win_T *wp; | |
6533 { | |
6534 int row; | |
6535 char_u *p; | |
6536 int len; | |
6537 int fillchar; | |
6538 int attr; | |
6539 int this_ru_col; | |
1910 | 6540 static int busy = FALSE; |
6541 | |
6542 /* It's possible to get here recursively when 'statusline' (indirectly) | |
6543 * invokes ":redrawstatus". Simply ignore the call then. */ | |
6544 if (busy) | |
6545 return; | |
6546 busy = TRUE; | |
7 | 6547 |
6548 wp->w_redr_status = FALSE; | |
6549 if (wp->w_status_height == 0) | |
6550 { | |
6551 /* no status line, can only be last window */ | |
6552 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; | |
6553 } | |
540 | 6554 else if (!redrawing() |
6555 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
6556 /* don't update status line when popup menu is visible and may be | |
6557 * drawn over it */ | |
6558 || pum_visible() | |
6559 #endif | |
6560 ) | |
7 | 6561 { |
6562 /* Don't redraw right now, do it later. */ | |
6563 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
6564 } | |
6565 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT | |
40 | 6566 else if (*p_stl != NUL || *wp->w_p_stl != NUL) |
7 | 6567 { |
6568 /* redraw custom status line */ | |
1983 | 6569 redraw_custom_statusline(wp); |
7 | 6570 } |
6571 #endif | |
6572 else | |
6573 { | |
6574 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin); | |
6575 | |
685 | 6576 get_trans_bufname(wp->w_buffer); |
7 | 6577 p = NameBuff; |
6578 len = (int)STRLEN(p); | |
6579 | |
6580 if (wp->w_buffer->b_help | |
6581 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX | |
6582 || wp->w_p_pvw | |
6583 #endif | |
6584 || bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer) | |
6585 || wp->w_buffer->b_p_ro) | |
6586 *(p + len++) = ' '; | |
6587 if (wp->w_buffer->b_help) | |
6588 { | |
809 | 6589 STRCPY(p + len, _("[Help]")); |
7 | 6590 len += (int)STRLEN(p + len); |
6591 } | |
6592 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX | |
6593 if (wp->w_p_pvw) | |
6594 { | |
6595 STRCPY(p + len, _("[Preview]")); | |
6596 len += (int)STRLEN(p + len); | |
6597 } | |
6598 #endif | |
6599 if (bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer)) | |
6600 { | |
6601 STRCPY(p + len, "[+]"); | |
6602 len += 3; | |
6603 } | |
6604 if (wp->w_buffer->b_p_ro) | |
6605 { | |
4795
8360a59aa04b
updated for version 7.3.1144
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4736
diff
changeset
|
6606 STRCPY(p + len, _("[RO]")); |
7 | 6607 len += 4; |
6608 } | |
6609 | |
6610 #ifndef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
6611 this_ru_col = ru_col; | |
6612 if (this_ru_col < (Columns + 1) / 2) | |
6613 this_ru_col = (Columns + 1) / 2; | |
6614 #else | |
6615 this_ru_col = ru_col - (Columns - W_WIDTH(wp)); | |
6616 if (this_ru_col < (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2) | |
6617 this_ru_col = (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2; | |
6618 if (this_ru_col <= 1) | |
6619 { | |
6620 p = (char_u *)"<"; /* No room for file name! */ | |
6621 len = 1; | |
6622 } | |
6623 else | |
6624 #endif | |
6625 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
6626 if (has_mbyte) | |
6627 { | |
6628 int clen = 0, i; | |
6629 | |
6630 /* Count total number of display cells. */ | |
2338
da6ec32d8d8f
Added strwidth() and strchars() functions.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2332
diff
changeset
|
6631 clen = mb_string2cells(p, -1); |
da6ec32d8d8f
Added strwidth() and strchars() functions.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2332
diff
changeset
|
6632 |
7 | 6633 /* Find first character that will fit. |
6634 * Going from start to end is much faster for DBCS. */ | |
6635 for (i = 0; p[i] != NUL && clen >= this_ru_col - 1; | |
474 | 6636 i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i)) |
7 | 6637 clen -= (*mb_ptr2cells)(p + i); |
6638 len = clen; | |
6639 if (i > 0) | |
6640 { | |
6641 p = p + i - 1; | |
6642 *p = '<'; | |
6643 ++len; | |
6644 } | |
6645 | |
6646 } | |
6647 else | |
6648 #endif | |
6649 if (len > this_ru_col - 1) | |
6650 { | |
6651 p += len - (this_ru_col - 1); | |
6652 *p = '<'; | |
6653 len = this_ru_col - 1; | |
6654 } | |
6655 | |
6656 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height; | |
6657 screen_puts(p, row, W_WINCOL(wp), attr); | |
6658 screen_fill(row, row + 1, len + W_WINCOL(wp), | |
6659 this_ru_col + W_WINCOL(wp), fillchar, fillchar, attr); | |
6660 | |
6661 if (get_keymap_str(wp, NameBuff, MAXPATHL) | |
6662 && (int)(this_ru_col - len) > (int)(STRLEN(NameBuff) + 1)) | |
6663 screen_puts(NameBuff, row, (int)(this_ru_col - STRLEN(NameBuff) | |
6664 - 1 + W_WINCOL(wp)), attr); | |
6665 | |
6666 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
6667 win_redr_ruler(wp, TRUE); | |
6668 #endif | |
6669 } | |
6670 | |
6671 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
6672 /* | |
6673 * May need to draw the character below the vertical separator. | |
6674 */ | |
6675 if (wp->w_vsep_width != 0 && wp->w_status_height != 0 && redrawing()) | |
6676 { | |
6677 if (stl_connected(wp)) | |
6678 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin); | |
6679 else | |
6680 fillchar = fillchar_vsep(&attr); | |
6681 screen_putchar(fillchar, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, W_ENDCOL(wp), | |
6682 attr); | |
6683 } | |
6684 #endif | |
1910 | 6685 busy = FALSE; |
7 | 6686 } |
6687 | |
680 | 6688 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT |
6689 /* | |
6690 * Redraw the status line according to 'statusline' and take care of any | |
6691 * errors encountered. | |
6692 */ | |
6693 static void | |
1983 | 6694 redraw_custom_statusline(wp) |
680 | 6695 win_T *wp; |
6696 { | |
1983 | 6697 static int entered = FALSE; |
6698 int save_called_emsg = called_emsg; | |
6699 | |
6700 /* When called recursively return. This can happen when the statusline | |
6701 * contains an expression that triggers a redraw. */ | |
6702 if (entered) | |
6703 return; | |
6704 entered = TRUE; | |
680 | 6705 |
6706 called_emsg = FALSE; | |
6707 win_redr_custom(wp, FALSE); | |
6708 if (called_emsg) | |
1983 | 6709 { |
6710 /* When there is an error disable the statusline, otherwise the | |
6711 * display is messed up with errors and a redraw triggers the problem | |
6712 * again and again. */ | |
680 | 6713 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"statusline", -1, |
6714 (char_u *)"", OPT_FREE | (*wp->w_p_stl != NUL | |
694 | 6715 ? OPT_LOCAL : OPT_GLOBAL), SID_ERROR); |
1983 | 6716 } |
680 | 6717 called_emsg |= save_called_emsg; |
1983 | 6718 entered = FALSE; |
680 | 6719 } |
6720 #endif | |
6721 | |
7 | 6722 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT |
6723 /* | |
6724 * Return TRUE if the status line of window "wp" is connected to the status | |
6725 * line of the window right of it. If not, then it's a vertical separator. | |
6726 * Only call if (wp->w_vsep_width != 0). | |
6727 */ | |
6728 int | |
6729 stl_connected(wp) | |
6730 win_T *wp; | |
6731 { | |
6732 frame_T *fr; | |
6733 | |
6734 fr = wp->w_frame; | |
6735 while (fr->fr_parent != NULL) | |
6736 { | |
6737 if (fr->fr_parent->fr_layout == FR_COL) | |
6738 { | |
6739 if (fr->fr_next != NULL) | |
6740 break; | |
6741 } | |
6742 else | |
6743 { | |
6744 if (fr->fr_next != NULL) | |
6745 return TRUE; | |
6746 } | |
6747 fr = fr->fr_parent; | |
6748 } | |
6749 return FALSE; | |
6750 } | |
6751 # endif | |
6752 | |
6753 #endif /* FEAT_WINDOWS */ | |
6754 | |
6755 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) || defined(PROTO) | |
6756 /* | |
6757 * Get the value to show for the language mappings, active 'keymap'. | |
6758 */ | |
6759 int | |
6760 get_keymap_str(wp, buf, len) | |
6761 win_T *wp; | |
6762 char_u *buf; /* buffer for the result */ | |
6763 int len; /* length of buffer */ | |
6764 { | |
6765 char_u *p; | |
6766 | |
6767 if (wp->w_buffer->b_p_iminsert != B_IMODE_LMAP) | |
6768 return FALSE; | |
6769 | |
6770 { | |
6771 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
6772 buf_T *old_curbuf = curbuf; | |
6773 win_T *old_curwin = curwin; | |
6774 char_u *s; | |
6775 | |
6776 curbuf = wp->w_buffer; | |
6777 curwin = wp; | |
6778 STRCPY(buf, "b:keymap_name"); /* must be writable */ | |
6779 ++emsg_skip; | |
714 | 6780 s = p = eval_to_string(buf, NULL, FALSE); |
7 | 6781 --emsg_skip; |
6782 curbuf = old_curbuf; | |
6783 curwin = old_curwin; | |
6784 if (p == NULL || *p == NUL) | |
6785 #endif | |
6786 { | |
6787 #ifdef FEAT_KEYMAP | |
6788 if (wp->w_buffer->b_kmap_state & KEYMAP_LOADED) | |
6789 p = wp->w_buffer->b_p_keymap; | |
6790 else | |
6791 #endif | |
6792 p = (char_u *)"lang"; | |
6793 } | |
6794 if ((int)(STRLEN(p) + 3) < len) | |
6795 sprintf((char *)buf, "<%s>", p); | |
6796 else | |
6797 buf[0] = NUL; | |
6798 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
6799 vim_free(s); | |
6800 #endif | |
6801 } | |
6802 return buf[0] != NUL; | |
6803 } | |
6804 #endif | |
6805 | |
6806 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) || defined(PROTO) | |
6807 /* | |
677 | 6808 * Redraw the status line or ruler of window "wp". |
6809 * When "wp" is NULL redraw the tab pages line from 'tabline'. | |
7 | 6810 */ |
6811 static void | |
574 | 6812 win_redr_custom(wp, draw_ruler) |
7 | 6813 win_T *wp; |
574 | 6814 int draw_ruler; /* TRUE or FALSE */ |
7 | 6815 { |
5539 | 6816 static int entered = FALSE; |
7 | 6817 int attr; |
6818 int curattr; | |
6819 int row; | |
6820 int col = 0; | |
6821 int maxwidth; | |
6822 int width; | |
6823 int n; | |
6824 int len; | |
6825 int fillchar; | |
6826 char_u buf[MAXPATHL]; | |
1983 | 6827 char_u *stl; |
7 | 6828 char_u *p; |
681 | 6829 struct stl_hlrec hltab[STL_MAX_ITEM]; |
6830 struct stl_hlrec tabtab[STL_MAX_ITEM]; | |
677 | 6831 int use_sandbox = FALSE; |
2693 | 6832 win_T *ewp; |
6833 int p_crb_save; | |
7 | 6834 |
5539 | 6835 /* There is a tiny chance that this gets called recursively: When |
6836 * redrawing a status line triggers redrawing the ruler or tabline. | |
6837 * Avoid trouble by not allowing recursion. */ | |
6838 if (entered) | |
6839 return; | |
6840 entered = TRUE; | |
6841 | |
7 | 6842 /* setup environment for the task at hand */ |
677 | 6843 if (wp == NULL) |
6844 { | |
6845 /* Use 'tabline'. Always at the first line of the screen. */ | |
1983 | 6846 stl = p_tal; |
677 | 6847 row = 0; |
707 | 6848 fillchar = ' '; |
677 | 6849 attr = hl_attr(HLF_TPF); |
6850 maxwidth = Columns; | |
6851 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
681 | 6852 use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"tabline", 0); |
677 | 6853 # endif |
6854 } | |
40 | 6855 else |
677 | 6856 { |
6857 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height; | |
6858 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin); | |
6859 maxwidth = W_WIDTH(wp); | |
6860 | |
6861 if (draw_ruler) | |
6862 { | |
1983 | 6863 stl = p_ruf; |
677 | 6864 /* advance past any leading group spec - implicit in ru_col */ |
1983 | 6865 if (*stl == '%') |
6866 { | |
6867 if (*++stl == '-') | |
6868 stl++; | |
6869 if (atoi((char *)stl)) | |
6870 while (VIM_ISDIGIT(*stl)) | |
6871 stl++; | |
6872 if (*stl++ != '(') | |
6873 stl = p_ruf; | |
677 | 6874 } |
7 | 6875 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT |
677 | 6876 col = ru_col - (Columns - W_WIDTH(wp)); |
6877 if (col < (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2) | |
6878 col = (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2; | |
7 | 6879 #else |
677 | 6880 col = ru_col; |
6881 if (col > (Columns + 1) / 2) | |
6882 col = (Columns + 1) / 2; | |
6883 #endif | |
6884 maxwidth = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; | |
7 | 6885 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
677 | 6886 if (!wp->w_status_height) |
6887 #endif | |
6888 { | |
6889 row = Rows - 1; | |
6890 --maxwidth; /* writing in last column may cause scrolling */ | |
6891 fillchar = ' '; | |
6892 attr = 0; | |
6893 } | |
6894 | |
6895 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
681 | 6896 use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"rulerformat", 0); |
677 | 6897 # endif |
6898 } | |
6899 else | |
6900 { | |
6901 if (*wp->w_p_stl != NUL) | |
1983 | 6902 stl = wp->w_p_stl; |
677 | 6903 else |
1983 | 6904 stl = p_stl; |
677 | 6905 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
681 | 6906 use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"statusline", |
6907 *wp->w_p_stl == NUL ? 0 : OPT_LOCAL); | |
677 | 6908 # endif |
6909 } | |
6910 | |
6911 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
6912 col += W_WINCOL(wp); | |
6913 #endif | |
6914 } | |
6915 | |
7 | 6916 if (maxwidth <= 0) |
5539 | 6917 goto theend; |
677 | 6918 |
2693 | 6919 /* Temporarily reset 'cursorbind', we don't want a side effect from moving |
6920 * the cursor away and back. */ | |
6921 ewp = wp == NULL ? curwin : wp; | |
6922 p_crb_save = ewp->w_p_crb; | |
6923 ewp->w_p_crb = FALSE; | |
6924 | |
1983 | 6925 /* Make a copy, because the statusline may include a function call that |
6926 * might change the option value and free the memory. */ | |
6927 stl = vim_strsave(stl); | |
2693 | 6928 width = build_stl_str_hl(ewp, buf, sizeof(buf), |
1983 | 6929 stl, use_sandbox, |
681 | 6930 fillchar, maxwidth, hltab, tabtab); |
1983 | 6931 vim_free(stl); |
2693 | 6932 ewp->w_p_crb = p_crb_save; |
2661 | 6933 |
6934 /* Make all characters printable. */ | |
6935 p = transstr(buf); | |
6936 if (p != NULL) | |
6937 { | |
6938 vim_strncpy(buf, p, sizeof(buf) - 1); | |
6939 vim_free(p); | |
6940 } | |
6941 | |
6942 /* fill up with "fillchar" */ | |
835 | 6943 len = (int)STRLEN(buf); |
1883 | 6944 while (width < maxwidth && len < (int)sizeof(buf) - 1) |
7 | 6945 { |
6946 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
6947 len += (*mb_char2bytes)(fillchar, buf + len); | |
6948 #else | |
6949 buf[len++] = fillchar; | |
6950 #endif | |
6951 ++width; | |
6952 } | |
6953 buf[len] = NUL; | |
6954 | |
681 | 6955 /* |
6956 * Draw each snippet with the specified highlighting. | |
6957 */ | |
7 | 6958 curattr = attr; |
6959 p = buf; | |
681 | 6960 for (n = 0; hltab[n].start != NULL; n++) |
6961 { | |
6962 len = (int)(hltab[n].start - p); | |
7 | 6963 screen_puts_len(p, len, row, col, curattr); |
6964 col += vim_strnsize(p, len); | |
681 | 6965 p = hltab[n].start; |
6966 | |
6967 if (hltab[n].userhl == 0) | |
7 | 6968 curattr = attr; |
681 | 6969 else if (hltab[n].userhl < 0) |
6970 curattr = syn_id2attr(-hltab[n].userhl); | |
7 | 6971 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
680 | 6972 else if (wp != NULL && wp != curwin && wp->w_status_height != 0) |
681 | 6973 curattr = highlight_stlnc[hltab[n].userhl - 1]; |
7 | 6974 #endif |
6975 else | |
681 | 6976 curattr = highlight_user[hltab[n].userhl - 1]; |
7 | 6977 } |
6978 screen_puts(p, row, col, curattr); | |
681 | 6979 |
6980 if (wp == NULL) | |
6981 { | |
6982 /* Fill the TabPageIdxs[] array for clicking in the tab pagesline. */ | |
6983 col = 0; | |
6984 len = 0; | |
6985 p = buf; | |
6986 fillchar = 0; | |
6987 for (n = 0; tabtab[n].start != NULL; n++) | |
6988 { | |
6989 len += vim_strnsize(p, (int)(tabtab[n].start - p)); | |
6990 while (col < len) | |
6991 TabPageIdxs[col++] = fillchar; | |
6992 p = tabtab[n].start; | |
6993 fillchar = tabtab[n].userhl; | |
6994 } | |
6995 while (col < Columns) | |
6996 TabPageIdxs[col++] = fillchar; | |
6997 } | |
5539 | 6998 |
6999 theend: | |
7000 entered = FALSE; | |
7 | 7001 } |
7002 | |
7003 #endif /* FEAT_STL_OPT */ | |
7004 | |
7005 /* | |
7006 * Output a single character directly to the screen and update ScreenLines. | |
7007 */ | |
7008 void | |
7009 screen_putchar(c, row, col, attr) | |
7010 int c; | |
7011 int row, col; | |
7012 int attr; | |
7013 { | |
3549 | 7014 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; |
7015 | |
7 | 7016 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
3549 | 7017 if (has_mbyte) |
7018 buf[(*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf)] = NUL; | |
7019 else | |
7020 #endif | |
7021 { | |
7022 buf[0] = c; | |
7023 buf[1] = NUL; | |
7024 } | |
7 | 7025 screen_puts(buf, row, col, attr); |
7026 } | |
7027 | |
7028 /* | |
7029 * Get a single character directly from ScreenLines into "bytes[]". | |
7030 * Also return its attribute in *attrp; | |
7031 */ | |
7032 void | |
7033 screen_getbytes(row, col, bytes, attrp) | |
7034 int row, col; | |
7035 char_u *bytes; | |
7036 int *attrp; | |
7037 { | |
7038 unsigned off; | |
7039 | |
7040 /* safety check */ | |
7041 if (ScreenLines != NULL && row < screen_Rows && col < screen_Columns) | |
7042 { | |
7043 off = LineOffset[row] + col; | |
7044 *attrp = ScreenAttrs[off]; | |
7045 bytes[0] = ScreenLines[off]; | |
7046 bytes[1] = NUL; | |
7047 | |
7048 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
7049 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0) | |
7050 bytes[utfc_char2bytes(off, bytes)] = NUL; | |
7051 else if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e) | |
7052 { | |
7053 bytes[0] = ScreenLines[off]; | |
7054 bytes[1] = ScreenLines2[off]; | |
7055 bytes[2] = NUL; | |
7056 } | |
7057 else if (enc_dbcs && MB_BYTE2LEN(bytes[0]) > 1) | |
7058 { | |
7059 bytes[1] = ScreenLines[off + 1]; | |
7060 bytes[2] = NUL; | |
7061 } | |
7062 #endif | |
7063 } | |
7064 } | |
7065 | |
714 | 7066 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
7067 static int screen_comp_differs __ARGS((int, int*)); | |
7068 | |
7069 /* | |
7070 * Return TRUE if composing characters for screen posn "off" differs from | |
7071 * composing characters in "u8cc". | |
2124
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
7072 * Only to be used when ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0. |
714 | 7073 */ |
7074 static int | |
7075 screen_comp_differs(off, u8cc) | |
7076 int off; | |
7077 int *u8cc; | |
7078 { | |
7079 int i; | |
7080 | |
7081 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) | |
7082 { | |
7083 if (ScreenLinesC[i][off] != (u8char_T)u8cc[i]) | |
7084 return TRUE; | |
7085 if (u8cc[i] == 0) | |
7086 break; | |
7087 } | |
7088 return FALSE; | |
7089 } | |
7090 #endif | |
7091 | |
7 | 7092 /* |
7093 * Put string '*text' on the screen at position 'row' and 'col', with | |
7094 * attributes 'attr', and update ScreenLines[] and ScreenAttrs[]. | |
7095 * Note: only outputs within one row, message is truncated at screen boundary! | |
7096 * Note: if ScreenLines[], row and/or col is invalid, nothing is done. | |
7097 */ | |
7098 void | |
7099 screen_puts(text, row, col, attr) | |
7100 char_u *text; | |
7101 int row; | |
7102 int col; | |
7103 int attr; | |
7104 { | |
7105 screen_puts_len(text, -1, row, col, attr); | |
7106 } | |
7107 | |
7108 /* | |
7109 * Like screen_puts(), but output "text[len]". When "len" is -1 output up to | |
7110 * a NUL. | |
7111 */ | |
7112 void | |
5923 | 7113 screen_puts_len(text, textlen, row, col, attr) |
7 | 7114 char_u *text; |
5923 | 7115 int textlen; |
7 | 7116 int row; |
7117 int col; | |
7118 int attr; | |
7119 { | |
7120 unsigned off; | |
7121 char_u *ptr = text; | |
5923 | 7122 int len = textlen; |
7 | 7123 int c; |
7124 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
1378 | 7125 unsigned max_off; |
7 | 7126 int mbyte_blen = 1; |
7127 int mbyte_cells = 1; | |
7128 int u8c = 0; | |
714 | 7129 int u8cc[MAX_MCO]; |
7 | 7130 int clear_next_cell = FALSE; |
7131 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC | |
7132 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */ | |
714 | 7133 int pc, nc, nc1; |
7134 int pcc[MAX_MCO]; | |
7 | 7135 # endif |
7136 #endif | |
1843 | 7137 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) |
7138 int force_redraw_this; | |
7139 int force_redraw_next = FALSE; | |
7140 #endif | |
7141 int need_redraw; | |
7 | 7142 |
7143 if (ScreenLines == NULL || row >= screen_Rows) /* safety check */ | |
7144 return; | |
1843 | 7145 off = LineOffset[row] + col; |
7 | 7146 |
1668 | 7147 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
7148 /* When drawing over the right halve of a double-wide char clear out the | |
7149 * left halve. Only needed in a terminal. */ | |
1685 | 7150 if (has_mbyte && col > 0 && col < screen_Columns |
1668 | 7151 # ifdef FEAT_GUI |
7152 && !gui.in_use | |
7153 # endif | |
7154 && mb_fix_col(col, row) != col) | |
1843 | 7155 { |
7156 ScreenLines[off - 1] = ' '; | |
7157 ScreenAttrs[off - 1] = 0; | |
7158 if (enc_utf8) | |
7159 { | |
7160 ScreenLinesUC[off - 1] = 0; | |
7161 ScreenLinesC[0][off - 1] = 0; | |
7162 } | |
7163 /* redraw the previous cell, make it empty */ | |
7164 screen_char(off - 1, row, col - 1); | |
7165 /* force the cell at "col" to be redrawn */ | |
7166 force_redraw_next = TRUE; | |
7167 } | |
7168 #endif | |
7169 | |
1378 | 7170 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
7171 max_off = LineOffset[row] + screen_Columns; | |
7172 #endif | |
1340 | 7173 while (col < screen_Columns |
7174 && (len < 0 || (int)(ptr - text) < len) | |
7175 && *ptr != NUL) | |
7 | 7176 { |
7177 c = *ptr; | |
7178 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
7179 /* check if this is the first byte of a multibyte */ | |
7180 if (has_mbyte) | |
7181 { | |
7182 if (enc_utf8 && len > 0) | |
474 | 7183 mbyte_blen = utfc_ptr2len_len(ptr, (int)((text + len) - ptr)); |
7 | 7184 else |
474 | 7185 mbyte_blen = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); |
7 | 7186 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && c == 0x8e) |
7187 mbyte_cells = 1; | |
7188 else if (enc_dbcs != 0) | |
7189 mbyte_cells = mbyte_blen; | |
7190 else /* enc_utf8 */ | |
7191 { | |
7192 if (len >= 0) | |
714 | 7193 u8c = utfc_ptr2char_len(ptr, u8cc, |
7 | 7194 (int)((text + len) - ptr)); |
7195 else | |
714 | 7196 u8c = utfc_ptr2char(ptr, u8cc); |
7 | 7197 mbyte_cells = utf_char2cells(u8c); |
1401 | 7198 # ifdef UNICODE16 |
7 | 7199 /* Non-BMP character: display as ? or fullwidth ?. */ |
7200 if (u8c >= 0x10000) | |
7201 { | |
7202 u8c = (mbyte_cells == 2) ? 0xff1f : (int)'?'; | |
7203 if (attr == 0) | |
7204 attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); | |
7205 } | |
1401 | 7206 # endif |
7 | 7207 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC |
7208 if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(u8c)) | |
7209 { | |
7210 /* Do Arabic shaping. */ | |
7211 if (len >= 0 && (int)(ptr - text) + mbyte_blen >= len) | |
7212 { | |
7213 /* Past end of string to be displayed. */ | |
7214 nc = NUL; | |
7215 nc1 = NUL; | |
7216 } | |
7217 else | |
714 | 7218 { |
1994 | 7219 nc = utfc_ptr2char_len(ptr + mbyte_blen, pcc, |
7220 (int)((text + len) - ptr - mbyte_blen)); | |
714 | 7221 nc1 = pcc[0]; |
7222 } | |
7 | 7223 pc = prev_c; |
7224 prev_c = u8c; | |
714 | 7225 u8c = arabic_shape(u8c, &c, &u8cc[0], nc, nc1, pc); |
7 | 7226 } |
7227 else | |
7228 prev_c = u8c; | |
7229 # endif | |
2055
4aa4510d548c
updated for version 7.2.341
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2008
diff
changeset
|
7230 if (col + mbyte_cells > screen_Columns) |
4aa4510d548c
updated for version 7.2.341
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2008
diff
changeset
|
7231 { |
4aa4510d548c
updated for version 7.2.341
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2008
diff
changeset
|
7232 /* Only 1 cell left, but character requires 2 cells: |
4aa4510d548c
updated for version 7.2.341
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2008
diff
changeset
|
7233 * display a '>' in the last column to avoid wrapping. */ |
4aa4510d548c
updated for version 7.2.341
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2008
diff
changeset
|
7234 c = '>'; |
4aa4510d548c
updated for version 7.2.341
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2008
diff
changeset
|
7235 mbyte_cells = 1; |
4aa4510d548c
updated for version 7.2.341
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2008
diff
changeset
|
7236 } |
7 | 7237 } |
7238 } | |
7239 #endif | |
7240 | |
1843 | 7241 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) |
7242 force_redraw_this = force_redraw_next; | |
7243 force_redraw_next = FALSE; | |
7244 #endif | |
7245 | |
7246 need_redraw = ScreenLines[off] != c | |
7 | 7247 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
7248 || (mbyte_cells == 2 | |
7249 && ScreenLines[off + 1] != (enc_dbcs ? ptr[1] : 0)) | |
7250 || (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU | |
7251 && c == 0x8e | |
7252 && ScreenLines2[off] != ptr[1]) | |
7253 || (enc_utf8 | |
2124
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
7254 && (ScreenLinesUC[off] != |
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
7255 (u8char_T)(c < 0x80 && u8cc[0] == 0 ? 0 : u8c) |
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
7256 || (ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0 |
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
7257 && screen_comp_differs(off, u8cc)))) |
7 | 7258 #endif |
7259 || ScreenAttrs[off] != attr | |
1843 | 7260 || exmode_active; |
7261 | |
7262 if (need_redraw | |
7263 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) | |
7264 || force_redraw_this | |
7265 #endif | |
7 | 7266 ) |
7267 { | |
7268 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) | |
7269 /* The bold trick makes a single row of pixels appear in the next | |
7270 * character. When a bold character is removed, the next | |
7271 * character should be redrawn too. This happens for our own GUI | |
1843 | 7272 * and for some xterms. */ |
7273 if (need_redraw && ScreenLines[off] != ' ' && ( | |
7 | 7274 # ifdef FEAT_GUI |
7275 gui.in_use | |
7276 # endif | |
7277 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX) | |
7278 || | |
7279 # endif | |
7280 # ifdef UNIX | |
7281 term_is_xterm | |
7282 # endif | |
1843 | 7283 )) |
7284 { | |
7285 int n = ScreenAttrs[off]; | |
7286 | |
7287 if (n > HL_ALL) | |
7288 n = syn_attr2attr(n); | |
7289 if (n & HL_BOLD) | |
7290 force_redraw_next = TRUE; | |
7 | 7291 } |
7292 #endif | |
7293 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
7294 /* When at the end of the text and overwriting a two-cell | |
7295 * character with a one-cell character, need to clear the next | |
7296 * cell. Also when overwriting the left halve of a two-cell char | |
7297 * with the right halve of a two-cell char. Do this only once | |
7298 * (mb_off2cells() may return 2 on the right halve). */ | |
7299 if (clear_next_cell) | |
7300 clear_next_cell = FALSE; | |
7301 else if (has_mbyte | |
7302 && (len < 0 ? ptr[mbyte_blen] == NUL | |
7303 : ptr + mbyte_blen >= text + len) | |
1378 | 7304 && ((mbyte_cells == 1 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) > 1) |
7 | 7305 || (mbyte_cells == 2 |
1378 | 7306 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) == 1 |
7307 && (*mb_off2cells)(off + 1, max_off) > 1))) | |
7 | 7308 clear_next_cell = TRUE; |
7309 | |
7310 /* Make sure we never leave a second byte of a double-byte behind, | |
7311 * it confuses mb_off2cells(). */ | |
7312 if (enc_dbcs | |
1378 | 7313 && ((mbyte_cells == 1 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) > 1) |
7 | 7314 || (mbyte_cells == 2 |
1378 | 7315 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) == 1 |
7316 && (*mb_off2cells)(off + 1, max_off) > 1))) | |
7 | 7317 ScreenLines[off + mbyte_blen] = 0; |
7318 #endif | |
7319 ScreenLines[off] = c; | |
7320 ScreenAttrs[off] = attr; | |
7321 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
7322 if (enc_utf8) | |
7323 { | |
714 | 7324 if (c < 0x80 && u8cc[0] == 0) |
7 | 7325 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; |
7326 else | |
7327 { | |
714 | 7328 int i; |
7329 | |
7 | 7330 ScreenLinesUC[off] = u8c; |
714 | 7331 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) |
7332 { | |
7333 ScreenLinesC[i][off] = u8cc[i]; | |
7334 if (u8cc[i] == 0) | |
7335 break; | |
7336 } | |
7 | 7337 } |
7338 if (mbyte_cells == 2) | |
7339 { | |
7340 ScreenLines[off + 1] = 0; | |
7341 ScreenAttrs[off + 1] = attr; | |
7342 } | |
7343 screen_char(off, row, col); | |
7344 } | |
7345 else if (mbyte_cells == 2) | |
7346 { | |
7347 ScreenLines[off + 1] = ptr[1]; | |
7348 ScreenAttrs[off + 1] = attr; | |
7349 screen_char_2(off, row, col); | |
7350 } | |
7351 else if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && c == 0x8e) | |
7352 { | |
7353 ScreenLines2[off] = ptr[1]; | |
7354 screen_char(off, row, col); | |
7355 } | |
7356 else | |
7357 #endif | |
7358 screen_char(off, row, col); | |
7359 } | |
7360 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
7361 if (has_mbyte) | |
7362 { | |
7363 off += mbyte_cells; | |
7364 col += mbyte_cells; | |
7365 ptr += mbyte_blen; | |
7366 if (clear_next_cell) | |
5923 | 7367 { |
7368 /* This only happens at the end, display one space next. */ | |
7 | 7369 ptr = (char_u *)" "; |
5923 | 7370 len = -1; |
7371 } | |
7 | 7372 } |
7373 else | |
7374 #endif | |
7375 { | |
7376 ++off; | |
7377 ++col; | |
7378 ++ptr; | |
7379 } | |
7380 } | |
1843 | 7381 |
7382 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) | |
7383 /* If we detected the next character needs to be redrawn, but the text | |
7384 * doesn't extend up to there, update the character here. */ | |
7385 if (force_redraw_next && col < screen_Columns) | |
7386 { | |
7387 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
7388 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && dbcs_off2cells(off, max_off) > 1) | |
7389 screen_char_2(off, row, col); | |
7390 else | |
7391 # endif | |
7392 screen_char(off, row, col); | |
7393 } | |
7394 #endif | |
7 | 7395 } |
7396 | |
7397 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
7398 /* | |
1326 | 7399 * Prepare for 'hlsearch' highlighting. |
7 | 7400 */ |
7401 static void | |
7402 start_search_hl() | |
7403 { | |
7404 if (p_hls && !no_hlsearch) | |
7405 { | |
7406 last_pat_prog(&search_hl.rm); | |
7407 search_hl.attr = hl_attr(HLF_L); | |
1521 | 7408 # ifdef FEAT_RELTIME |
7409 /* Set the time limit to 'redrawtime'. */ | |
7410 profile_setlimit(p_rdt, &search_hl.tm); | |
7411 # endif | |
7 | 7412 } |
7413 } | |
7414 | |
7415 /* | |
1326 | 7416 * Clean up for 'hlsearch' highlighting. |
7 | 7417 */ |
7418 static void | |
7419 end_search_hl() | |
7420 { | |
7421 if (search_hl.rm.regprog != NULL) | |
7422 { | |
4805
66803af09906
updated for version 7.3.1149
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4795
diff
changeset
|
7423 vim_regfree(search_hl.rm.regprog); |
7 | 7424 search_hl.rm.regprog = NULL; |
7425 } | |
7426 } | |
7427 | |
7428 /* | |
2284
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7429 * Init for calling prepare_search_hl(). |
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7430 */ |
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7431 static void |
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7432 init_search_hl(wp) |
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7433 win_T *wp; |
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7434 { |
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7435 matchitem_T *cur; |
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7436 |
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7437 /* Setup for match and 'hlsearch' highlighting. Disable any previous |
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7438 * match */ |
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7439 cur = wp->w_match_head; |
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7440 while (cur != NULL) |
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7441 { |
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7442 cur->hl.rm = cur->match; |
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7443 if (cur->hlg_id == 0) |
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7444 cur->hl.attr = 0; |
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7445 else |
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7446 cur->hl.attr = syn_id2attr(cur->hlg_id); |
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7447 cur->hl.buf = wp->w_buffer; |
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7448 cur->hl.lnum = 0; |
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7449 cur->hl.first_lnum = 0; |
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7450 # ifdef FEAT_RELTIME |
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7451 /* Set the time limit to 'redrawtime'. */ |
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7452 profile_setlimit(p_rdt, &(cur->hl.tm)); |
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7453 # endif |
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7454 cur = cur->next; |
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7455 } |
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7456 search_hl.buf = wp->w_buffer; |
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7457 search_hl.lnum = 0; |
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7458 search_hl.first_lnum = 0; |
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7459 /* time limit is set at the toplevel, for all windows */ |
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7460 } |
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7461 |
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7462 /* |
7 | 7463 * Advance to the match in window "wp" line "lnum" or past it. |
7464 */ | |
7465 static void | |
7466 prepare_search_hl(wp, lnum) | |
7467 win_T *wp; | |
7468 linenr_T lnum; | |
7469 { | |
1326 | 7470 matchitem_T *cur; /* points to the match list */ |
7471 match_T *shl; /* points to search_hl or a match */ | |
7472 int shl_flag; /* flag to indicate whether search_hl | |
7473 has been processed or not */ | |
5979 | 7474 int pos_inprogress; /* marks that position match search is |
7475 in progress */ | |
7 | 7476 int n; |
7477 | |
7478 /* | |
7479 * When using a multi-line pattern, start searching at the top | |
7480 * of the window or just after a closed fold. | |
1326 | 7481 * Do this both for search_hl and the match list. |
7 | 7482 */ |
1326 | 7483 cur = wp->w_match_head; |
7484 shl_flag = FALSE; | |
7485 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) | |
7486 { | |
7487 if (shl_flag == FALSE) | |
7488 { | |
7489 shl = &search_hl; | |
7490 shl_flag = TRUE; | |
7491 } | |
7492 else | |
7493 shl = &cur->hl; | |
7 | 7494 if (shl->rm.regprog != NULL |
7495 && shl->lnum == 0 | |
7496 && re_multiline(shl->rm.regprog)) | |
7497 { | |
7498 if (shl->first_lnum == 0) | |
7499 { | |
7500 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
7501 for (shl->first_lnum = lnum; | |
7502 shl->first_lnum > wp->w_topline; --shl->first_lnum) | |
7503 if (hasFoldingWin(wp, shl->first_lnum - 1, | |
7504 NULL, NULL, TRUE, NULL)) | |
7505 break; | |
7506 # else | |
7507 shl->first_lnum = wp->w_topline; | |
7508 # endif | |
7509 } | |
5979 | 7510 if (cur != NULL) |
7511 cur->pos.cur = 0; | |
7512 pos_inprogress = TRUE; | |
7 | 7513 n = 0; |
5979 | 7514 while (shl->first_lnum < lnum && (shl->rm.regprog != NULL |
7515 || (cur != NULL && pos_inprogress))) | |
7516 { | |
7517 next_search_hl(wp, shl, shl->first_lnum, (colnr_T)n, cur); | |
7518 pos_inprogress = cur == NULL || cur->pos.cur == 0 | |
7519 ? FALSE : TRUE; | |
7 | 7520 if (shl->lnum != 0) |
7521 { | |
7522 shl->first_lnum = shl->lnum | |
7523 + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum | |
7524 - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum; | |
7525 n = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; | |
7526 } | |
7527 else | |
7528 { | |
7529 ++shl->first_lnum; | |
7530 n = 0; | |
7531 } | |
7532 } | |
7533 } | |
1326 | 7534 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) |
7535 cur = cur->next; | |
7 | 7536 } |
7537 } | |
7538 | |
7539 /* | |
1326 | 7540 * Search for a next 'hlsearch' or match. |
7 | 7541 * Uses shl->buf. |
7542 * Sets shl->lnum and shl->rm contents. | |
7543 * Note: Assumes a previous match is always before "lnum", unless | |
7544 * shl->lnum is zero. | |
7545 * Careful: Any pointers for buffer lines will become invalid. | |
7546 */ | |
7547 static void | |
5979 | 7548 next_search_hl(win, shl, lnum, mincol, cur) |
7549 win_T *win; | |
7550 match_T *shl; /* points to search_hl or a match */ | |
7551 linenr_T lnum; | |
7552 colnr_T mincol; /* minimal column for a match */ | |
5987 | 7553 matchitem_T *cur; /* to retrieve match positions if any */ |
7 | 7554 { |
7555 linenr_T l; | |
7556 colnr_T matchcol; | |
7557 long nmatched; | |
7558 | |
7559 if (shl->lnum != 0) | |
7560 { | |
7561 /* Check for three situations: | |
7562 * 1. If the "lnum" is below a previous match, start a new search. | |
7563 * 2. If the previous match includes "mincol", use it. | |
7564 * 3. Continue after the previous match. | |
7565 */ | |
7566 l = shl->lnum + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum; | |
7567 if (lnum > l) | |
7568 shl->lnum = 0; | |
7569 else if (lnum < l || shl->rm.endpos[0].col > mincol) | |
7570 return; | |
7571 } | |
7572 | |
7573 /* | |
7574 * Repeat searching for a match until one is found that includes "mincol" | |
7575 * or none is found in this line. | |
7576 */ | |
7577 called_emsg = FALSE; | |
7578 for (;;) | |
7579 { | |
1521 | 7580 #ifdef FEAT_RELTIME |
7581 /* Stop searching after passing the time limit. */ | |
7582 if (profile_passed_limit(&(shl->tm))) | |
7583 { | |
7584 shl->lnum = 0; /* no match found in time */ | |
7585 break; | |
7586 } | |
7587 #endif | |
7 | 7588 /* Three situations: |
7589 * 1. No useful previous match: search from start of line. | |
7590 * 2. Not Vi compatible or empty match: continue at next character. | |
7591 * Break the loop if this is beyond the end of the line. | |
7592 * 3. Vi compatible searching: continue at end of previous match. | |
7593 */ | |
7594 if (shl->lnum == 0) | |
7595 matchcol = 0; | |
7596 else if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_SEARCH) == NULL | |
7597 || (shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum == 0 | |
685 | 7598 && shl->rm.endpos[0].col <= shl->rm.startpos[0].col)) |
7599 { | |
688 | 7600 char_u *ml; |
685 | 7601 |
7602 matchcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col; | |
688 | 7603 ml = ml_get_buf(shl->buf, lnum, FALSE) + matchcol; |
685 | 7604 if (*ml == NUL) |
7605 { | |
7606 ++matchcol; | |
7 | 7607 shl->lnum = 0; |
7608 break; | |
7609 } | |
685 | 7610 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
7611 if (has_mbyte) | |
7612 matchcol += mb_ptr2len(ml); | |
7613 else | |
7614 #endif | |
7615 ++matchcol; | |
7 | 7616 } |
7617 else | |
7618 matchcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; | |
7619 | |
7620 shl->lnum = lnum; | |
5979 | 7621 if (shl->rm.regprog != NULL) |
7622 { | |
6394 | 7623 /* Remember whether shl->rm is using a copy of the regprog in |
7624 * cur->match. */ | |
7625 int regprog_is_copy = (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL | |
7626 && shl == &cur->hl | |
7627 && cur->match.regprog == cur->hl.rm.regprog); | |
7628 | |
5979 | 7629 nmatched = vim_regexec_multi(&shl->rm, win, shl->buf, lnum, |
7630 matchcol, | |
1521 | 7631 #ifdef FEAT_RELTIME |
5979 | 7632 &(shl->tm) |
1521 | 7633 #else |
5979 | 7634 NULL |
7635 #endif | |
7636 ); | |
6394 | 7637 /* Copy the regprog, in case it got freed and recompiled. */ |
7638 if (regprog_is_copy) | |
7639 cur->match.regprog = cur->hl.rm.regprog; | |
7640 | |
5979 | 7641 if (called_emsg || got_int) |
7642 { | |
7643 /* Error while handling regexp: stop using this regexp. */ | |
7644 if (shl == &search_hl) | |
7645 { | |
7646 /* don't free regprog in the match list, it's a copy */ | |
7647 vim_regfree(shl->rm.regprog); | |
7648 SET_NO_HLSEARCH(TRUE); | |
7649 } | |
7650 shl->rm.regprog = NULL; | |
7651 shl->lnum = 0; | |
7652 got_int = FALSE; /* avoid the "Type :quit to exit Vim" | |
7653 message */ | |
7654 break; | |
7655 } | |
7656 } | |
7657 else if (cur != NULL) | |
7658 nmatched = next_search_hl_pos(shl, lnum, &(cur->pos), matchcol); | |
5987 | 7659 else |
7660 nmatched = 0; | |
7 | 7661 if (nmatched == 0) |
7662 { | |
7663 shl->lnum = 0; /* no match found */ | |
7664 break; | |
7665 } | |
7666 if (shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum > 0 | |
7667 || shl->rm.startpos[0].col >= mincol | |
7668 || nmatched > 1 | |
7669 || shl->rm.endpos[0].col > mincol) | |
7670 { | |
7671 shl->lnum += shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum; | |
7672 break; /* useful match found */ | |
7673 } | |
7674 } | |
7675 } | |
7676 | |
5979 | 7677 static int |
7678 next_search_hl_pos(shl, lnum, posmatch, mincol) | |
7679 match_T *shl; /* points to a match */ | |
7680 linenr_T lnum; | |
7681 posmatch_T *posmatch; /* match positions */ | |
7682 colnr_T mincol; /* minimal column for a match */ | |
7683 { | |
7684 int i; | |
6007 | 7685 int bot = -1; |
5979 | 7686 |
7687 shl->lnum = 0; | |
7688 for (i = posmatch->cur; i < MAXPOSMATCH; i++) | |
7689 { | |
7690 if (posmatch->pos[i].lnum == 0) | |
7691 break; | |
7692 if (posmatch->pos[i].col < mincol) | |
7693 continue; | |
7694 if (posmatch->pos[i].lnum == lnum) | |
7695 { | |
7696 if (shl->lnum == lnum) | |
7697 { | |
7698 /* partially sort positions by column numbers | |
7699 * on the same line */ | |
7700 if (posmatch->pos[i].col < posmatch->pos[bot].col) | |
7701 { | |
7702 llpos_T tmp = posmatch->pos[i]; | |
7703 | |
7704 posmatch->pos[i] = posmatch->pos[bot]; | |
7705 posmatch->pos[bot] = tmp; | |
7706 } | |
7707 } | |
7708 else | |
7709 { | |
7710 bot = i; | |
7711 shl->lnum = lnum; | |
7712 } | |
7713 } | |
7714 } | |
7715 posmatch->cur = 0; | |
7716 if (shl->lnum == lnum) | |
7717 { | |
7718 colnr_T start = posmatch->pos[bot].col == 0 | |
7719 ? 0 : posmatch->pos[bot].col - 1; | |
7720 colnr_T end = posmatch->pos[bot].col == 0 | |
7721 ? MAXCOL : start + posmatch->pos[bot].len; | |
7722 | |
7723 shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum = 0; | |
7724 shl->rm.startpos[0].col = start; | |
7725 shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum = 0; | |
7726 shl->rm.endpos[0].col = end; | |
7727 posmatch->cur = bot + 1; | |
7728 return TRUE; | |
7729 } | |
7730 return FALSE; | |
7731 } | |
5985 | 7732 #endif |
5979 | 7733 |
7 | 7734 static void |
7735 screen_start_highlight(attr) | |
7736 int attr; | |
7737 { | |
7738 attrentry_T *aep = NULL; | |
7739 | |
7740 screen_attr = attr; | |
7741 if (full_screen | |
7742 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
7743 && termcap_active | |
7744 #endif | |
7745 ) | |
7746 { | |
7747 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
7748 if (gui.in_use) | |
7749 { | |
7750 char buf[20]; | |
7751 | |
681 | 7752 /* The GUI handles this internally. */ |
7753 sprintf(buf, IF_EB("\033|%dh", ESC_STR "|%dh"), attr); | |
7 | 7754 OUT_STR(buf); |
7755 } | |
7756 else | |
7757 #endif | |
7758 { | |
7759 if (attr > HL_ALL) /* special HL attr. */ | |
7760 { | |
7761 if (t_colors > 1) | |
7762 aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(attr); | |
7763 else | |
7764 aep = syn_term_attr2entry(attr); | |
7765 if (aep == NULL) /* did ":syntax clear" */ | |
7766 attr = 0; | |
7767 else | |
7768 attr = aep->ae_attr; | |
7769 } | |
7770 if ((attr & HL_BOLD) && T_MD != NULL) /* bold */ | |
7771 out_str(T_MD); | |
681 | 7772 else if (aep != NULL && t_colors > 1 && aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color |
7773 && cterm_normal_fg_bold) | |
7774 /* If the Normal FG color has BOLD attribute and the new HL | |
7775 * has a FG color defined, clear BOLD. */ | |
7776 out_str(T_ME); | |
7 | 7777 if ((attr & HL_STANDOUT) && T_SO != NULL) /* standout */ |
7778 out_str(T_SO); | |
205 | 7779 if ((attr & (HL_UNDERLINE | HL_UNDERCURL)) && T_US != NULL) |
7780 /* underline or undercurl */ | |
7 | 7781 out_str(T_US); |
7782 if ((attr & HL_ITALIC) && T_CZH != NULL) /* italic */ | |
7783 out_str(T_CZH); | |
7784 if ((attr & HL_INVERSE) && T_MR != NULL) /* inverse (reverse) */ | |
7785 out_str(T_MR); | |
7786 | |
7787 /* | |
7788 * Output the color or start string after bold etc., in case the | |
7789 * bold etc. override the color setting. | |
7790 */ | |
7791 if (aep != NULL) | |
7792 { | |
7793 if (t_colors > 1) | |
7794 { | |
7795 if (aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color) | |
7796 term_fg_color(aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color - 1); | |
7797 if (aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color) | |
7798 term_bg_color(aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color - 1); | |
7799 } | |
7800 else | |
7801 { | |
7802 if (aep->ae_u.term.start != NULL) | |
7803 out_str(aep->ae_u.term.start); | |
7804 } | |
7805 } | |
7806 } | |
7807 } | |
7808 } | |
7809 | |
7810 void | |
7811 screen_stop_highlight() | |
7812 { | |
7813 int do_ME = FALSE; /* output T_ME code */ | |
7814 | |
7815 if (screen_attr != 0 | |
7816 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
7817 && termcap_active | |
7818 #endif | |
7819 ) | |
7820 { | |
7821 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
7822 if (gui.in_use) | |
7823 { | |
7824 char buf[20]; | |
7825 | |
7826 /* use internal GUI code */ | |
7827 sprintf(buf, IF_EB("\033|%dH", ESC_STR "|%dH"), screen_attr); | |
7828 OUT_STR(buf); | |
7829 } | |
7830 else | |
7831 #endif | |
7832 { | |
7833 if (screen_attr > HL_ALL) /* special HL attr. */ | |
7834 { | |
7835 attrentry_T *aep; | |
7836 | |
7837 if (t_colors > 1) | |
7838 { | |
7839 /* | |
7840 * Assume that t_me restores the original colors! | |
7841 */ | |
7842 aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(screen_attr); | |
7843 if (aep != NULL && (aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color | |
7844 || aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color)) | |
7845 do_ME = TRUE; | |
7846 } | |
7847 else | |
7848 { | |
7849 aep = syn_term_attr2entry(screen_attr); | |
7850 if (aep != NULL && aep->ae_u.term.stop != NULL) | |
7851 { | |
7852 if (STRCMP(aep->ae_u.term.stop, T_ME) == 0) | |
7853 do_ME = TRUE; | |
7854 else | |
7855 out_str(aep->ae_u.term.stop); | |
7856 } | |
7857 } | |
7858 if (aep == NULL) /* did ":syntax clear" */ | |
7859 screen_attr = 0; | |
7860 else | |
7861 screen_attr = aep->ae_attr; | |
7862 } | |
7863 | |
7864 /* | |
7865 * Often all ending-codes are equal to T_ME. Avoid outputting the | |
7866 * same sequence several times. | |
7867 */ | |
7868 if (screen_attr & HL_STANDOUT) | |
7869 { | |
7870 if (STRCMP(T_SE, T_ME) == 0) | |
7871 do_ME = TRUE; | |
7872 else | |
7873 out_str(T_SE); | |
7874 } | |
205 | 7875 if (screen_attr & (HL_UNDERLINE | HL_UNDERCURL)) |
7 | 7876 { |
7877 if (STRCMP(T_UE, T_ME) == 0) | |
7878 do_ME = TRUE; | |
7879 else | |
7880 out_str(T_UE); | |
7881 } | |
7882 if (screen_attr & HL_ITALIC) | |
7883 { | |
7884 if (STRCMP(T_CZR, T_ME) == 0) | |
7885 do_ME = TRUE; | |
7886 else | |
7887 out_str(T_CZR); | |
7888 } | |
7889 if (do_ME || (screen_attr & (HL_BOLD | HL_INVERSE))) | |
7890 out_str(T_ME); | |
7891 | |
7892 if (t_colors > 1) | |
7893 { | |
7894 /* set Normal cterm colors */ | |
7895 if (cterm_normal_fg_color != 0) | |
7896 term_fg_color(cterm_normal_fg_color - 1); | |
7897 if (cterm_normal_bg_color != 0) | |
7898 term_bg_color(cterm_normal_bg_color - 1); | |
7899 if (cterm_normal_fg_bold) | |
7900 out_str(T_MD); | |
7901 } | |
7902 } | |
7903 } | |
7904 screen_attr = 0; | |
7905 } | |
7906 | |
7907 /* | |
7908 * Reset the colors for a cterm. Used when leaving Vim. | |
7909 * The machine specific code may override this again. | |
7910 */ | |
7911 void | |
7912 reset_cterm_colors() | |
7913 { | |
7914 if (t_colors > 1) | |
7915 { | |
7916 /* set Normal cterm colors */ | |
7917 if (cterm_normal_fg_color > 0 || cterm_normal_bg_color > 0) | |
7918 { | |
7919 out_str(T_OP); | |
7920 screen_attr = -1; | |
7921 } | |
7922 if (cterm_normal_fg_bold) | |
7923 { | |
7924 out_str(T_ME); | |
7925 screen_attr = -1; | |
7926 } | |
7927 } | |
7928 } | |
7929 | |
7930 /* | |
7931 * Put character ScreenLines["off"] on the screen at position "row" and "col", | |
7932 * using the attributes from ScreenAttrs["off"]. | |
7933 */ | |
7934 static void | |
7935 screen_char(off, row, col) | |
7936 unsigned off; | |
7937 int row; | |
7938 int col; | |
7939 { | |
7940 int attr; | |
7941 | |
7942 /* Check for illegal values, just in case (could happen just after | |
7943 * resizing). */ | |
7944 if (row >= screen_Rows || col >= screen_Columns) | |
7945 return; | |
7946 | |
7947 /* Outputting the last character on the screen may scrollup the screen. | |
7948 * Don't to it! Mark the character invalid (update it when scrolled up) */ | |
7949 if (row == screen_Rows - 1 && col == screen_Columns - 1 | |
7950 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
7951 /* account for first command-line character in rightleft mode */ | |
7952 && !cmdmsg_rl | |
7953 #endif | |
7954 ) | |
7955 { | |
7956 ScreenAttrs[off] = (sattr_T)-1; | |
7957 return; | |
7958 } | |
7959 | |
7960 /* | |
7961 * Stop highlighting first, so it's easier to move the cursor. | |
7962 */ | |
7963 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT) | |
7964 if (screen_char_attr != 0) | |
7965 attr = screen_char_attr; | |
7966 else | |
7967 #endif | |
7968 attr = ScreenAttrs[off]; | |
7969 if (screen_attr != attr) | |
7970 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
7971 | |
7972 windgoto(row, col); | |
7973 | |
7974 if (screen_attr != attr) | |
7975 screen_start_highlight(attr); | |
7976 | |
7977 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
7978 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0) | |
7979 { | |
7980 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; | |
7981 | |
7982 /* Convert UTF-8 character to bytes and write it. */ | |
7983 | |
7984 buf[utfc_char2bytes(off, buf)] = NUL; | |
7985 | |
7986 out_str(buf); | |
7987 if (utf_char2cells(ScreenLinesUC[off]) > 1) | |
7988 ++screen_cur_col; | |
7989 } | |
7990 else | |
7991 #endif | |
7992 { | |
7993 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
7994 out_flush_check(); | |
7995 #endif | |
7996 out_char(ScreenLines[off]); | |
7997 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
7998 /* double-byte character in single-width cell */ | |
7999 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e) | |
8000 out_char(ScreenLines2[off]); | |
8001 #endif | |
8002 } | |
8003 | |
8004 screen_cur_col++; | |
8005 } | |
8006 | |
8007 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
8008 | |
8009 /* | |
8010 * Used for enc_dbcs only: Put one double-wide character at ScreenLines["off"] | |
8011 * on the screen at position 'row' and 'col'. | |
8012 * The attributes of the first byte is used for all. This is required to | |
8013 * output the two bytes of a double-byte character with nothing in between. | |
8014 */ | |
8015 static void | |
8016 screen_char_2(off, row, col) | |
8017 unsigned off; | |
8018 int row; | |
8019 int col; | |
8020 { | |
8021 /* Check for illegal values (could be wrong when screen was resized). */ | |
8022 if (off + 1 >= (unsigned)(screen_Rows * screen_Columns)) | |
8023 return; | |
8024 | |
8025 /* Outputting the last character on the screen may scrollup the screen. | |
8026 * Don't to it! Mark the character invalid (update it when scrolled up) */ | |
8027 if (row == screen_Rows - 1 && col >= screen_Columns - 2) | |
8028 { | |
8029 ScreenAttrs[off] = (sattr_T)-1; | |
8030 return; | |
8031 } | |
8032 | |
8033 /* Output the first byte normally (positions the cursor), then write the | |
8034 * second byte directly. */ | |
8035 screen_char(off, row, col); | |
8036 out_char(ScreenLines[off + 1]); | |
8037 ++screen_cur_col; | |
8038 } | |
8039 #endif | |
8040 | |
8041 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT) || defined(PROTO) | |
8042 /* | |
8043 * Draw a rectangle of the screen, inverted when "invert" is TRUE. | |
8044 * This uses the contents of ScreenLines[] and doesn't change it. | |
8045 */ | |
8046 void | |
8047 screen_draw_rectangle(row, col, height, width, invert) | |
8048 int row; | |
8049 int col; | |
8050 int height; | |
8051 int width; | |
8052 int invert; | |
8053 { | |
8054 int r, c; | |
8055 int off; | |
1378 | 8056 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
8057 int max_off; | |
8058 #endif | |
7 | 8059 |
534 | 8060 /* Can't use ScreenLines unless initialized */ |
8061 if (ScreenLines == NULL) | |
8062 return; | |
8063 | |
7 | 8064 if (invert) |
8065 screen_char_attr = HL_INVERSE; | |
8066 for (r = row; r < row + height; ++r) | |
8067 { | |
8068 off = LineOffset[r]; | |
1378 | 8069 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
8070 max_off = off + screen_Columns; | |
8071 #endif | |
7 | 8072 for (c = col; c < col + width; ++c) |
8073 { | |
8074 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
1378 | 8075 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && dbcs_off2cells(off + c, max_off) > 1) |
7 | 8076 { |
8077 screen_char_2(off + c, r, c); | |
8078 ++c; | |
8079 } | |
8080 else | |
8081 #endif | |
8082 { | |
8083 screen_char(off + c, r, c); | |
8084 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
1378 | 8085 if (utf_off2cells(off + c, max_off) > 1) |
7 | 8086 ++c; |
8087 #endif | |
8088 } | |
8089 } | |
8090 } | |
8091 screen_char_attr = 0; | |
8092 } | |
8093 #endif | |
8094 | |
8095 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
8096 /* | |
8097 * Redraw the characters for a vertically split window. | |
8098 */ | |
8099 static void | |
8100 redraw_block(row, end, wp) | |
8101 int row; | |
8102 int end; | |
8103 win_T *wp; | |
8104 { | |
8105 int col; | |
8106 int width; | |
8107 | |
8108 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
8109 clip_may_clear_selection(row, end - 1); | |
8110 # endif | |
8111 | |
8112 if (wp == NULL) | |
8113 { | |
8114 col = 0; | |
8115 width = Columns; | |
8116 } | |
8117 else | |
8118 { | |
8119 col = wp->w_wincol; | |
8120 width = wp->w_width; | |
8121 } | |
8122 screen_draw_rectangle(row, col, end - row, width, FALSE); | |
8123 } | |
8124 #endif | |
8125 | |
8126 /* | |
8127 * Fill the screen from 'start_row' to 'end_row', from 'start_col' to 'end_col' | |
8128 * with character 'c1' in first column followed by 'c2' in the other columns. | |
8129 * Use attributes 'attr'. | |
8130 */ | |
8131 void | |
8132 screen_fill(start_row, end_row, start_col, end_col, c1, c2, attr) | |
8133 int start_row, end_row; | |
8134 int start_col, end_col; | |
8135 int c1, c2; | |
8136 int attr; | |
8137 { | |
8138 int row; | |
8139 int col; | |
8140 int off; | |
8141 int end_off; | |
8142 int did_delete; | |
8143 int c; | |
8144 int norm_term; | |
8145 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) | |
8146 int force_next = FALSE; | |
8147 #endif | |
8148 | |
8149 if (end_row > screen_Rows) /* safety check */ | |
8150 end_row = screen_Rows; | |
8151 if (end_col > screen_Columns) /* safety check */ | |
8152 end_col = screen_Columns; | |
8153 if (ScreenLines == NULL | |
8154 || start_row >= end_row | |
8155 || start_col >= end_col) /* nothing to do */ | |
8156 return; | |
8157 | |
8158 /* it's a "normal" terminal when not in a GUI or cterm */ | |
8159 norm_term = ( | |
8160 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
8161 !gui.in_use && | |
8162 #endif | |
8163 t_colors <= 1); | |
8164 for (row = start_row; row < end_row; ++row) | |
8165 { | |
1668 | 8166 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
8167 if (has_mbyte | |
8168 # ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
8169 && !gui.in_use | |
8170 # endif | |
8171 ) | |
8172 { | |
8173 /* When drawing over the right halve of a double-wide char clear | |
8174 * out the left halve. When drawing over the left halve of a | |
8175 * double wide-char clear out the right halve. Only needed in a | |
8176 * terminal. */ | |
1685 | 8177 if (start_col > 0 && mb_fix_col(start_col, row) != start_col) |
1670 | 8178 screen_puts_len((char_u *)" ", 1, row, start_col - 1, 0); |
1677 | 8179 if (end_col < screen_Columns && mb_fix_col(end_col, row) != end_col) |
1670 | 8180 screen_puts_len((char_u *)" ", 1, row, end_col, 0); |
1668 | 8181 } |
8182 #endif | |
7 | 8183 /* |
8184 * Try to use delete-line termcap code, when no attributes or in a | |
8185 * "normal" terminal, where a bold/italic space is just a | |
8186 * space. | |
8187 */ | |
8188 did_delete = FALSE; | |
8189 if (c2 == ' ' | |
8190 && end_col == Columns | |
8191 && can_clear(T_CE) | |
8192 && (attr == 0 | |
8193 || (norm_term | |
8194 && attr <= HL_ALL | |
8195 && ((attr & ~(HL_BOLD | HL_ITALIC)) == 0)))) | |
8196 { | |
8197 /* | |
8198 * check if we really need to clear something | |
8199 */ | |
8200 col = start_col; | |
8201 if (c1 != ' ') /* don't clear first char */ | |
8202 ++col; | |
8203 | |
8204 off = LineOffset[row] + col; | |
8205 end_off = LineOffset[row] + end_col; | |
8206 | |
8207 /* skip blanks (used often, keep it fast!) */ | |
8208 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
8209 if (enc_utf8) | |
8210 while (off < end_off && ScreenLines[off] == ' ' | |
8211 && ScreenAttrs[off] == 0 && ScreenLinesUC[off] == 0) | |
8212 ++off; | |
8213 else | |
8214 #endif | |
8215 while (off < end_off && ScreenLines[off] == ' ' | |
8216 && ScreenAttrs[off] == 0) | |
8217 ++off; | |
8218 if (off < end_off) /* something to be cleared */ | |
8219 { | |
8220 col = off - LineOffset[row]; | |
8221 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
8222 term_windgoto(row, col);/* clear rest of this screen line */ | |
8223 out_str(T_CE); | |
8224 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
8225 col = end_col - col; | |
8226 while (col--) /* clear chars in ScreenLines */ | |
8227 { | |
8228 ScreenLines[off] = ' '; | |
8229 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
8230 if (enc_utf8) | |
8231 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; | |
8232 #endif | |
8233 ScreenAttrs[off] = 0; | |
8234 ++off; | |
8235 } | |
8236 } | |
8237 did_delete = TRUE; /* the chars are cleared now */ | |
8238 } | |
8239 | |
8240 off = LineOffset[row] + start_col; | |
8241 c = c1; | |
8242 for (col = start_col; col < end_col; ++col) | |
8243 { | |
8244 if (ScreenLines[off] != c | |
8245 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
714 | 8246 || (enc_utf8 && (int)ScreenLinesUC[off] |
8247 != (c >= 0x80 ? c : 0)) | |
7 | 8248 #endif |
8249 || ScreenAttrs[off] != attr | |
8250 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) | |
8251 || force_next | |
8252 #endif | |
8253 ) | |
8254 { | |
8255 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) | |
8256 /* The bold trick may make a single row of pixels appear in | |
8257 * the next character. When a bold character is removed, the | |
8258 * next character should be redrawn too. This happens for our | |
8259 * own GUI and for some xterms. */ | |
8260 if ( | |
8261 # ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
8262 gui.in_use | |
8263 # endif | |
8264 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX) | |
8265 || | |
8266 # endif | |
8267 # ifdef UNIX | |
8268 term_is_xterm | |
8269 # endif | |
8270 ) | |
8271 { | |
8272 if (ScreenLines[off] != ' ' | |
8273 && (ScreenAttrs[off] > HL_ALL | |
8274 || ScreenAttrs[off] & HL_BOLD)) | |
8275 force_next = TRUE; | |
8276 else | |
8277 force_next = FALSE; | |
8278 } | |
8279 #endif | |
8280 ScreenLines[off] = c; | |
8281 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
8282 if (enc_utf8) | |
8283 { | |
8284 if (c >= 0x80) | |
8285 { | |
8286 ScreenLinesUC[off] = c; | |
714 | 8287 ScreenLinesC[0][off] = 0; |
7 | 8288 } |
8289 else | |
8290 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; | |
8291 } | |
8292 #endif | |
8293 ScreenAttrs[off] = attr; | |
8294 if (!did_delete || c != ' ') | |
8295 screen_char(off, row, col); | |
8296 } | |
8297 ++off; | |
8298 if (col == start_col) | |
8299 { | |
8300 if (did_delete) | |
8301 break; | |
8302 c = c2; | |
8303 } | |
8304 } | |
8305 if (end_col == Columns) | |
8306 LineWraps[row] = FALSE; | |
8307 if (row == Rows - 1) /* overwritten the command line */ | |
8308 { | |
8309 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; | |
8310 if (c1 == ' ' && c2 == ' ') | |
8311 clear_cmdline = FALSE; /* command line has been cleared */ | |
644 | 8312 if (start_col == 0) |
8313 mode_displayed = FALSE; /* mode cleared or overwritten */ | |
7 | 8314 } |
8315 } | |
8316 } | |
8317 | |
8318 /* | |
8319 * Check if there should be a delay. Used before clearing or redrawing the | |
8320 * screen or the command line. | |
8321 */ | |
8322 void | |
8323 check_for_delay(check_msg_scroll) | |
8324 int check_msg_scroll; | |
8325 { | |
8326 if ((emsg_on_display || (check_msg_scroll && msg_scroll)) | |
8327 && !did_wait_return | |
8328 && emsg_silent == 0) | |
8329 { | |
8330 out_flush(); | |
8331 ui_delay(1000L, TRUE); | |
8332 emsg_on_display = FALSE; | |
8333 if (check_msg_scroll) | |
8334 msg_scroll = FALSE; | |
8335 } | |
8336 } | |
8337 | |
8338 /* | |
8339 * screen_valid - allocate screen buffers if size changed | |
3263 | 8340 * If "doclear" is TRUE: clear screen if it has been resized. |
7 | 8341 * Returns TRUE if there is a valid screen to write to. |
8342 * Returns FALSE when starting up and screen not initialized yet. | |
8343 */ | |
8344 int | |
3263 | 8345 screen_valid(doclear) |
8346 int doclear; | |
7 | 8347 { |
3263 | 8348 screenalloc(doclear); /* allocate screen buffers if size changed */ |
7 | 8349 return (ScreenLines != NULL); |
8350 } | |
8351 | |
8352 /* | |
8353 * Resize the shell to Rows and Columns. | |
8354 * Allocate ScreenLines[] and associated items. | |
8355 * | |
8356 * There may be some time between setting Rows and Columns and (re)allocating | |
8357 * ScreenLines[]. This happens when starting up and when (manually) changing | |
8358 * the shell size. Always use screen_Rows and screen_Columns to access items | |
8359 * in ScreenLines[]. Use Rows and Columns for positioning text etc. where the | |
8360 * final size of the shell is needed. | |
8361 */ | |
8362 void | |
3263 | 8363 screenalloc(doclear) |
8364 int doclear; | |
7 | 8365 { |
8366 int new_row, old_row; | |
8367 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
8368 int old_Rows; | |
8369 #endif | |
8370 win_T *wp; | |
8371 int outofmem = FALSE; | |
8372 int len; | |
8373 schar_T *new_ScreenLines; | |
8374 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
8375 u8char_T *new_ScreenLinesUC = NULL; | |
714 | 8376 u8char_T *new_ScreenLinesC[MAX_MCO]; |
7 | 8377 schar_T *new_ScreenLines2 = NULL; |
714 | 8378 int i; |
7 | 8379 #endif |
8380 sattr_T *new_ScreenAttrs; | |
8381 unsigned *new_LineOffset; | |
8382 char_u *new_LineWraps; | |
671 | 8383 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
681 | 8384 short *new_TabPageIdxs; |
671 | 8385 tabpage_T *tp; |
8386 #endif | |
7 | 8387 static int entered = FALSE; /* avoid recursiveness */ |
944 | 8388 static int done_outofmem_msg = FALSE; /* did outofmem message */ |
1824 | 8389 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
8390 int retry_count = 0; | |
8391 | |
8392 retry: | |
8393 #endif | |
7 | 8394 /* |
8395 * Allocation of the screen buffers is done only when the size changes and | |
8396 * when Rows and Columns have been set and we have started doing full | |
8397 * screen stuff. | |
8398 */ | |
8399 if ((ScreenLines != NULL | |
8400 && Rows == screen_Rows | |
8401 && Columns == screen_Columns | |
8402 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
8403 && enc_utf8 == (ScreenLinesUC != NULL) | |
8404 && (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) == (ScreenLines2 != NULL) | |
714 | 8405 && p_mco == Screen_mco |
7 | 8406 #endif |
8407 ) | |
8408 || Rows == 0 | |
8409 || Columns == 0 | |
8410 || (!full_screen && ScreenLines == NULL)) | |
8411 return; | |
8412 | |
8413 /* | |
8414 * It's possible that we produce an out-of-memory message below, which | |
8415 * will cause this function to be called again. To break the loop, just | |
8416 * return here. | |
8417 */ | |
8418 if (entered) | |
8419 return; | |
8420 entered = TRUE; | |
8421 | |
911 | 8422 /* |
8423 * Note that the window sizes are updated before reallocating the arrays, | |
8424 * thus we must not redraw here! | |
8425 */ | |
8426 ++RedrawingDisabled; | |
8427 | |
7 | 8428 win_new_shellsize(); /* fit the windows in the new sized shell */ |
8429 | |
8430 comp_col(); /* recompute columns for shown command and ruler */ | |
8431 | |
8432 /* | |
8433 * We're changing the size of the screen. | |
8434 * - Allocate new arrays for ScreenLines and ScreenAttrs. | |
8435 * - Move lines from the old arrays into the new arrays, clear extra | |
8436 * lines (unless the screen is going to be cleared). | |
8437 * - Free the old arrays. | |
8438 * | |
8439 * If anything fails, make ScreenLines NULL, so we don't do anything! | |
8440 * Continuing with the old ScreenLines may result in a crash, because the | |
8441 * size is wrong. | |
8442 */ | |
671 | 8443 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp) |
7 | 8444 win_free_lsize(wp); |
1946 | 8445 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
8446 if (aucmd_win != NULL) | |
8447 win_free_lsize(aucmd_win); | |
8448 #endif | |
7 | 8449 |
8450 new_ScreenLines = (schar_T *)lalloc((long_u)( | |
8451 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE); | |
8452 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2122
476336a5ae95
updated for version 7.2.404
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2069
diff
changeset
|
8453 vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesC, 0, sizeof(u8char_T *) * MAX_MCO); |
7 | 8454 if (enc_utf8) |
8455 { | |
8456 new_ScreenLinesUC = (u8char_T *)lalloc((long_u)( | |
8457 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE); | |
714 | 8458 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) |
2124
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
8459 new_ScreenLinesC[i] = (u8char_T *)lalloc_clear((long_u)( |
7 | 8460 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE); |
8461 } | |
8462 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) | |
8463 new_ScreenLines2 = (schar_T *)lalloc((long_u)( | |
8464 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE); | |
8465 #endif | |
8466 new_ScreenAttrs = (sattr_T *)lalloc((long_u)( | |
8467 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(sattr_T)), FALSE); | |
8468 new_LineOffset = (unsigned *)lalloc((long_u)( | |
8469 Rows * sizeof(unsigned)), FALSE); | |
8470 new_LineWraps = (char_u *)lalloc((long_u)(Rows * sizeof(char_u)), FALSE); | |
671 | 8471 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
681 | 8472 new_TabPageIdxs = (short *)lalloc((long_u)(Columns * sizeof(short)), FALSE); |
671 | 8473 #endif |
7 | 8474 |
677 | 8475 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp) |
7 | 8476 { |
8477 if (win_alloc_lines(wp) == FAIL) | |
8478 { | |
8479 outofmem = TRUE; | |
8480 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
1819 | 8481 goto give_up; |
8482 #endif | |
8483 } | |
8484 } | |
1906 | 8485 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
1946 | 8486 if (aucmd_win != NULL && aucmd_win->w_lines == NULL |
8487 && win_alloc_lines(aucmd_win) == FAIL) | |
1906 | 8488 outofmem = TRUE; |
8489 #endif | |
1819 | 8490 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
8491 give_up: | |
8492 #endif | |
7 | 8493 |
714 | 8494 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
8495 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) | |
8496 if (new_ScreenLinesC[i] == NULL) | |
8497 break; | |
8498 #endif | |
7 | 8499 if (new_ScreenLines == NULL |
8500 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
714 | 8501 || (enc_utf8 && (new_ScreenLinesUC == NULL || i != p_mco)) |
7 | 8502 || (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && new_ScreenLines2 == NULL) |
8503 #endif | |
8504 || new_ScreenAttrs == NULL | |
8505 || new_LineOffset == NULL | |
8506 || new_LineWraps == NULL | |
671 | 8507 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
8508 || new_TabPageIdxs == NULL | |
8509 #endif | |
7 | 8510 || outofmem) |
8511 { | |
944 | 8512 if (ScreenLines != NULL || !done_outofmem_msg) |
534 | 8513 { |
8514 /* guess the size */ | |
8515 do_outofmem_msg((long_u)((Rows + 1) * Columns)); | |
8516 | |
8517 /* Remember we did this to avoid getting outofmem messages over | |
8518 * and over again. */ | |
944 | 8519 done_outofmem_msg = TRUE; |
534 | 8520 } |
7 | 8521 vim_free(new_ScreenLines); |
8522 new_ScreenLines = NULL; | |
8523 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
8524 vim_free(new_ScreenLinesUC); | |
8525 new_ScreenLinesUC = NULL; | |
714 | 8526 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) |
8527 { | |
8528 vim_free(new_ScreenLinesC[i]); | |
8529 new_ScreenLinesC[i] = NULL; | |
8530 } | |
7 | 8531 vim_free(new_ScreenLines2); |
8532 new_ScreenLines2 = NULL; | |
8533 #endif | |
8534 vim_free(new_ScreenAttrs); | |
8535 new_ScreenAttrs = NULL; | |
8536 vim_free(new_LineOffset); | |
8537 new_LineOffset = NULL; | |
8538 vim_free(new_LineWraps); | |
8539 new_LineWraps = NULL; | |
671 | 8540 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
8541 vim_free(new_TabPageIdxs); | |
8542 new_TabPageIdxs = NULL; | |
8543 #endif | |
7 | 8544 } |
8545 else | |
8546 { | |
944 | 8547 done_outofmem_msg = FALSE; |
534 | 8548 |
7 | 8549 for (new_row = 0; new_row < Rows; ++new_row) |
8550 { | |
8551 new_LineOffset[new_row] = new_row * Columns; | |
8552 new_LineWraps[new_row] = FALSE; | |
8553 | |
8554 /* | |
8555 * If the screen is not going to be cleared, copy as much as | |
8556 * possible from the old screen to the new one and clear the rest | |
8557 * (used when resizing the window at the "--more--" prompt or when | |
8558 * executing an external command, for the GUI). | |
8559 */ | |
3263 | 8560 if (!doclear) |
7 | 8561 { |
8562 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLines + new_row * Columns, | |
8563 ' ', (size_t)Columns * sizeof(schar_T)); | |
8564 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
8565 if (enc_utf8) | |
8566 { | |
8567 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesUC + new_row * Columns, | |
8568 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)); | |
714 | 8569 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) |
8570 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesC[i] | |
8571 + new_row * Columns, | |
7 | 8572 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)); |
8573 } | |
8574 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) | |
8575 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLines2 + new_row * Columns, | |
8576 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(schar_T)); | |
8577 #endif | |
8578 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenAttrs + new_row * Columns, | |
8579 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(sattr_T)); | |
8580 old_row = new_row + (screen_Rows - Rows); | |
534 | 8581 if (old_row >= 0 && ScreenLines != NULL) |
7 | 8582 { |
8583 if (screen_Columns < Columns) | |
8584 len = screen_Columns; | |
8585 else | |
8586 len = Columns; | |
26 | 8587 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
571 | 8588 /* When switching to utf-8 don't copy characters, they |
714 | 8589 * may be invalid now. Also when p_mco changes. */ |
8590 if (!(enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC == NULL) | |
8591 && p_mco == Screen_mco) | |
26 | 8592 #endif |
8593 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLines + new_LineOffset[new_row], | |
8594 ScreenLines + LineOffset[old_row], | |
8595 (size_t)len * sizeof(schar_T)); | |
7 | 8596 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
714 | 8597 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC != NULL |
8598 && p_mco == Screen_mco) | |
7 | 8599 { |
8600 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLinesUC + new_LineOffset[new_row], | |
8601 ScreenLinesUC + LineOffset[old_row], | |
8602 (size_t)len * sizeof(u8char_T)); | |
714 | 8603 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) |
8604 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLinesC[i] | |
8605 + new_LineOffset[new_row], | |
8606 ScreenLinesC[i] + LineOffset[old_row], | |
7 | 8607 (size_t)len * sizeof(u8char_T)); |
8608 } | |
8609 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines2 != NULL) | |
8610 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLines2 + new_LineOffset[new_row], | |
8611 ScreenLines2 + LineOffset[old_row], | |
8612 (size_t)len * sizeof(schar_T)); | |
8613 #endif | |
8614 mch_memmove(new_ScreenAttrs + new_LineOffset[new_row], | |
8615 ScreenAttrs + LineOffset[old_row], | |
8616 (size_t)len * sizeof(sattr_T)); | |
8617 } | |
8618 } | |
8619 } | |
8620 /* Use the last line of the screen for the current line. */ | |
8621 current_ScreenLine = new_ScreenLines + Rows * Columns; | |
8622 } | |
8623 | |
356 | 8624 free_screenlines(); |
8625 | |
7 | 8626 ScreenLines = new_ScreenLines; |
8627 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
8628 ScreenLinesUC = new_ScreenLinesUC; | |
714 | 8629 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) |
8630 ScreenLinesC[i] = new_ScreenLinesC[i]; | |
8631 Screen_mco = p_mco; | |
7 | 8632 ScreenLines2 = new_ScreenLines2; |
8633 #endif | |
8634 ScreenAttrs = new_ScreenAttrs; | |
8635 LineOffset = new_LineOffset; | |
8636 LineWraps = new_LineWraps; | |
671 | 8637 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
8638 TabPageIdxs = new_TabPageIdxs; | |
8639 #endif | |
7 | 8640 |
8641 /* It's important that screen_Rows and screen_Columns reflect the actual | |
8642 * size of ScreenLines[]. Set them before calling anything. */ | |
8643 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
8644 old_Rows = screen_Rows; | |
8645 #endif | |
8646 screen_Rows = Rows; | |
8647 screen_Columns = Columns; | |
8648 | |
8649 must_redraw = CLEAR; /* need to clear the screen later */ | |
3263 | 8650 if (doclear) |
7 | 8651 screenclear2(); |
8652 | |
8653 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
8654 else if (gui.in_use | |
8655 && !gui.starting | |
8656 && ScreenLines != NULL | |
8657 && old_Rows != Rows) | |
8658 { | |
8659 (void)gui_redraw_block(0, 0, (int)Rows - 1, (int)Columns - 1, 0); | |
8660 /* | |
8661 * Adjust the position of the cursor, for when executing an external | |
8662 * command. | |
8663 */ | |
8664 if (msg_row >= Rows) /* Rows got smaller */ | |
8665 msg_row = Rows - 1; /* put cursor at last row */ | |
8666 else if (Rows > old_Rows) /* Rows got bigger */ | |
8667 msg_row += Rows - old_Rows; /* put cursor in same place */ | |
8668 if (msg_col >= Columns) /* Columns got smaller */ | |
8669 msg_col = Columns - 1; /* put cursor at last column */ | |
8670 } | |
8671 #endif | |
8672 | |
8673 entered = FALSE; | |
911 | 8674 --RedrawingDisabled; |
766 | 8675 |
8676 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
1824 | 8677 /* |
8678 * Do not apply autocommands more than 3 times to avoid an endless loop | |
8679 * in case applying autocommands always changes Rows or Columns. | |
8680 */ | |
8681 if (starting == 0 && ++retry_count <= 3) | |
8682 { | |
766 | 8683 apply_autocmds(EVENT_VIMRESIZED, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); |
1824 | 8684 /* In rare cases, autocommands may have altered Rows or Columns, |
8685 * jump back to check if we need to allocate the screen again. */ | |
8686 goto retry; | |
8687 } | |
766 | 8688 #endif |
7 | 8689 } |
8690 | |
8691 void | |
356 | 8692 free_screenlines() |
8693 { | |
8694 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
714 | 8695 int i; |
8696 | |
356 | 8697 vim_free(ScreenLinesUC); |
714 | 8698 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) |
8699 vim_free(ScreenLinesC[i]); | |
356 | 8700 vim_free(ScreenLines2); |
8701 #endif | |
714 | 8702 vim_free(ScreenLines); |
356 | 8703 vim_free(ScreenAttrs); |
8704 vim_free(LineOffset); | |
8705 vim_free(LineWraps); | |
671 | 8706 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
8707 vim_free(TabPageIdxs); | |
8708 #endif | |
356 | 8709 } |
8710 | |
8711 void | |
7 | 8712 screenclear() |
8713 { | |
8714 check_for_delay(FALSE); | |
8715 screenalloc(FALSE); /* allocate screen buffers if size changed */ | |
8716 screenclear2(); /* clear the screen */ | |
8717 } | |
8718 | |
8719 static void | |
8720 screenclear2() | |
8721 { | |
8722 int i; | |
8723 | |
8724 if (starting == NO_SCREEN || ScreenLines == NULL | |
8725 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
8726 || (gui.in_use && gui.starting) | |
8727 #endif | |
8728 ) | |
8729 return; | |
8730 | |
8731 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
8732 if (!gui.in_use) | |
8733 #endif | |
8734 screen_attr = -1; /* force setting the Normal colors */ | |
8735 screen_stop_highlight(); /* don't want highlighting here */ | |
8736 | |
8737 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
8738 /* disable selection without redrawing it */ | |
8739 clip_scroll_selection(9999); | |
8740 #endif | |
8741 | |
8742 /* blank out ScreenLines */ | |
8743 for (i = 0; i < Rows; ++i) | |
8744 { | |
8745 lineclear(LineOffset[i], (int)Columns); | |
8746 LineWraps[i] = FALSE; | |
8747 } | |
8748 | |
8749 if (can_clear(T_CL)) | |
8750 { | |
8751 out_str(T_CL); /* clear the display */ | |
8752 clear_cmdline = FALSE; | |
644 | 8753 mode_displayed = FALSE; |
7 | 8754 } |
8755 else | |
8756 { | |
8757 /* can't clear the screen, mark all chars with invalid attributes */ | |
8758 for (i = 0; i < Rows; ++i) | |
8759 lineinvalid(LineOffset[i], (int)Columns); | |
8760 clear_cmdline = TRUE; | |
8761 } | |
8762 | |
8763 screen_cleared = TRUE; /* can use contents of ScreenLines now */ | |
8764 | |
8765 win_rest_invalid(firstwin); | |
8766 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; | |
670 | 8767 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
673 | 8768 redraw_tabline = TRUE; |
670 | 8769 #endif |
7 | 8770 if (must_redraw == CLEAR) /* no need to clear again */ |
8771 must_redraw = NOT_VALID; | |
8772 compute_cmdrow(); | |
8773 msg_row = cmdline_row; /* put cursor on last line for messages */ | |
8774 msg_col = 0; | |
8775 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
8776 msg_scrolled = 0; /* can't scroll back */ | |
8777 msg_didany = FALSE; | |
8778 msg_didout = FALSE; | |
8779 } | |
8780 | |
8781 /* | |
8782 * Clear one line in ScreenLines. | |
8783 */ | |
8784 static void | |
8785 lineclear(off, width) | |
8786 unsigned off; | |
8787 int width; | |
8788 { | |
8789 (void)vim_memset(ScreenLines + off, ' ', (size_t)width * sizeof(schar_T)); | |
8790 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
8791 if (enc_utf8) | |
8792 (void)vim_memset(ScreenLinesUC + off, 0, | |
8793 (size_t)width * sizeof(u8char_T)); | |
8794 #endif | |
8795 (void)vim_memset(ScreenAttrs + off, 0, (size_t)width * sizeof(sattr_T)); | |
8796 } | |
8797 | |
8798 /* | |
8799 * Mark one line in ScreenLines invalid by setting the attributes to an | |
8800 * invalid value. | |
8801 */ | |
8802 static void | |
8803 lineinvalid(off, width) | |
8804 unsigned off; | |
8805 int width; | |
8806 { | |
8807 (void)vim_memset(ScreenAttrs + off, -1, (size_t)width * sizeof(sattr_T)); | |
8808 } | |
8809 | |
8810 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
8811 /* | |
8812 * Copy part of a Screenline for vertically split window "wp". | |
8813 */ | |
8814 static void | |
8815 linecopy(to, from, wp) | |
8816 int to; | |
8817 int from; | |
8818 win_T *wp; | |
8819 { | |
8820 unsigned off_to = LineOffset[to] + wp->w_wincol; | |
8821 unsigned off_from = LineOffset[from] + wp->w_wincol; | |
8822 | |
8823 mch_memmove(ScreenLines + off_to, ScreenLines + off_from, | |
8824 wp->w_width * sizeof(schar_T)); | |
8825 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
8826 if (enc_utf8) | |
8827 { | |
714 | 8828 int i; |
8829 | |
7 | 8830 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesUC + off_to, ScreenLinesUC + off_from, |
8831 wp->w_width * sizeof(u8char_T)); | |
714 | 8832 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) |
8833 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesC[i] + off_to, ScreenLinesC[i] + off_from, | |
8834 wp->w_width * sizeof(u8char_T)); | |
7 | 8835 } |
8836 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) | |
8837 mch_memmove(ScreenLines2 + off_to, ScreenLines2 + off_from, | |
8838 wp->w_width * sizeof(schar_T)); | |
8839 # endif | |
8840 mch_memmove(ScreenAttrs + off_to, ScreenAttrs + off_from, | |
8841 wp->w_width * sizeof(sattr_T)); | |
8842 } | |
8843 #endif | |
8844 | |
8845 /* | |
8846 * Return TRUE if clearing with term string "p" would work. | |
8847 * It can't work when the string is empty or it won't set the right background. | |
8848 */ | |
8849 int | |
8850 can_clear(p) | |
8851 char_u *p; | |
8852 { | |
8853 return (*p != NUL && (t_colors <= 1 | |
8854 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
8855 || gui.in_use | |
8856 #endif | |
8857 || cterm_normal_bg_color == 0 || *T_UT != NUL)); | |
8858 } | |
8859 | |
8860 /* | |
8861 * Reset cursor position. Use whenever cursor was moved because of outputting | |
8862 * something directly to the screen (shell commands) or a terminal control | |
8863 * code. | |
8864 */ | |
8865 void | |
8866 screen_start() | |
8867 { | |
8868 screen_cur_row = screen_cur_col = 9999; | |
8869 } | |
8870 | |
8871 /* | |
8872 * Move the cursor to position "row","col" in the screen. | |
8873 * This tries to find the most efficient way to move, minimizing the number of | |
8874 * characters sent to the terminal. | |
8875 */ | |
8876 void | |
8877 windgoto(row, col) | |
8878 int row; | |
8879 int col; | |
8880 { | |
205 | 8881 sattr_T *p; |
7 | 8882 int i; |
8883 int plan; | |
8884 int cost; | |
8885 int wouldbe_col; | |
8886 int noinvcurs; | |
8887 char_u *bs; | |
8888 int goto_cost; | |
8889 int attr; | |
8890 | |
1213 | 8891 #define GOTO_COST 7 /* assume a term_windgoto() takes about 7 chars */ |
7 | 8892 #define HIGHL_COST 5 /* assume unhighlight takes 5 chars */ |
8893 | |
8894 #define PLAN_LE 1 | |
8895 #define PLAN_CR 2 | |
8896 #define PLAN_NL 3 | |
8897 #define PLAN_WRITE 4 | |
8898 /* Can't use ScreenLines unless initialized */ | |
8899 if (ScreenLines == NULL) | |
8900 return; | |
8901 | |
8902 if (col != screen_cur_col || row != screen_cur_row) | |
8903 { | |
8904 /* Check for valid position. */ | |
8905 if (row < 0) /* window without text lines? */ | |
8906 row = 0; | |
8907 if (row >= screen_Rows) | |
8908 row = screen_Rows - 1; | |
8909 if (col >= screen_Columns) | |
8910 col = screen_Columns - 1; | |
8911 | |
8912 /* check if no cursor movement is allowed in highlight mode */ | |
8913 if (screen_attr && *T_MS == NUL) | |
8914 noinvcurs = HIGHL_COST; | |
8915 else | |
8916 noinvcurs = 0; | |
8917 goto_cost = GOTO_COST + noinvcurs; | |
8918 | |
8919 /* | |
8920 * Plan how to do the positioning: | |
8921 * 1. Use CR to move it to column 0, same row. | |
8922 * 2. Use T_LE to move it a few columns to the left. | |
8923 * 3. Use NL to move a few lines down, column 0. | |
8924 * 4. Move a few columns to the right with T_ND or by writing chars. | |
8925 * | |
8926 * Don't do this if the cursor went beyond the last column, the cursor | |
8927 * position is unknown then (some terminals wrap, some don't ) | |
8928 * | |
1213 | 8929 * First check if the highlighting attributes allow us to write |
7 | 8930 * characters to move the cursor to the right. |
8931 */ | |
8932 if (row >= screen_cur_row && screen_cur_col < Columns) | |
8933 { | |
8934 /* | |
8935 * If the cursor is in the same row, bigger col, we can use CR | |
8936 * or T_LE. | |
8937 */ | |
8938 bs = NULL; /* init for GCC */ | |
8939 attr = screen_attr; | |
8940 if (row == screen_cur_row && col < screen_cur_col) | |
8941 { | |
8942 /* "le" is preferred over "bc", because "bc" is obsolete */ | |
8943 if (*T_LE) | |
8944 bs = T_LE; /* "cursor left" */ | |
8945 else | |
8946 bs = T_BC; /* "backspace character (old) */ | |
8947 if (*bs) | |
8948 cost = (screen_cur_col - col) * (int)STRLEN(bs); | |
8949 else | |
8950 cost = 999; | |
8951 if (col + 1 < cost) /* using CR is less characters */ | |
8952 { | |
8953 plan = PLAN_CR; | |
8954 wouldbe_col = 0; | |
8955 cost = 1; /* CR is just one character */ | |
8956 } | |
8957 else | |
8958 { | |
8959 plan = PLAN_LE; | |
8960 wouldbe_col = col; | |
8961 } | |
8962 if (noinvcurs) /* will stop highlighting */ | |
8963 { | |
8964 cost += noinvcurs; | |
8965 attr = 0; | |
8966 } | |
8967 } | |
8968 | |
8969 /* | |
8970 * If the cursor is above where we want to be, we can use CR LF. | |
8971 */ | |
8972 else if (row > screen_cur_row) | |
8973 { | |
8974 plan = PLAN_NL; | |
8975 wouldbe_col = 0; | |
8976 cost = (row - screen_cur_row) * 2; /* CR LF */ | |
8977 if (noinvcurs) /* will stop highlighting */ | |
8978 { | |
8979 cost += noinvcurs; | |
8980 attr = 0; | |
8981 } | |
8982 } | |
8983 | |
8984 /* | |
8985 * If the cursor is in the same row, smaller col, just use write. | |
8986 */ | |
8987 else | |
8988 { | |
8989 plan = PLAN_WRITE; | |
8990 wouldbe_col = screen_cur_col; | |
8991 cost = 0; | |
8992 } | |
8993 | |
8994 /* | |
8995 * Check if any characters that need to be written have the | |
8996 * correct attributes. Also avoid UTF-8 characters. | |
8997 */ | |
8998 i = col - wouldbe_col; | |
8999 if (i > 0) | |
9000 cost += i; | |
9001 if (cost < goto_cost && i > 0) | |
9002 { | |
9003 /* | |
9004 * Check if the attributes are correct without additionally | |
9005 * stopping highlighting. | |
9006 */ | |
9007 p = ScreenAttrs + LineOffset[row] + wouldbe_col; | |
9008 while (i && *p++ == attr) | |
9009 --i; | |
9010 if (i != 0) | |
9011 { | |
9012 /* | |
9013 * Try if it works when highlighting is stopped here. | |
9014 */ | |
9015 if (*--p == 0) | |
9016 { | |
9017 cost += noinvcurs; | |
9018 while (i && *p++ == 0) | |
9019 --i; | |
9020 } | |
9021 if (i != 0) | |
9022 cost = 999; /* different attributes, don't do it */ | |
9023 } | |
9024 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
9025 if (enc_utf8) | |
9026 { | |
9027 /* Don't use an UTF-8 char for positioning, it's slow. */ | |
9028 for (i = wouldbe_col; i < col; ++i) | |
9029 if (ScreenLinesUC[LineOffset[row] + i] != 0) | |
9030 { | |
9031 cost = 999; | |
9032 break; | |
9033 } | |
9034 } | |
9035 #endif | |
9036 } | |
9037 | |
9038 /* | |
9039 * We can do it without term_windgoto()! | |
9040 */ | |
9041 if (cost < goto_cost) | |
9042 { | |
9043 if (plan == PLAN_LE) | |
9044 { | |
9045 if (noinvcurs) | |
9046 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
9047 while (screen_cur_col > col) | |
9048 { | |
9049 out_str(bs); | |
9050 --screen_cur_col; | |
9051 } | |
9052 } | |
9053 else if (plan == PLAN_CR) | |
9054 { | |
9055 if (noinvcurs) | |
9056 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
9057 out_char('\r'); | |
9058 screen_cur_col = 0; | |
9059 } | |
9060 else if (plan == PLAN_NL) | |
9061 { | |
9062 if (noinvcurs) | |
9063 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
9064 while (screen_cur_row < row) | |
9065 { | |
9066 out_char('\n'); | |
9067 ++screen_cur_row; | |
9068 } | |
9069 screen_cur_col = 0; | |
9070 } | |
9071 | |
9072 i = col - screen_cur_col; | |
9073 if (i > 0) | |
9074 { | |
9075 /* | |
9076 * Use cursor-right if it's one character only. Avoids | |
9077 * removing a line of pixels from the last bold char, when | |
9078 * using the bold trick in the GUI. | |
9079 */ | |
9080 if (T_ND[0] != NUL && T_ND[1] == NUL) | |
9081 { | |
9082 while (i-- > 0) | |
9083 out_char(*T_ND); | |
9084 } | |
9085 else | |
9086 { | |
9087 int off; | |
9088 | |
9089 off = LineOffset[row] + screen_cur_col; | |
9090 while (i-- > 0) | |
9091 { | |
9092 if (ScreenAttrs[off] != screen_attr) | |
9093 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
9094 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
9095 out_flush_check(); | |
9096 #endif | |
9097 out_char(ScreenLines[off]); | |
9098 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
9099 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU | |
9100 && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e) | |
9101 out_char(ScreenLines2[off]); | |
9102 #endif | |
9103 ++off; | |
9104 } | |
9105 } | |
9106 } | |
9107 } | |
9108 } | |
9109 else | |
9110 cost = 999; | |
9111 | |
9112 if (cost >= goto_cost) | |
9113 { | |
9114 if (noinvcurs) | |
9115 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
5995 | 9116 if (row == screen_cur_row && (col > screen_cur_col) |
9117 && *T_CRI != NUL) | |
7 | 9118 term_cursor_right(col - screen_cur_col); |
9119 else | |
9120 term_windgoto(row, col); | |
9121 } | |
9122 screen_cur_row = row; | |
9123 screen_cur_col = col; | |
9124 } | |
9125 } | |
9126 | |
9127 /* | |
9128 * Set cursor to its position in the current window. | |
9129 */ | |
9130 void | |
9131 setcursor() | |
9132 { | |
9133 if (redrawing()) | |
9134 { | |
9135 validate_cursor(); | |
9136 windgoto(W_WINROW(curwin) + curwin->w_wrow, | |
9137 W_WINCOL(curwin) + ( | |
9138 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
1545 | 9139 /* With 'rightleft' set and the cursor on a double-wide |
9140 * character, position it on the leftmost column. */ | |
7 | 9141 curwin->w_p_rl ? ((int)W_WIDTH(curwin) - curwin->w_wcol - ( |
9142 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
1545 | 9143 (has_mbyte |
9144 && (*mb_ptr2cells)(ml_get_cursor()) == 2 | |
9145 && vim_isprintc(gchar_cursor())) ? 2 : | |
7 | 9146 # endif |
9147 1)) : | |
9148 #endif | |
9149 curwin->w_wcol)); | |
9150 } | |
9151 } | |
9152 | |
9153 | |
9154 /* | |
9155 * insert 'line_count' lines at 'row' in window 'wp' | |
9156 * if 'invalid' is TRUE the wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum is invalidated. | |
9157 * if 'mayclear' is TRUE the screen will be cleared if it is faster than | |
9158 * scrolling. | |
9159 * Returns FAIL if the lines are not inserted, OK for success. | |
9160 */ | |
9161 int | |
9162 win_ins_lines(wp, row, line_count, invalid, mayclear) | |
9163 win_T *wp; | |
9164 int row; | |
9165 int line_count; | |
9166 int invalid; | |
9167 int mayclear; | |
9168 { | |
9169 int did_delete; | |
9170 int nextrow; | |
9171 int lastrow; | |
9172 int retval; | |
9173 | |
9174 if (invalid) | |
9175 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; | |
9176 | |
9177 if (wp->w_height < 5) | |
9178 return FAIL; | |
9179 | |
9180 if (line_count > wp->w_height - row) | |
9181 line_count = wp->w_height - row; | |
9182 | |
9183 retval = win_do_lines(wp, row, line_count, mayclear, FALSE); | |
9184 if (retval != MAYBE) | |
9185 return retval; | |
9186 | |
9187 /* | |
9188 * If there is a next window or a status line, we first try to delete the | |
9189 * lines at the bottom to avoid messing what is after the window. | |
9190 * If this fails and there are following windows, don't do anything to avoid | |
9191 * messing up those windows, better just redraw. | |
9192 */ | |
9193 did_delete = FALSE; | |
9194 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
9195 if (wp->w_next != NULL || wp->w_status_height) | |
9196 { | |
9197 if (screen_del_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - line_count, | |
9198 line_count, (int)Rows, FALSE, NULL) == OK) | |
9199 did_delete = TRUE; | |
9200 else if (wp->w_next) | |
9201 return FAIL; | |
9202 } | |
9203 #endif | |
9204 /* | |
9205 * if no lines deleted, blank the lines that will end up below the window | |
9206 */ | |
9207 if (!did_delete) | |
9208 { | |
9209 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
9210 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
9211 #endif | |
9212 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; | |
9213 nextrow = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height + W_STATUS_HEIGHT(wp); | |
9214 lastrow = nextrow + line_count; | |
9215 if (lastrow > Rows) | |
9216 lastrow = Rows; | |
9217 screen_fill(nextrow - line_count, lastrow - line_count, | |
9218 W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), | |
9219 ' ', ' ', 0); | |
9220 } | |
9221 | |
9222 if (screen_ins_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + row, line_count, (int)Rows, NULL) | |
9223 == FAIL) | |
9224 { | |
9225 /* deletion will have messed up other windows */ | |
9226 if (did_delete) | |
9227 { | |
9228 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
9229 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
9230 #endif | |
9231 win_rest_invalid(W_NEXT(wp)); | |
9232 } | |
9233 return FAIL; | |
9234 } | |
9235 | |
9236 return OK; | |
9237 } | |
9238 | |
9239 /* | |
9240 * delete "line_count" window lines at "row" in window "wp" | |
9241 * If "invalid" is TRUE curwin->w_lines[] is invalidated. | |
9242 * If "mayclear" is TRUE the screen will be cleared if it is faster than | |
9243 * scrolling | |
9244 * Return OK for success, FAIL if the lines are not deleted. | |
9245 */ | |
9246 int | |
9247 win_del_lines(wp, row, line_count, invalid, mayclear) | |
9248 win_T *wp; | |
9249 int row; | |
9250 int line_count; | |
9251 int invalid; | |
9252 int mayclear; | |
9253 { | |
9254 int retval; | |
9255 | |
9256 if (invalid) | |
9257 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; | |
9258 | |
9259 if (line_count > wp->w_height - row) | |
9260 line_count = wp->w_height - row; | |
9261 | |
9262 retval = win_do_lines(wp, row, line_count, mayclear, TRUE); | |
9263 if (retval != MAYBE) | |
9264 return retval; | |
9265 | |
9266 if (screen_del_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + row, line_count, | |
9267 (int)Rows, FALSE, NULL) == FAIL) | |
9268 return FAIL; | |
9269 | |
9270 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
9271 /* | |
9272 * If there are windows or status lines below, try to put them at the | |
9273 * correct place. If we can't do that, they have to be redrawn. | |
9274 */ | |
9275 if (wp->w_next || wp->w_status_height || cmdline_row < Rows - 1) | |
9276 { | |
9277 if (screen_ins_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - line_count, | |
9278 line_count, (int)Rows, NULL) == FAIL) | |
9279 { | |
9280 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
9281 win_rest_invalid(wp->w_next); | |
9282 } | |
9283 } | |
9284 /* | |
9285 * If this is the last window and there is no status line, redraw the | |
9286 * command line later. | |
9287 */ | |
9288 else | |
9289 #endif | |
9290 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; | |
9291 return OK; | |
9292 } | |
9293 | |
9294 /* | |
9295 * Common code for win_ins_lines() and win_del_lines(). | |
9296 * Returns OK or FAIL when the work has been done. | |
9297 * Returns MAYBE when not finished yet. | |
9298 */ | |
9299 static int | |
9300 win_do_lines(wp, row, line_count, mayclear, del) | |
9301 win_T *wp; | |
9302 int row; | |
9303 int line_count; | |
9304 int mayclear; | |
9305 int del; | |
9306 { | |
9307 int retval; | |
9308 | |
9309 if (!redrawing() || line_count <= 0) | |
9310 return FAIL; | |
9311 | |
9312 /* only a few lines left: redraw is faster */ | |
9313 if (mayclear && Rows - line_count < 5 | |
9314 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
9315 && wp->w_width == Columns | |
9316 #endif | |
9317 ) | |
9318 { | |
9319 screenclear(); /* will set wp->w_lines_valid to 0 */ | |
9320 return FAIL; | |
9321 } | |
9322 | |
9323 /* | |
9324 * Delete all remaining lines | |
9325 */ | |
9326 if (row + line_count >= wp->w_height) | |
9327 { | |
9328 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, | |
9329 W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), | |
9330 ' ', ' ', 0); | |
9331 return OK; | |
9332 } | |
9333 | |
9334 /* | |
9335 * when scrolling, the message on the command line should be cleared, | |
9336 * otherwise it will stay there forever. | |
9337 */ | |
9338 clear_cmdline = TRUE; | |
9339 | |
9340 /* | |
9341 * If the terminal can set a scroll region, use that. | |
9342 * Always do this in a vertically split window. This will redraw from | |
9343 * ScreenLines[] when t_CV isn't defined. That's faster than using | |
9344 * win_line(). | |
9345 * Don't use a scroll region when we are going to redraw the text, writing | |
9346 * a character in the lower right corner of the scroll region causes a | |
9347 * scroll-up in the DJGPP version. | |
9348 */ | |
9349 if (scroll_region | |
9350 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
9351 || W_WIDTH(wp) != Columns | |
9352 #endif | |
9353 ) | |
9354 { | |
9355 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
9356 if (scroll_region && (wp->w_width == Columns || *T_CSV != NUL)) | |
9357 #endif | |
9358 scroll_region_set(wp, row); | |
9359 if (del) | |
9360 retval = screen_del_lines(W_WINROW(wp) + row, 0, line_count, | |
9361 wp->w_height - row, FALSE, wp); | |
9362 else | |
9363 retval = screen_ins_lines(W_WINROW(wp) + row, 0, line_count, | |
9364 wp->w_height - row, wp); | |
9365 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
9366 if (scroll_region && (wp->w_width == Columns || *T_CSV != NUL)) | |
9367 #endif | |
9368 scroll_region_reset(); | |
9369 return retval; | |
9370 } | |
9371 | |
9372 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
9373 if (wp->w_next != NULL && p_tf) /* don't delete/insert on fast terminal */ | |
9374 return FAIL; | |
9375 #endif | |
9376 | |
9377 return MAYBE; | |
9378 } | |
9379 | |
9380 /* | |
9381 * window 'wp' and everything after it is messed up, mark it for redraw | |
9382 */ | |
9383 static void | |
9384 win_rest_invalid(wp) | |
9385 win_T *wp; | |
9386 { | |
9387 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
9388 while (wp != NULL) | |
9389 #else | |
9390 if (wp != NULL) | |
9391 #endif | |
9392 { | |
9393 redraw_win_later(wp, NOT_VALID); | |
9394 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
9395 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
9396 wp = wp->w_next; | |
9397 #endif | |
9398 } | |
9399 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; | |
9400 } | |
9401 | |
9402 /* | |
9403 * The rest of the routines in this file perform screen manipulations. The | |
9404 * given operation is performed physically on the screen. The corresponding | |
9405 * change is also made to the internal screen image. In this way, the editor | |
9406 * anticipates the effect of editing changes on the appearance of the screen. | |
9407 * That way, when we call screenupdate a complete redraw isn't usually | |
9408 * necessary. Another advantage is that we can keep adding code to anticipate | |
9409 * screen changes, and in the meantime, everything still works. | |
9410 */ | |
9411 | |
9412 /* | |
9413 * types for inserting or deleting lines | |
9414 */ | |
9415 #define USE_T_CAL 1 | |
9416 #define USE_T_CDL 2 | |
9417 #define USE_T_AL 3 | |
9418 #define USE_T_CE 4 | |
9419 #define USE_T_DL 5 | |
9420 #define USE_T_SR 6 | |
9421 #define USE_NL 7 | |
9422 #define USE_T_CD 8 | |
9423 #define USE_REDRAW 9 | |
9424 | |
9425 /* | |
9426 * insert lines on the screen and update ScreenLines[] | |
9427 * 'end' is the line after the scrolled part. Normally it is Rows. | |
9428 * When scrolling region used 'off' is the offset from the top for the region. | |
9429 * 'row' and 'end' are relative to the start of the region. | |
9430 * | |
9431 * return FAIL for failure, OK for success. | |
9432 */ | |
446 | 9433 int |
7 | 9434 screen_ins_lines(off, row, line_count, end, wp) |
9435 int off; | |
9436 int row; | |
9437 int line_count; | |
9438 int end; | |
9439 win_T *wp; /* NULL or window to use width from */ | |
9440 { | |
9441 int i; | |
9442 int j; | |
9443 unsigned temp; | |
9444 int cursor_row; | |
9445 int type; | |
9446 int result_empty; | |
9447 int can_ce = can_clear(T_CE); | |
9448 | |
9449 /* | |
9450 * FAIL if | |
9451 * - there is no valid screen | |
9452 * - the screen has to be redrawn completely | |
9453 * - the line count is less than one | |
9454 * - the line count is more than 'ttyscroll' | |
9455 */ | |
9456 if (!screen_valid(TRUE) || line_count <= 0 || line_count > p_ttyscroll) | |
9457 return FAIL; | |
9458 | |
9459 /* | |
9460 * There are seven ways to insert lines: | |
9461 * 0. When in a vertically split window and t_CV isn't set, redraw the | |
9462 * characters from ScreenLines[]. | |
9463 * 1. Use T_CD (clear to end of display) if it exists and the result of | |
9464 * the insert is just empty lines | |
9465 * 2. Use T_CAL (insert multiple lines) if it exists and T_AL is not | |
9466 * present or line_count > 1. It looks better if we do all the inserts | |
9467 * at once. | |
9468 * 3. Use T_CDL (delete multiple lines) if it exists and the result of the | |
9469 * insert is just empty lines and T_CE is not present or line_count > | |
9470 * 1. | |
9471 * 4. Use T_AL (insert line) if it exists. | |
9472 * 5. Use T_CE (erase line) if it exists and the result of the insert is | |
9473 * just empty lines. | |
9474 * 6. Use T_DL (delete line) if it exists and the result of the insert is | |
9475 * just empty lines. | |
9476 * 7. Use T_SR (scroll reverse) if it exists and inserting at row 0 and | |
9477 * the 'da' flag is not set or we have clear line capability. | |
9478 * 8. redraw the characters from ScreenLines[]. | |
9479 * | |
9480 * Careful: In a hpterm scroll reverse doesn't work as expected, it moves | |
9481 * the scrollbar for the window. It does have insert line, use that if it | |
9482 * exists. | |
9483 */ | |
9484 result_empty = (row + line_count >= end); | |
9485 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
9486 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns && *T_CSV == NUL) | |
9487 type = USE_REDRAW; | |
9488 else | |
9489 #endif | |
9490 if (can_clear(T_CD) && result_empty) | |
9491 type = USE_T_CD; | |
9492 else if (*T_CAL != NUL && (line_count > 1 || *T_AL == NUL)) | |
9493 type = USE_T_CAL; | |
9494 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && result_empty && (line_count > 1 || !can_ce)) | |
9495 type = USE_T_CDL; | |
9496 else if (*T_AL != NUL) | |
9497 type = USE_T_AL; | |
9498 else if (can_ce && result_empty) | |
9499 type = USE_T_CE; | |
9500 else if (*T_DL != NUL && result_empty) | |
9501 type = USE_T_DL; | |
9502 else if (*T_SR != NUL && row == 0 && (*T_DA == NUL || can_ce)) | |
9503 type = USE_T_SR; | |
9504 else | |
9505 return FAIL; | |
9506 | |
9507 /* | |
9508 * For clearing the lines screen_del_lines() is used. This will also take | |
9509 * care of t_db if necessary. | |
9510 */ | |
9511 if (type == USE_T_CD || type == USE_T_CDL || | |
9512 type == USE_T_CE || type == USE_T_DL) | |
9513 return screen_del_lines(off, row, line_count, end, FALSE, wp); | |
9514 | |
9515 /* | |
9516 * If text is retained below the screen, first clear or delete as many | |
9517 * lines at the bottom of the window as are about to be inserted so that | |
9518 * the deleted lines won't later surface during a screen_del_lines. | |
9519 */ | |
9520 if (*T_DB) | |
9521 screen_del_lines(off, end - line_count, line_count, end, FALSE, wp); | |
9522 | |
9523 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
9524 /* Remove a modeless selection when inserting lines halfway the screen | |
9525 * or not the full width of the screen. */ | |
9526 if (off + row > 0 | |
9527 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
9528 || (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns) | |
9529 # endif | |
9530 ) | |
3674 | 9531 clip_clear_selection(&clip_star); |
7 | 9532 else |
9533 clip_scroll_selection(-line_count); | |
9534 #endif | |
9535 | |
9536 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
9537 /* Don't update the GUI cursor here, ScreenLines[] is invalid until the | |
9538 * scrolling is actually carried out. */ | |
9539 gui_dont_update_cursor(); | |
9540 #endif | |
9541 | |
9542 if (*T_CCS != NUL) /* cursor relative to region */ | |
9543 cursor_row = row; | |
9544 else | |
9545 cursor_row = row + off; | |
9546 | |
9547 /* | |
9548 * Shift LineOffset[] line_count down to reflect the inserted lines. | |
9549 * Clear the inserted lines in ScreenLines[]. | |
9550 */ | |
9551 row += off; | |
9552 end += off; | |
9553 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i) | |
9554 { | |
9555 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
9556 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns) | |
9557 { | |
9558 /* need to copy part of a line */ | |
9559 j = end - 1 - i; | |
9560 while ((j -= line_count) >= row) | |
9561 linecopy(j + line_count, j, wp); | |
9562 j += line_count; | |
9563 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) | |
9564 lineclear(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width); | |
9565 else | |
9566 lineinvalid(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width); | |
9567 LineWraps[j] = FALSE; | |
9568 } | |
9569 else | |
9570 #endif | |
9571 { | |
9572 j = end - 1 - i; | |
9573 temp = LineOffset[j]; | |
9574 while ((j -= line_count) >= row) | |
9575 { | |
9576 LineOffset[j + line_count] = LineOffset[j]; | |
9577 LineWraps[j + line_count] = LineWraps[j]; | |
9578 } | |
9579 LineOffset[j + line_count] = temp; | |
9580 LineWraps[j + line_count] = FALSE; | |
9581 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) | |
9582 lineclear(temp, (int)Columns); | |
9583 else | |
9584 lineinvalid(temp, (int)Columns); | |
9585 } | |
9586 } | |
9587 | |
9588 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
9589 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); | |
9590 | |
9591 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
9592 /* redraw the characters */ | |
9593 if (type == USE_REDRAW) | |
9594 redraw_block(row, end, wp); | |
9595 else | |
9596 #endif | |
9597 if (type == USE_T_CAL) | |
9598 { | |
9599 term_append_lines(line_count); | |
9600 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
9601 } | |
9602 else | |
9603 { | |
9604 for (i = 0; i < line_count; i++) | |
9605 { | |
9606 if (type == USE_T_AL) | |
9607 { | |
9608 if (i && cursor_row != 0) | |
9609 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); | |
9610 out_str(T_AL); | |
9611 } | |
9612 else /* type == USE_T_SR */ | |
9613 out_str(T_SR); | |
9614 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
9615 } | |
9616 } | |
9617 | |
9618 /* | |
9619 * With scroll-reverse and 'da' flag set we need to clear the lines that | |
9620 * have been scrolled down into the region. | |
9621 */ | |
9622 if (type == USE_T_SR && *T_DA) | |
9623 { | |
9624 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i) | |
9625 { | |
9626 windgoto(off + i, 0); | |
9627 out_str(T_CE); | |
9628 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
9629 } | |
9630 } | |
9631 | |
9632 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
9633 gui_can_update_cursor(); | |
9634 if (gui.in_use) | |
9635 out_flush(); /* always flush after a scroll */ | |
9636 #endif | |
9637 return OK; | |
9638 } | |
9639 | |
9640 /* | |
9641 * delete lines on the screen and update ScreenLines[] | |
9642 * 'end' is the line after the scrolled part. Normally it is Rows. | |
9643 * When scrolling region used 'off' is the offset from the top for the region. | |
9644 * 'row' and 'end' are relative to the start of the region. | |
9645 * | |
9646 * Return OK for success, FAIL if the lines are not deleted. | |
9647 */ | |
9648 int | |
9649 screen_del_lines(off, row, line_count, end, force, wp) | |
9650 int off; | |
9651 int row; | |
9652 int line_count; | |
9653 int end; | |
9654 int force; /* even when line_count > p_ttyscroll */ | |
1883 | 9655 win_T *wp UNUSED; /* NULL or window to use width from */ |
7 | 9656 { |
9657 int j; | |
9658 int i; | |
9659 unsigned temp; | |
9660 int cursor_row; | |
9661 int cursor_end; | |
9662 int result_empty; /* result is empty until end of region */ | |
9663 int can_delete; /* deleting line codes can be used */ | |
9664 int type; | |
9665 | |
9666 /* | |
9667 * FAIL if | |
9668 * - there is no valid screen | |
9669 * - the screen has to be redrawn completely | |
9670 * - the line count is less than one | |
9671 * - the line count is more than 'ttyscroll' | |
9672 */ | |
9673 if (!screen_valid(TRUE) || line_count <= 0 || | |
9674 (!force && line_count > p_ttyscroll)) | |
9675 return FAIL; | |
9676 | |
9677 /* | |
9678 * Check if the rest of the current region will become empty. | |
9679 */ | |
9680 result_empty = row + line_count >= end; | |
9681 | |
9682 /* | |
9683 * We can delete lines only when 'db' flag not set or when 'ce' option | |
9684 * available. | |
9685 */ | |
9686 can_delete = (*T_DB == NUL || can_clear(T_CE)); | |
9687 | |
9688 /* | |
9689 * There are six ways to delete lines: | |
9690 * 0. When in a vertically split window and t_CV isn't set, redraw the | |
9691 * characters from ScreenLines[]. | |
9692 * 1. Use T_CD if it exists and the result is empty. | |
9693 * 2. Use newlines if row == 0 and count == 1 or T_CDL does not exist. | |
9694 * 3. Use T_CDL (delete multiple lines) if it exists and line_count > 1 or | |
9695 * none of the other ways work. | |
9696 * 4. Use T_CE (erase line) if the result is empty. | |
9697 * 5. Use T_DL (delete line) if it exists. | |
9698 * 6. redraw the characters from ScreenLines[]. | |
9699 */ | |
9700 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
9701 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns && *T_CSV == NUL) | |
9702 type = USE_REDRAW; | |
9703 else | |
9704 #endif | |
9705 if (can_clear(T_CD) && result_empty) | |
9706 type = USE_T_CD; | |
9707 #if defined(__BEOS__) && defined(BEOS_DR8) | |
9708 /* | |
9709 * USE_NL does not seem to work in Terminal of DR8 so we set T_DB="" in | |
9710 * its internal termcap... this works okay for tests which test *T_DB != | |
9711 * NUL. It has the disadvantage that the user cannot use any :set t_* | |
9712 * command to get T_DB (back) to empty_option, only :set term=... will do | |
9713 * the trick... | |
9714 * Anyway, this hack will hopefully go away with the next OS release. | |
9715 * (Olaf Seibert) | |
9716 */ | |
9717 else if (row == 0 && T_DB == empty_option | |
9718 && (line_count == 1 || *T_CDL == NUL)) | |
9719 #else | |
9720 else if (row == 0 && ( | |
9721 #ifndef AMIGA | |
9722 /* On the Amiga, somehow '\n' on the last line doesn't always scroll | |
9723 * up, so use delete-line command */ | |
9724 line_count == 1 || | |
9725 #endif | |
9726 *T_CDL == NUL)) | |
9727 #endif | |
9728 type = USE_NL; | |
9729 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && line_count > 1 && can_delete) | |
9730 type = USE_T_CDL; | |
9731 else if (can_clear(T_CE) && result_empty | |
9732 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
9733 && (wp == NULL || wp->w_width == Columns) | |
9734 #endif | |
9735 ) | |
9736 type = USE_T_CE; | |
9737 else if (*T_DL != NUL && can_delete) | |
9738 type = USE_T_DL; | |
9739 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && can_delete) | |
9740 type = USE_T_CDL; | |
9741 else | |
9742 return FAIL; | |
9743 | |
9744 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
9745 /* Remove a modeless selection when deleting lines halfway the screen or | |
9746 * not the full width of the screen. */ | |
9747 if (off + row > 0 | |
9748 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
9749 || (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns) | |
9750 # endif | |
9751 ) | |
3674 | 9752 clip_clear_selection(&clip_star); |
7 | 9753 else |
9754 clip_scroll_selection(line_count); | |
9755 #endif | |
9756 | |
9757 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
9758 /* Don't update the GUI cursor here, ScreenLines[] is invalid until the | |
9759 * scrolling is actually carried out. */ | |
9760 gui_dont_update_cursor(); | |
9761 #endif | |
9762 | |
9763 if (*T_CCS != NUL) /* cursor relative to region */ | |
9764 { | |
9765 cursor_row = row; | |
9766 cursor_end = end; | |
9767 } | |
9768 else | |
9769 { | |
9770 cursor_row = row + off; | |
9771 cursor_end = end + off; | |
9772 } | |
9773 | |
9774 /* | |
9775 * Now shift LineOffset[] line_count up to reflect the deleted lines. | |
9776 * Clear the inserted lines in ScreenLines[]. | |
9777 */ | |
9778 row += off; | |
9779 end += off; | |
9780 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i) | |
9781 { | |
9782 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
9783 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns) | |
9784 { | |
9785 /* need to copy part of a line */ | |
9786 j = row + i; | |
9787 while ((j += line_count) <= end - 1) | |
9788 linecopy(j - line_count, j, wp); | |
9789 j -= line_count; | |
9790 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) | |
9791 lineclear(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width); | |
9792 else | |
9793 lineinvalid(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width); | |
9794 LineWraps[j] = FALSE; | |
9795 } | |
9796 else | |
9797 #endif | |
9798 { | |
9799 /* whole width, moving the line pointers is faster */ | |
9800 j = row + i; | |
9801 temp = LineOffset[j]; | |
9802 while ((j += line_count) <= end - 1) | |
9803 { | |
9804 LineOffset[j - line_count] = LineOffset[j]; | |
9805 LineWraps[j - line_count] = LineWraps[j]; | |
9806 } | |
9807 LineOffset[j - line_count] = temp; | |
9808 LineWraps[j - line_count] = FALSE; | |
9809 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) | |
9810 lineclear(temp, (int)Columns); | |
9811 else | |
9812 lineinvalid(temp, (int)Columns); | |
9813 } | |
9814 } | |
9815 | |
9816 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
9817 | |
9818 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
9819 /* redraw the characters */ | |
9820 if (type == USE_REDRAW) | |
9821 redraw_block(row, end, wp); | |
9822 else | |
9823 #endif | |
9824 if (type == USE_T_CD) /* delete the lines */ | |
9825 { | |
9826 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); | |
9827 out_str(T_CD); | |
9828 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
9829 } | |
9830 else if (type == USE_T_CDL) | |
9831 { | |
9832 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); | |
9833 term_delete_lines(line_count); | |
9834 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
9835 } | |
9836 /* | |
9837 * Deleting lines at top of the screen or scroll region: Just scroll | |
9838 * the whole screen (scroll region) up by outputting newlines on the | |
9839 * last line. | |
9840 */ | |
9841 else if (type == USE_NL) | |
9842 { | |
9843 windgoto(cursor_end - 1, 0); | |
9844 for (i = line_count; --i >= 0; ) | |
9845 out_char('\n'); /* cursor will remain on same line */ | |
9846 } | |
9847 else | |
9848 { | |
9849 for (i = line_count; --i >= 0; ) | |
9850 { | |
9851 if (type == USE_T_DL) | |
9852 { | |
9853 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); | |
9854 out_str(T_DL); /* delete a line */ | |
9855 } | |
9856 else /* type == USE_T_CE */ | |
9857 { | |
9858 windgoto(cursor_row + i, 0); | |
9859 out_str(T_CE); /* erase a line */ | |
9860 } | |
9861 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
9862 } | |
9863 } | |
9864 | |
9865 /* | |
9866 * If the 'db' flag is set, we need to clear the lines that have been | |
9867 * scrolled up at the bottom of the region. | |
9868 */ | |
9869 if (*T_DB && (type == USE_T_DL || type == USE_T_CDL)) | |
9870 { | |
9871 for (i = line_count; i > 0; --i) | |
9872 { | |
9873 windgoto(cursor_end - i, 0); | |
9874 out_str(T_CE); /* erase a line */ | |
9875 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
9876 } | |
9877 } | |
9878 | |
9879 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
9880 gui_can_update_cursor(); | |
9881 if (gui.in_use) | |
9882 out_flush(); /* always flush after a scroll */ | |
9883 #endif | |
9884 | |
9885 return OK; | |
9886 } | |
9887 | |
9888 /* | |
9889 * show the current mode and ruler | |
9890 * | |
9891 * If clear_cmdline is TRUE, clear the rest of the cmdline. | |
9892 * If clear_cmdline is FALSE there may be a message there that needs to be | |
9893 * cleared only if a mode is shown. | |
9894 * Return the length of the message (0 if no message). | |
9895 */ | |
9896 int | |
9897 showmode() | |
9898 { | |
9899 int need_clear; | |
9900 int length = 0; | |
9901 int do_mode; | |
9902 int attr; | |
9903 int nwr_save; | |
9904 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
9905 int sub_attr; | |
9906 #endif | |
9907 | |
642 | 9908 do_mode = ((p_smd && msg_silent == 0) |
9909 && ((State & INSERT) | |
9910 || restart_edit | |
5735 | 9911 || VIsual_active)); |
7 | 9912 if (do_mode || Recording) |
9913 { | |
9914 /* | |
9915 * Don't show mode right now, when not redrawing or inside a mapping. | |
9916 * Call char_avail() only when we are going to show something, because | |
9917 * it takes a bit of time. | |
9918 */ | |
9919 if (!redrawing() || (char_avail() && !KeyTyped) || msg_silent != 0) | |
9920 { | |
9921 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; /* show mode later */ | |
9922 return 0; | |
9923 } | |
9924 | |
9925 nwr_save = need_wait_return; | |
9926 | |
9927 /* wait a bit before overwriting an important message */ | |
9928 check_for_delay(FALSE); | |
9929 | |
9930 /* if the cmdline is more than one line high, erase top lines */ | |
9931 need_clear = clear_cmdline; | |
9932 if (clear_cmdline && cmdline_row < Rows - 1) | |
9933 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* will reset clear_cmdline */ | |
9934 | |
9935 /* Position on the last line in the window, column 0 */ | |
9936 msg_pos_mode(); | |
9937 cursor_off(); | |
9938 attr = hl_attr(HLF_CM); /* Highlight mode */ | |
9939 if (do_mode) | |
9940 { | |
9941 MSG_PUTS_ATTR("--", attr); | |
9942 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) | |
2520 | 9943 if ( |
9944 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK | |
9945 preedit_get_status() | |
1668 | 9946 # else |
9947 im_get_status() | |
2520 | 9948 # endif |
1668 | 9949 ) |
2277
f42e0b5ff9e9
Change remaining HAVE_GTK2 to FEAT_GUI_GTK.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2269
diff
changeset
|
9950 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK /* most of the time, it's not XIM being used */ |
7 | 9951 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" IM", attr); |
9952 # else | |
9953 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" XIM", attr); | |
9954 # endif | |
9955 #endif | |
9956 #if defined(FEAT_HANGULIN) && defined(FEAT_GUI) | |
9957 if (gui.in_use) | |
9958 { | |
9959 if (hangul_input_state_get()) | |
236 | 9960 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" \307\321\261\333", attr); /* HANGUL */ |
7 | 9961 } |
9962 #endif | |
9963 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
5946 | 9964 /* CTRL-X in Insert mode */ |
9965 if (edit_submode != NULL && !shortmess(SHM_COMPLETIONMENU)) | |
7 | 9966 { |
9967 /* These messages can get long, avoid a wrap in a narrow | |
9968 * window. Prefer showing edit_submode_extra. */ | |
9969 length = (Rows - msg_row) * Columns - 3; | |
9970 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL) | |
9971 length -= vim_strsize(edit_submode_extra); | |
9972 if (length > 0) | |
9973 { | |
9974 if (edit_submode_pre != NULL) | |
9975 length -= vim_strsize(edit_submode_pre); | |
9976 if (length - vim_strsize(edit_submode) > 0) | |
9977 { | |
9978 if (edit_submode_pre != NULL) | |
9979 msg_puts_attr(edit_submode_pre, attr); | |
9980 msg_puts_attr(edit_submode, attr); | |
9981 } | |
9982 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL) | |
9983 { | |
9984 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" ", attr); /* add a space in between */ | |
9985 if ((int)edit_submode_highl < (int)HLF_COUNT) | |
9986 sub_attr = hl_attr(edit_submode_highl); | |
9987 else | |
9988 sub_attr = attr; | |
9989 msg_puts_attr(edit_submode_extra, sub_attr); | |
9990 } | |
9991 } | |
9992 length = 0; | |
9993 } | |
9994 else | |
9995 #endif | |
9996 { | |
9997 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
9998 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
9999 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" VREPLACE"), attr); | |
10000 else | |
10001 #endif | |
10002 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
10003 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" REPLACE"), attr); | |
10004 else if (State & INSERT) | |
10005 { | |
10006 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
10007 if (p_ri) | |
10008 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" REVERSE"), attr); | |
10009 #endif | |
10010 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" INSERT"), attr); | |
10011 } | |
10012 else if (restart_edit == 'I') | |
10013 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (insert)"), attr); | |
10014 else if (restart_edit == 'R') | |
10015 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (replace)"), attr); | |
10016 else if (restart_edit == 'V') | |
10017 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (vreplace)"), attr); | |
10018 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
10019 if (p_hkmap) | |
10020 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" Hebrew"), attr); | |
10021 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
10022 if (p_fkmap) | |
10023 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(farsi_text_5, attr); | |
10024 # endif | |
10025 #endif | |
10026 #ifdef FEAT_KEYMAP | |
10027 if (State & LANGMAP) | |
10028 { | |
10029 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC | |
10030 if (curwin->w_p_arab) | |
10031 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" Arabic"), attr); | |
10032 else | |
10033 # endif | |
10034 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (lang)"), attr); | |
10035 } | |
10036 #endif | |
10037 if ((State & INSERT) && p_paste) | |
10038 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (paste)"), attr); | |
10039 | |
10040 if (VIsual_active) | |
10041 { | |
10042 char *p; | |
10043 | |
10044 /* Don't concatenate separate words to avoid translation | |
10045 * problems. */ | |
10046 switch ((VIsual_select ? 4 : 0) | |
10047 + (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) * 2 | |
10048 + (VIsual_mode == 'V')) | |
10049 { | |
10050 case 0: p = N_(" VISUAL"); break; | |
10051 case 1: p = N_(" VISUAL LINE"); break; | |
10052 case 2: p = N_(" VISUAL BLOCK"); break; | |
10053 case 4: p = N_(" SELECT"); break; | |
10054 case 5: p = N_(" SELECT LINE"); break; | |
10055 default: p = N_(" SELECT BLOCK"); break; | |
10056 } | |
10057 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(p), attr); | |
10058 } | |
10059 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" --", attr); | |
10060 } | |
644 | 10061 |
7 | 10062 need_clear = TRUE; |
10063 } | |
10064 if (Recording | |
10065 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
10066 && edit_submode == NULL /* otherwise it gets too long */ | |
10067 #endif | |
10068 ) | |
10069 { | |
10070 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_("recording"), attr); | |
10071 need_clear = TRUE; | |
10072 } | |
644 | 10073 |
10074 mode_displayed = TRUE; | |
7 | 10075 if (need_clear || clear_cmdline) |
10076 msg_clr_eos(); | |
10077 msg_didout = FALSE; /* overwrite this message */ | |
10078 length = msg_col; | |
10079 msg_col = 0; | |
10080 need_wait_return = nwr_save; /* never ask for hit-return for this */ | |
10081 } | |
10082 else if (clear_cmdline && msg_silent == 0) | |
10083 /* Clear the whole command line. Will reset "clear_cmdline". */ | |
10084 msg_clr_cmdline(); | |
10085 | |
10086 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
10087 /* In Visual mode the size of the selected area must be redrawn. */ | |
10088 if (VIsual_active) | |
10089 clear_showcmd(); | |
10090 | |
10091 /* If the last window has no status line, the ruler is after the mode | |
10092 * message and must be redrawn */ | |
10093 if (redrawing() | |
10094 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
10095 && lastwin->w_status_height == 0 | |
10096 # endif | |
10097 ) | |
10098 win_redr_ruler(lastwin, TRUE); | |
10099 #endif | |
10100 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; | |
10101 clear_cmdline = FALSE; | |
10102 | |
10103 return length; | |
10104 } | |
10105 | |
10106 /* | |
10107 * Position for a mode message. | |
10108 */ | |
10109 static void | |
10110 msg_pos_mode() | |
10111 { | |
10112 msg_col = 0; | |
10113 msg_row = Rows - 1; | |
10114 } | |
10115 | |
10116 /* | |
10117 * Delete mode message. Used when ESC is typed which is expected to end | |
10118 * Insert mode (but Insert mode didn't end yet!). | |
644 | 10119 * Caller should check "mode_displayed". |
7 | 10120 */ |
10121 void | |
10122 unshowmode(force) | |
10123 int force; | |
10124 { | |
10125 /* | |
2055
4aa4510d548c
updated for version 7.2.341
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2008
diff
changeset
|
10126 * Don't delete it right now, when not redrawing or inside a mapping. |
7 | 10127 */ |
10128 if (!redrawing() || (!force && char_avail() && !KeyTyped)) | |
10129 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; /* delete mode later */ | |
10130 else | |
10131 { | |
10132 msg_pos_mode(); | |
10133 if (Recording) | |
10134 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_("recording"), hl_attr(HLF_CM)); | |
10135 msg_clr_eos(); | |
10136 } | |
10137 } | |
10138 | |
667 | 10139 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) |
10140 /* | |
10141 * Draw the tab pages line at the top of the Vim window. | |
10142 */ | |
10143 static void | |
677 | 10144 draw_tabline() |
667 | 10145 { |
10146 int tabcount = 0; | |
10147 tabpage_T *tp; | |
10148 int tabwidth; | |
10149 int col = 0; | |
673 | 10150 int scol = 0; |
667 | 10151 int attr; |
10152 win_T *wp; | |
671 | 10153 win_T *cwp; |
10154 int wincount; | |
10155 int modified; | |
667 | 10156 int c; |
10157 int len; | |
10158 int attr_sel = hl_attr(HLF_TPS); | |
10159 int attr_nosel = hl_attr(HLF_TP); | |
10160 int attr_fill = hl_attr(HLF_TPF); | |
673 | 10161 char_u *p; |
677 | 10162 int room; |
10163 int use_sep_chars = (t_colors < 8 | |
10164 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
10165 && !gui.in_use | |
10166 #endif | |
10167 ); | |
673 | 10168 |
10169 redraw_tabline = FALSE; | |
667 | 10170 |
685 | 10171 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE |
798 | 10172 /* Take care of a GUI tabline. */ |
685 | 10173 if (gui_use_tabline()) |
10174 { | |
10175 gui_update_tabline(); | |
10176 return; | |
10177 } | |
10178 #endif | |
10179 | |
10180 if (tabline_height() < 1) | |
667 | 10181 return; |
10182 | |
677 | 10183 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) |
681 | 10184 |
10185 /* Init TabPageIdxs[] to zero: Clicking outside of tabs has no effect. */ | |
10186 for (scol = 0; scol < Columns; ++scol) | |
10187 TabPageIdxs[scol] = 0; | |
10188 | |
677 | 10189 /* Use the 'tabline' option if it's set. */ |
10190 if (*p_tal != NUL) | |
10191 { | |
680 | 10192 int save_called_emsg = called_emsg; |
10193 | |
10194 /* Check for an error. If there is one we would loop in redrawing the | |
10195 * screen. Avoid that by making 'tabline' empty. */ | |
10196 called_emsg = FALSE; | |
677 | 10197 win_redr_custom(NULL, FALSE); |
680 | 10198 if (called_emsg) |
10199 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"tabline", -1, | |
694 | 10200 (char_u *)"", OPT_FREE, SID_ERROR); |
680 | 10201 called_emsg |= save_called_emsg; |
10202 } | |
10203 else | |
10204 #endif | |
10205 { | |
10206 for (tp = first_tabpage; tp != NULL; tp = tp->tp_next) | |
10207 ++tabcount; | |
10208 | |
10209 tabwidth = (Columns - 1 + tabcount / 2) / tabcount; | |
10210 if (tabwidth < 6) | |
10211 tabwidth = 6; | |
10212 | |
10213 attr = attr_nosel; | |
10214 tabcount = 0; | |
681 | 10215 scol = 0; |
699 | 10216 for (tp = first_tabpage; tp != NULL && col < Columns - 4; |
10217 tp = tp->tp_next) | |
680 | 10218 { |
10219 scol = col; | |
10220 | |
10221 if (tp->tp_topframe == topframe) | |
10222 attr = attr_sel; | |
10223 if (use_sep_chars && col > 0) | |
10224 screen_putchar('|', 0, col++, attr); | |
10225 | |
10226 if (tp->tp_topframe != topframe) | |
10227 attr = attr_nosel; | |
10228 | |
10229 screen_putchar(' ', 0, col++, attr); | |
10230 | |
10231 if (tp == curtab) | |
10232 { | |
10233 cwp = curwin; | |
10234 wp = firstwin; | |
10235 } | |
10236 else | |
10237 { | |
10238 cwp = tp->tp_curwin; | |
10239 wp = tp->tp_firstwin; | |
10240 } | |
10241 | |
10242 modified = FALSE; | |
10243 for (wincount = 0; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next, ++wincount) | |
10244 if (bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer)) | |
10245 modified = TRUE; | |
10246 if (modified || wincount > 1) | |
10247 { | |
10248 if (wincount > 1) | |
10249 { | |
10250 vim_snprintf((char *)NameBuff, MAXPATHL, "%d", wincount); | |
835 | 10251 len = (int)STRLEN(NameBuff); |
699 | 10252 if (col + len >= Columns - 3) |
10253 break; | |
680 | 10254 screen_puts_len(NameBuff, len, 0, col, |
677 | 10255 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) |
6106 | 10256 hl_combine_attr(attr, hl_attr(HLF_T)) |
677 | 10257 #else |
6106 | 10258 attr |
680 | 10259 #endif |
10260 ); | |
10261 col += len; | |
10262 } | |
10263 if (modified) | |
10264 screen_puts_len((char_u *)"+", 1, 0, col++, attr); | |
10265 screen_putchar(' ', 0, col++, attr); | |
10266 } | |
10267 | |
10268 room = scol - col + tabwidth - 1; | |
10269 if (room > 0) | |
10270 { | |
685 | 10271 /* Get buffer name in NameBuff[] */ |
10272 get_trans_bufname(cwp->w_buffer); | |
819 | 10273 shorten_dir(NameBuff); |
680 | 10274 len = vim_strsize(NameBuff); |
10275 p = NameBuff; | |
677 | 10276 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
680 | 10277 if (has_mbyte) |
10278 while (len > room) | |
10279 { | |
10280 len -= ptr2cells(p); | |
10281 mb_ptr_adv(p); | |
10282 } | |
10283 else | |
10284 #endif | |
10285 if (len > room) | |
677 | 10286 { |
680 | 10287 p += len - room; |
10288 len = room; | |
677 | 10289 } |
699 | 10290 if (len > Columns - col - 1) |
10291 len = Columns - col - 1; | |
680 | 10292 |
835 | 10293 screen_puts_len(p, (int)STRLEN(p), 0, col, attr); |
680 | 10294 col += len; |
10295 } | |
10296 screen_putchar(' ', 0, col++, attr); | |
10297 | |
10298 /* Store the tab page number in TabPageIdxs[], so that | |
10299 * jump_to_mouse() knows where each one is. */ | |
10300 ++tabcount; | |
10301 while (scol < col) | |
10302 TabPageIdxs[scol++] = tabcount; | |
10303 } | |
10304 | |
10305 if (use_sep_chars) | |
10306 c = '_'; | |
10307 else | |
10308 c = ' '; | |
10309 screen_fill(0, 1, col, (int)Columns, c, c, attr_fill); | |
681 | 10310 |
10311 /* Put an "X" for closing the current tab if there are several. */ | |
10312 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL) | |
10313 { | |
10314 screen_putchar('X', 0, (int)Columns - 1, attr_nosel); | |
10315 TabPageIdxs[Columns - 1] = -999; | |
10316 } | |
10317 } | |
834 | 10318 |
10319 /* Reset the flag here again, in case evaluating 'tabline' causes it to be | |
10320 * set. */ | |
10321 redraw_tabline = FALSE; | |
667 | 10322 } |
685 | 10323 |
10324 /* | |
10325 * Get buffer name for "buf" into NameBuff[]. | |
10326 * Takes care of special buffer names and translates special characters. | |
10327 */ | |
10328 void | |
10329 get_trans_bufname(buf) | |
10330 buf_T *buf; | |
10331 { | |
10332 if (buf_spname(buf) != NULL) | |
3839 | 10333 vim_strncpy(NameBuff, buf_spname(buf), MAXPATHL - 1); |
685 | 10334 else |
10335 home_replace(buf, buf->b_fname, NameBuff, MAXPATHL, TRUE); | |
10336 trans_characters(NameBuff, MAXPATHL); | |
10337 } | |
667 | 10338 #endif |
10339 | |
7 | 10340 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_WILDMENU) || defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) |
10341 /* | |
10342 * Get the character to use in a status line. Get its attributes in "*attr". | |
10343 */ | |
10344 static int | |
10345 fillchar_status(attr, is_curwin) | |
10346 int *attr; | |
10347 int is_curwin; | |
10348 { | |
10349 int fill; | |
10350 if (is_curwin) | |
10351 { | |
10352 *attr = hl_attr(HLF_S); | |
10353 fill = fill_stl; | |
10354 } | |
10355 else | |
10356 { | |
10357 *attr = hl_attr(HLF_SNC); | |
10358 fill = fill_stlnc; | |
10359 } | |
10360 /* Use fill when there is highlighting, and highlighting of current | |
10361 * window differs, or the fillchars differ, or this is not the | |
10362 * current window */ | |
10363 if (*attr != 0 && ((hl_attr(HLF_S) != hl_attr(HLF_SNC) | |
10364 || !is_curwin || firstwin == lastwin) | |
10365 || (fill_stl != fill_stlnc))) | |
10366 return fill; | |
10367 if (is_curwin) | |
10368 return '^'; | |
10369 return '='; | |
10370 } | |
10371 #endif | |
10372 | |
10373 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
10374 /* | |
10375 * Get the character to use in a separator between vertically split windows. | |
10376 * Get its attributes in "*attr". | |
10377 */ | |
10378 static int | |
10379 fillchar_vsep(attr) | |
10380 int *attr; | |
10381 { | |
10382 *attr = hl_attr(HLF_C); | |
10383 if (*attr == 0 && fill_vert == ' ') | |
10384 return '|'; | |
10385 else | |
10386 return fill_vert; | |
10387 } | |
10388 #endif | |
10389 | |
10390 /* | |
10391 * Return TRUE if redrawing should currently be done. | |
10392 */ | |
10393 int | |
10394 redrawing() | |
10395 { | |
10396 return (!RedrawingDisabled | |
10397 && !(p_lz && char_avail() && !KeyTyped && !do_redraw)); | |
10398 } | |
10399 | |
10400 /* | |
10401 * Return TRUE if printing messages should currently be done. | |
10402 */ | |
10403 int | |
10404 messaging() | |
10405 { | |
10406 return (!(p_lz && char_avail() && !KeyTyped)); | |
10407 } | |
10408 | |
10409 /* | |
10410 * Show current status info in ruler and various other places | |
10411 * If always is FALSE, only show ruler if position has changed. | |
10412 */ | |
10413 void | |
10414 showruler(always) | |
10415 int always; | |
10416 { | |
10417 if (!always && !redrawing()) | |
10418 return; | |
574 | 10419 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
10420 if (pum_visible()) | |
10421 { | |
639 | 10422 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
574 | 10423 /* Don't redraw right now, do it later. */ |
10424 curwin->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
639 | 10425 # endif |
574 | 10426 return; |
10427 } | |
10428 #endif | |
7 | 10429 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) |
40 | 10430 if ((*p_stl != NUL || *curwin->w_p_stl != NUL) && curwin->w_status_height) |
680 | 10431 { |
1983 | 10432 redraw_custom_statusline(curwin); |
680 | 10433 } |
7 | 10434 else |
10435 #endif | |
10436 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
10437 win_redr_ruler(curwin, always); | |
10438 #endif | |
10439 | |
10440 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE | |
10441 if (need_maketitle | |
10442 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT | |
10443 || (p_icon && (stl_syntax & STL_IN_ICON)) | |
10444 || (p_title && (stl_syntax & STL_IN_TITLE)) | |
10445 # endif | |
10446 ) | |
10447 maketitle(); | |
10448 #endif | |
1588 | 10449 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
10450 /* Redraw the tab pages line if needed. */ | |
10451 if (redraw_tabline) | |
10452 draw_tabline(); | |
10453 #endif | |
7 | 10454 } |
10455 | |
10456 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
10457 static void | |
10458 win_redr_ruler(wp, always) | |
10459 win_T *wp; | |
10460 int always; | |
10461 { | |
1869 | 10462 #define RULER_BUF_LEN 70 |
10463 char_u buffer[RULER_BUF_LEN]; | |
7 | 10464 int row; |
10465 int fillchar; | |
10466 int attr; | |
10467 int empty_line = FALSE; | |
10468 colnr_T virtcol; | |
10469 int i; | |
1869 | 10470 size_t len; |
7 | 10471 int o; |
10472 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
10473 int this_ru_col; | |
10474 int off = 0; | |
10475 int width = Columns; | |
10476 # define WITH_OFF(x) x | |
10477 # define WITH_WIDTH(x) x | |
10478 #else | |
10479 # define WITH_OFF(x) 0 | |
10480 # define WITH_WIDTH(x) Columns | |
10481 # define this_ru_col ru_col | |
10482 #endif | |
10483 | |
10484 /* If 'ruler' off or redrawing disabled, don't do anything */ | |
10485 if (!p_ru) | |
10486 return; | |
10487 | |
10488 /* | |
10489 * Check if cursor.lnum is valid, since win_redr_ruler() may be called | |
10490 * after deleting lines, before cursor.lnum is corrected. | |
10491 */ | |
10492 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum > wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
10493 return; | |
10494 | |
10495 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
10496 /* Don't draw the ruler while doing insert-completion, it might overwrite | |
10497 * the (long) mode message. */ | |
10498 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
10499 if (wp == lastwin && lastwin->w_status_height == 0) | |
10500 # endif | |
10501 if (edit_submode != NULL) | |
10502 return; | |
540 | 10503 /* Don't draw the ruler when the popup menu is visible, it may overlap. */ |
10504 if (pum_visible()) | |
10505 return; | |
7 | 10506 #endif |
10507 | |
10508 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT | |
10509 if (*p_ruf) | |
10510 { | |
680 | 10511 int save_called_emsg = called_emsg; |
10512 | |
10513 called_emsg = FALSE; | |
7 | 10514 win_redr_custom(wp, TRUE); |
680 | 10515 if (called_emsg) |
10516 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"rulerformat", -1, | |
694 | 10517 (char_u *)"", OPT_FREE, SID_ERROR); |
680 | 10518 called_emsg |= save_called_emsg; |
7 | 10519 return; |
10520 } | |
10521 #endif | |
10522 | |
10523 /* | |
10524 * Check if not in Insert mode and the line is empty (will show "0-1"). | |
10525 */ | |
10526 if (!(State & INSERT) | |
10527 && *ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, wp->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE) == NUL) | |
10528 empty_line = TRUE; | |
10529 | |
10530 /* | |
10531 * Only draw the ruler when something changed. | |
10532 */ | |
10533 validate_virtcol_win(wp); | |
10534 if ( redraw_cmdline | |
10535 || always | |
10536 || wp->w_cursor.lnum != wp->w_ru_cursor.lnum | |
10537 || wp->w_cursor.col != wp->w_ru_cursor.col | |
10538 || wp->w_virtcol != wp->w_ru_virtcol | |
10539 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
10540 || wp->w_cursor.coladd != wp->w_ru_cursor.coladd | |
10541 #endif | |
10542 || wp->w_topline != wp->w_ru_topline | |
10543 || wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count != wp->w_ru_line_count | |
10544 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
10545 || wp->w_topfill != wp->w_ru_topfill | |
10546 #endif | |
10547 || empty_line != wp->w_ru_empty) | |
10548 { | |
10549 cursor_off(); | |
10550 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
10551 if (wp->w_status_height) | |
10552 { | |
10553 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height; | |
10554 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin); | |
10555 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
10556 off = W_WINCOL(wp); | |
10557 width = W_WIDTH(wp); | |
10558 # endif | |
10559 } | |
10560 else | |
10561 #endif | |
10562 { | |
10563 row = Rows - 1; | |
10564 fillchar = ' '; | |
10565 attr = 0; | |
10566 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
10567 width = Columns; | |
10568 off = 0; | |
10569 #endif | |
10570 } | |
10571 | |
10572 /* In list mode virtcol needs to be recomputed */ | |
10573 virtcol = wp->w_virtcol; | |
10574 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_tab1 == NUL) | |
10575 { | |
10576 wp->w_p_list = FALSE; | |
10577 getvvcol(wp, &wp->w_cursor, NULL, &virtcol, NULL); | |
10578 wp->w_p_list = TRUE; | |
10579 } | |
10580 | |
10581 /* | |
10582 * Some sprintfs return the length, some return a pointer. | |
10583 * To avoid portability problems we use strlen() here. | |
10584 */ | |
1869 | 10585 vim_snprintf((char *)buffer, RULER_BUF_LEN, "%ld,", |
7 | 10586 (wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY) |
10587 ? 0L | |
10588 : (long)(wp->w_cursor.lnum)); | |
1869 | 10589 len = STRLEN(buffer); |
10590 col_print(buffer + len, RULER_BUF_LEN - len, | |
7 | 10591 empty_line ? 0 : (int)wp->w_cursor.col + 1, |
10592 (int)virtcol + 1); | |
10593 | |
10594 /* | |
10595 * Add a "50%" if there is room for it. | |
10596 * On the last line, don't print in the last column (scrolls the | |
10597 * screen up on some terminals). | |
10598 */ | |
10599 i = (int)STRLEN(buffer); | |
1869 | 10600 get_rel_pos(wp, buffer + i + 1, RULER_BUF_LEN - i - 1); |
7 | 10601 o = i + vim_strsize(buffer + i + 1); |
10602 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
10603 if (wp->w_status_height == 0) /* can't use last char of screen */ | |
10604 #endif | |
10605 ++o; | |
10606 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
10607 this_ru_col = ru_col - (Columns - width); | |
10608 if (this_ru_col < 0) | |
10609 this_ru_col = 0; | |
10610 #endif | |
10611 /* Never use more than half the window/screen width, leave the other | |
10612 * half for the filename. */ | |
10613 if (this_ru_col < (WITH_WIDTH(width) + 1) / 2) | |
10614 this_ru_col = (WITH_WIDTH(width) + 1) / 2; | |
10615 if (this_ru_col + o < WITH_WIDTH(width)) | |
10616 { | |
6466 | 10617 /* need at least 3 chars left for get_rel_pos() + NUL */ |
10618 while (this_ru_col + o < WITH_WIDTH(width) && RULER_BUF_LEN > i + 4) | |
7 | 10619 { |
10620 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
10621 if (has_mbyte) | |
10622 i += (*mb_char2bytes)(fillchar, buffer + i); | |
10623 else | |
10624 #endif | |
10625 buffer[i++] = fillchar; | |
10626 ++o; | |
10627 } | |
1869 | 10628 get_rel_pos(wp, buffer + i, RULER_BUF_LEN - i); |
7 | 10629 } |
10630 /* Truncate at window boundary. */ | |
10631 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
10632 if (has_mbyte) | |
10633 { | |
10634 o = 0; | |
474 | 10635 for (i = 0; buffer[i] != NUL; i += (*mb_ptr2len)(buffer + i)) |
7 | 10636 { |
10637 o += (*mb_ptr2cells)(buffer + i); | |
10638 if (this_ru_col + o > WITH_WIDTH(width)) | |
10639 { | |
10640 buffer[i] = NUL; | |
10641 break; | |
10642 } | |
10643 } | |
10644 } | |
10645 else | |
10646 #endif | |
10647 if (this_ru_col + (int)STRLEN(buffer) > WITH_WIDTH(width)) | |
10648 buffer[WITH_WIDTH(width) - this_ru_col] = NUL; | |
10649 | |
10650 screen_puts(buffer, row, this_ru_col + WITH_OFF(off), attr); | |
10651 i = redraw_cmdline; | |
10652 screen_fill(row, row + 1, | |
10653 this_ru_col + WITH_OFF(off) + (int)STRLEN(buffer), | |
10654 (int)(WITH_OFF(off) + WITH_WIDTH(width)), | |
10655 fillchar, fillchar, attr); | |
10656 /* don't redraw the cmdline because of showing the ruler */ | |
10657 redraw_cmdline = i; | |
10658 wp->w_ru_cursor = wp->w_cursor; | |
10659 wp->w_ru_virtcol = wp->w_virtcol; | |
10660 wp->w_ru_empty = empty_line; | |
10661 wp->w_ru_topline = wp->w_topline; | |
10662 wp->w_ru_line_count = wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
10663 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
10664 wp->w_ru_topfill = wp->w_topfill; | |
10665 #endif | |
10666 } | |
10667 } | |
10668 #endif | |
13 | 10669 |
10670 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(PROTO) | |
10671 /* | |
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
10672 * Return the width of the 'number' and 'relativenumber' column. |
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
10673 * Caller may need to check if 'number' or 'relativenumber' is set. |
13 | 10674 * Otherwise it depends on 'numberwidth' and the line count. |
10675 */ | |
10676 int | |
10677 number_width(wp) | |
10678 win_T *wp; | |
10679 { | |
10680 int n; | |
10681 linenr_T lnum; | |
10682 | |
4736
3f2319a953b3
updated for version 7.3.1115
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
10683 if (wp->w_p_rnu && !wp->w_p_nu) |
3f2319a953b3
updated for version 7.3.1115
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
10684 /* cursor line shows "0" */ |
3f2319a953b3
updated for version 7.3.1115
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
10685 lnum = wp->w_height; |
3f2319a953b3
updated for version 7.3.1115
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
10686 else |
3f2319a953b3
updated for version 7.3.1115
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
10687 /* cursor line shows absolute line number */ |
3f2319a953b3
updated for version 7.3.1115
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4352
diff
changeset
|
10688 lnum = wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count; |
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
10689 |
13 | 10690 if (lnum == wp->w_nrwidth_line_count) |
10691 return wp->w_nrwidth_width; | |
10692 wp->w_nrwidth_line_count = lnum; | |
10693 | |
10694 n = 0; | |
10695 do | |
10696 { | |
856 | 10697 lnum /= 10; |
10698 ++n; | |
13 | 10699 } while (lnum > 0); |
10700 | |
10701 /* 'numberwidth' gives the minimal width plus one */ | |
10702 if (n < wp->w_p_nuw - 1) | |
10703 n = wp->w_p_nuw - 1; | |
10704 | |
10705 wp->w_nrwidth_width = n; | |
10706 return n; | |
10707 } | |
10708 #endif | |
3986 | 10709 |
10710 /* | |
10711 * Return the current cursor column. This is the actual position on the | |
10712 * screen. First column is 0. | |
10713 */ | |
10714 int | |
10715 screen_screencol() | |
10716 { | |
10717 return screen_cur_col; | |
10718 } | |
10719 | |
10720 /* | |
10721 * Return the current cursor row. This is the actual position on the screen. | |
10722 * First row is 0. | |
10723 */ | |
10724 int | |
10725 screen_screenrow() | |
10726 { | |
10727 return screen_cur_row; | |
10728 } |